unfoldingWord® Translation Notes

v87

Proverbs

Table of Contents

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy - Proverbs

v87

Abstract Nouns

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Abstract Nouns

Description

Abstract nouns are nouns that refer to attitudes, qualities, events, or situations. These are things that cannot be seen or touched in a physical sense, such as happiness, weight, unity, friendship, health, and reason. This is a translation issue because some languages may express a certain idea with an abstract noun, while others would need a different way to express it.

Remember that nouns are words that refer to a person, place, thing, or idea. Abstract nouns are the nouns that refer to ideas. These can be attitudes, qualities, events, situations, or even relationships between those ideas. These are things that cannot be seen or touched in a physical sense, such as joy, peace, creation, goodness, contentment, justice, truth, freedom, vengeance, slowness, length, weight, and many, many more.

Some languages, such as Biblical Greek and English, use abstract nouns a lot. They provide a way of giving names to actions or qualities. With names, people who speak these languages can talk about the concepts as though they were things. For example, in languages that use abstract nouns, people can say, “I believe in the forgiveness of sin.” But some languages do not use abstract nouns very much. In these languages, speakers may not have the two abstract nouns “forgiveness” and “sin,” but they would express the same meaning in other ways. For example, they would express, “I believe that God is willing to forgive people after they have sinned,” by using verb phrases instead of nouns for those ideas.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

The Bible that you translate from may use abstract nouns to express certain ideas. Your language might not use abstract nouns for some of those ideas. Instead, it might use phrases to express those ideas. Those phrases will use other kinds of words such as adjectives, verbs, or adverbs to express the meaning of the abstract noun. For example, “What is its weight?” could be expressed as “How much does it weigh?” or “How heavy is it?”

Examples From the Bible

From childhood you have known the sacred writings … (2 Timothy 3:15a ULT)

The abstract noun “childhood” refers to when someone was a child.

But godliness with contentment is great gain. (1 Timothy 6:6 ULT)

The abstract nouns “godliness” and “contentment” refer to being godly and content. The abstract noun “gain” refers to something that benefits or helps someone.

Today salvation has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham. (Luke 19:9 ULT)

The abstract noun “salvation” here refers to being saved.

The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider slowness to be (2 Peter 3:9a ULT)

The abstract noun “slowness” refers to the lack of speed with which something is done.

He will both bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the purposes of the heart. (1 Corinthians 4:5b ULT)

The abstract noun “purposes” refers to the things that people want to do and the reasons they want to do them.

Translation Strategies

If an abstract noun would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here is another option:

(1) Reword the sentence with a phrase that expresses the meaning of the abstract noun. Instead of a noun, the new phrase will use a verb, an adverb, or an adjective to express the idea of the abstract noun.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Reword the sentence with a phrase that expresses the meaning of the abstract noun. Instead of a noun, the new phrase will use a verb, an adverb, or an adjective to express the idea of the abstract noun. Alternative translations are indented below the Scripture example.

… from childhood you have known the sacred writings … (2 Timothy 3:15a ULT)

Ever since you were a child you have known the sacred writings.

But godliness with contentment is great gain. (1 Timothy 6:6 ULT)

But being godly and content is very beneficial. But we benefit greatly when we are godly and content. But we benefit greatly when we honor and obey God and when we are happy with what we have.

Today salvation has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham. (Luke 19:9 ULT)

Today the people in this house have been saved … Today God has saved the people in this house …

The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider slowness to be. (2 Peter 3:9a ULT)

The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider moving slowly to be.

He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the purposes of the heart. (1 Corinthians 4:5b ULT)

He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the things that people want to do and the reasons that they want to do them.

Proverbs References:

1:2; 1:2; 1:3; 1:4; 1:5; 1:7; 1:7; 1:7; 1:8; 1:9; 1:19; 1:20; 1:22; 1:25; 1:26; 1:27; 1:27; 1:29; 1:30; 1:32; 1:33; 2:2; 2:3; 2:3; 2:6; 2:7; 2:7; 2:9; 2:10; 2:11; 2:12; 2:14; 2:17; 3:1; 3:2; 3:3; 3:5; 3:7; 3:8; 3:11; 3:13; 3:16; 3:17; 3:19; 3:20; 3:21; 3:23; 3:25; 3:26; 3:27; 3:29; 3:30; 3:32; 3:35; 4:1; 4:4; 4:5; 4:7; 4:13; 4:27; 5:1; 5:2; 5:12; 5:18; 5:22; 5:23; 6:11; 6:14; 6:15; 6:16; 6:18; 6:23; 6:23; 6:25; 6:30; 6:32; 6:33; 6:34; 7:1; 7:2; 7:4; 7:22; 8:1; 8:5; 8:7; 8:9; 8:10; 8:11; 8:12; 8:13; 8:15; 8:18; 8:30; 8:31; 8:33; 8:35; 8:36; 9:6; 9:7; 9:7; 9:10; 10:1; 10:2; 10:4; 10:5; 10:6; 10:12; 10:13; 10:14; 10:15; 10:17; 10:19; 10:23; 10:24; 10:28; 10:29; 10:32; 11:1; 11:1; 11:2; 11:2; 11:3; 11:4; 11:5; 11:6; 11:7; 11:7; 11:7; 11:8; 11:9; 11:14; 11:16; 11:19; 11:20; 11:20; 11:22; 11:23; 11:27; 12:1; 12:2; 12:3; 12:5; 12:5; 12:8; 12:10; 12:13; 12:14; 12:15; 12:16; 12:16; 12:17; 12:19; 12:20; 12:22; 12:22; 12:23; 12:25; 13:1; 13:2; 13:3; 13:4; 13:6; 13:10; 13:12; 13:12; 13:15; 13:16; 13:18; 13:19; 13:21; 14:4; 14:6; 14:8; 14:9; 14:10; 14:13; 14:17; 14:18; 14:22; 14:23; 14:24; 14:24; 14:26; 14:26; 14:28; 14:29; 14:30; 14:32; 14:33; 14:34; 14:35; 15:2; 15:5; 15:7; 15:8; 15:8; 15:8; 15:9; 15:9; 15:10; 15:14; 15:16; 15:16; 15:17; 15:18; 15:21; 15:22; 15:23; 15:26; 15:28; 15:29; 15:31; 15:32; 15:33; 15:33; 16:1; 16:3; 16:4; 16:5; 16:6; 16:8; 16:10; 16:12; 16:13; 16:14; 16:15; 16:16; 16:17; 16:18; 16:22; 16:26; 16:28; 17:2; 17:5; 17:9; 17:10; 17:11; 17:12; 17:13; 17:14; 17:15; 17:16; 17:17; 17:19; 17:20; 17:21; 17:23; 17:24; 17:25; 17:26; 17:27; 18:1; 18:2; 18:3; 18:4; 18:11; 18:13; 18:15; 18:18; 18:19; 18:21; 18:22; 19:1; 19:2; 19:3; 19:8; 19:10; 19:11; 19:12; 19:13; 19:14; 19:15; 19:16; 19:20; 19:21; 19:22; 19:25; 19:26; 19:27; 19:27; 19:28; 19:29; 20:2; 20:3; 20:5; 20:6; 20:7; 20:8; 20:9; 20:10; 20:17; 20:18; 20:18; 20:21; 20:22; 20:23; 20:28; 20:29; 20:29; 20:30; 21:3; 21:5; 21:7; 21:10; 21:11; 21:15; 21:21; 21:23; 21:24; 21:27; 21:27; 21:30; 22:1; 22:4; 22:4; 22:8; 22:10; 22:15; 22:17; 22:20; 22:21; 22:23; 23:9; 23:11; 23:12; 23:13; 23:18; 23:23; 23:29; 24:2; 24:2; 24:3; 24:4; 24:5; 24:6; 24:8; 24:9; 24:10; 24:11; 24:14; 24:16; 24:22; 24:23; 24:32; 25:2; 25:3; 25:10; 25:11; 25:12; 25:19; 25:25; 26:1; 26:4; 26:6; 26:11; 26:12; 26:16; 26:20; 26:21; 26:26; 26:26; 26:28; 27:4; 27:5; 27:7; 27:10; 27:22; 28:2; 28:5; 28:6; 28:9; 28:10; 28:12; 28:13; 28:16; 28:16; 28:19; 28:20; 28:22; 28:23; 28:24; 28:25; 28:26; 28:27; 29:3; 29:4; 29:6; 29:14; 29:15; 29:16; 29:16; 29:20; 29:21; 29:21; 29:22; 29:23; 29:25; 29:26; 29:27; 30:2; 30:3; 30:20; 30:33; 31:7; 31:9; 31:12; 31:12; 31:18; 31:25; 31:26; 31:26; 31:30

Active or Passive

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Active or Passive

Some languages use both active and passive sentences. In active sentences, the subject does the action. In passive sentences, the subject is the one that receives the action. Here are some examples with their subjects bolded:

  • Active: My father built the house in 2010.
  • Passive: The house was built in 2010.

Translators whose languages do not use passive sentences will need to know how they can translate passive sentences that they find in the Bible. Other translators will need to decide when to use a passive sentence and when to use the active form.

Description

Some languages have both active and passive forms of sentences.

  • In the active form, the subject does the action and is always mentioned.
  • In the passive form, the action is done to the subject, and the one who does the action is not always mentioned.

In the examples of active and passive sentences below, we have bolded the subject.

  • active: My father built the house in 2010.
  • passive: The house was built by my father in 2010.
  • passive: The house was built in 2010. (This does not tell who did the action.)

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

All languages use active forms. Some languages use passive forms, and some do not. Some languages use passive forms only for certain purposes, and the passive form is not used for the same purposes in all of the languages that use it.

Purposes for the Passive

  • The speaker is talking about the person or thing the action was done to, not about the person who did the action.
  • The speaker does not want to tell who did the action.
  • The speaker does not know who did the action.

Translation Principles Regarding the Passive

  • Translators whose language does not use passive forms will need to find another way to express the idea.
  • Translators whose language has passive forms will need to understand why the passive is used in a particular sentence in the Bible and decide whether or not to use a passive form for that purpose in his translation of the sentence.

Examples From the Bible

Then their shooters shot at your soldiers from off the wall, and some of the king’s servants were killed, and your servant Uriah the Hittite was killed too. (2 Samuel 11:24 ULT)

This means that the enemy’s shooters shot and killed some of the king’s servants, including Uriah. The point is what happened to the king’s servants and Uriah, not who shot them. The purpose of the passive form here is to keep the focus on the king’s servants and Uriah.

When the men of the city arose early in the morning, and see, the altar of Baal was torn down. (Judges 6:28a ULT)

The men of the town saw what had happened to the altar of Baal, but they did not know who broke it down. The purpose of the passive form here is to communicate this event from the perspective of the men of the town.

It would be better for him if a millstone were put around his neck and he were thrown into the sea. (Luke 17:2a ULT)

This describes a situation in which a person ends up in the sea with a millstone around his neck. The purpose of the passive form here is to keep the focus on what happens to this person. Who does these things to the person is not important.

Translation Strategies

If your language would use a passive form for the same purpose as in the passage that you are translating, then use a passive form. If you decide that it is better to translate without a passive form, here are some strategies that you might consider.

(1) Use the same verb in an active sentence and tell who or what did the action. If you do this, try to keep the focus on the person receiving the action.
(2) Use the same verb in an active sentence, and do not tell who or what did the action. Instead, use a generic expression like “they” or “people” or “someone.”
(3) Use a different verb.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use the same verb in an active sentence and tell who did the action. If you do this, try to keep the focus on the person receiving the action.

A loaf of bread was given him every day from the street of the bakers. (Jeremiah 37:21b ULT)

The king’s servants gave Jeremiah a loaf of bread every day from the street of the bakers.

(2) Use the same verb in an active sentence, and do not tell who did the action. Instead, use a generic expression like “they” or “people” or “someone.”

It would be better for him if a millstone were put around his neck and he were thrown into the sea. (Luke 17:2a ULT)

It would be better for him if they were to put a millstone around his neck and throw him into the sea.
It would be better for him if someone were to put a heavy stone around his neck and throw him into the sea.

(3) Use a different verb in an active sentence.

A loaf of bread was given him every day from the street of the bakers. (Jeremiah 37:21 ULT)

He received a loaf of bread every day from the street of the bakers.

Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information

Assumed knowledge is whatever a speaker assumes his audience knows before he speaks and gives them some kind of information. The speaker does not give the audience this information because he believes that they already know it.

When the speaker does give the audience information, he can do so in two ways. The speaker gives explicit information in what he states directly. Implicit Information is what the speaker does not state directly because he expects his audience to be able to learn it from other things he says.

Description

When someone speaks or writes, he has something specific that he wants people to know or do or think about. He normally states this directly. This is explicit information.

The speaker assumes that his audience already knows certain things that they will need to think about in order to understand this information. Normally he does not tell people these things, because they already know them. This is called assumed knowledge.

The speaker does not always directly state everything that he expects his audience to learn from what he says. Implicit information is information that he expects people to learn from what he says even though he does not state it directly.

Often, the audience understands this implicit information by combining what they already know (assumed knowledge) with the explicit information that the speaker tells them directly.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

All three kinds of information are part of the speaker’s message. If one of these kinds of information is missing, then the audience will not understand the message. Because the target translation is in a language that is very different from the biblical languages and is made for an audience that lives in a very different time and place than the people in the Bible, many times the assumed knowledge or the implicit information is missing from the message. In other words, modern readers do not know everything that the original speakers and hearers in the Bible knew. When these things are important for understanding the message, it is helpful if you include this information in the text or in a footnote.

Examples From the Bible

Then a scribe came to him and said, “Teacher, I will follow you wherever you go.” Jesus said to him, “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky have nests, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.” (Matthew 8:19-20 ULT)

Jesus did not say what foxes and birds use holes and nests for, because he assumed that the scribe would have known that foxes sleep in holes in the ground and birds sleep in their nests. This is assumed knowledge.

Jesus did not directly say here “I am the Son of Man” but, if the scribe did not already know it, then that fact would be implicit information that he could learn because Jesus referred to himself that way. Also, Jesus did not state explicitly that he travelled a lot and did not have a house that he slept in every night. That is implicit information that the scribe could learn when Jesus said that he had nowhere to lay his head.

Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! If the mighty deeds had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But I say to you, it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you. (Matthew 11:21-22 ULT)

Jesus assumed that the people he was speaking to knew that Tyre and Sidon were very wicked, and that the day of judgment is a time when God will judge every person. Jesus also knew that the people he was talking to believed that they were good and did not need to repent. Jesus did not need to tell them these things. This is all assumed knowledge.

An important piece of implicit information here is that the people he was speaking to would be judged more severely than the people of Tyre and Sidon would be judged because they did not repent.

Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? For they do not wash their hands when they eat bread. (Matthew 15:2 ULT)

One of the traditions of the elders was a ceremony in which people would wash their hands in order to be ritually clean before eating. People thought that in order to be righteous, they had to follow all the traditions of the elders. This was assumed knowledge that the Pharisees who were speaking to Jesus expected him to know. By saying this, they were accusing his disciples of not following the traditions, and thus not being righteous. This is implicit information that they wanted him to understand from what they said.

Translation Strategies

If readers have enough assumed knowledge to be able to understand the message, along with any important implicit information that goes with the explicit information, then it is good to leave that knowledge unstated and leave the implicit information implicit. If the readers do not understand the message because one of these is missing for them, then follow these strategies:

(1) If readers cannot understand the message because they do not have certain assumed knowledge, then provide that knowledge as explicit information.
(2) If readers cannot understand the message because they do not know certain implicit information, then state that information clearly, but try to do it in a way that does not imply that the information was new to the original audience.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If readers cannot understand the message because they do not have certain assumed knowledge, then provide that knowledge as explicit information.

Jesus said to him, “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky have nests, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.” (Matthew 8:20 ULT)

The assumed knowledge was that the foxes slept in their holes and birds slept in their nests.

Jesus said to him, “Foxes have holes to live in, and the birds of the sky have nests to live in, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head and sleep.”

It will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you (Matthew 11:22 ULT)

The assumed knowledge was that the people of Tyre and Sidon were very, very wicked. This can be stated explicitly.

At the day of judgment, it will be more tolerable for those cities of Tyre and Sidon, whose people were very wicked, than it will be for you. or At the day of judgment, It will be more tolerable for those wicked cities, Tyre and Sidon, than for you.

Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? For they do not wash their hands when they eat bread. (Matthew 15:2 ULT)

The assumed knowledge was that one of the traditions of the elders was a ceremony in which people would wash their hands in order to be ritually clean before eating, which they must do to be righteous. It was not to remove germs from their hands to avoid sickness, as a modern reader might think.

Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? For they do not go through the ceremonial handwashing ritual of righteousness when they eat bread.

(2) If readers cannot understand the message because they do not know certain implicit information, then state that information clearly, but try to do it in a way that does not imply that the information was new to the original audience.

Then a scribe came to him and said, “Teacher, I will follow you wherever you go.” Jesus said to him, “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky have nests, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.” (Matthew 8:19-20 ULT)

The implicit information is that Jesus himself is the Son of Man. Other implicit information is that if the scribe wanted to follow Jesus, then, like Jesus, he would have to live without a house.

Jesus said to him, “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky have nests, but I, the Son of Man, have no home to rest in. If you want to follow me, you will live as I live.”

It will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you (Matthew 11:22 ULT)

The implicit information is that God would not only judge the people; he would punish them. This can be made explicit.

At the day of judgment, God will punish Tyre and Sidon, cities whose people were very wicked, less severely than he will punish you.
or:
At the day of judgment, God will punish you more severely than Tyre and Sidon, cities whose people were very wicked.

Modern readers may not know some of the things that the people in the Bible and the people who first read it knew. This can make it hard for them to understand what a speaker or writer says, and to learn things that the speaker left implicit. Translators may need to state some things explicitly in the translation that the original speaker or writer left unstated or implicit.

Proverbs References:

1:5; 1:7; 1:8; 1:10; 1:20; 1:20; 1:21; 1:23; 1:24; 1:26; 1:28; 1:31; 2:2; 2:12; 2:17; 2:17; 2:21; 2:21; 2:22; 3:9; 3:10; 3:12; 3:20; 3:20; 3:24; 3:28; 3:28; 3:29; 3:29; 3:29; 3:32; 4:3; 4:3; 4:7; 4:7; 4:18; 5:1; 5:2; 5:6; 5:9; 5:10; 5:16; 6:1; 6:1; 6:3; 6:3; 6:4; 6:6; 6:6; 6:8; 6:8; 6:9; 6:10; 6:22; 6:23; 6:25; 6:26; 6:28; 6:31; 6:31; 6:33; 6:34; 6:35; 7:6; 7:6; 7:8; 7:9; 7:12; 7:14; 7:14; 7:16; 7:18; 7:19; 7:19; 7:20; 7:20; 7:20; 7:21; 7:23; 7:27; 8:2; 8:3; 8:10; 8:10; 8:19; 8:21; 8:22; 8:22; 8:23; 8:23; 8:26; 8:28; 8:30; 8:31; 8:34; 8:34; 9:1; 9:2; 9:2; 9:2; 9:3; 9:3; 9:4; 9:5; 9:6; 9:7; 9:12; 9:14; 9:14; 9:14; 9:18; 10:1; 10:5; 10:7; 10:8; 10:9; 10:16; 10:19; 10:22; 10:25; 10:26; 10:27; 10:30; 11:4; 11:5; 11:7; 11:9; 11:12; 11:15; 11:15; 11:16; 11:19; 11:21; 11:23; 11:23; 11:25; 11:26; 11:26; 11:27; 11:28; 11:31; 12:3; 12:4; 12:8; 12:10; 12:11; 12:12; 12:26; 12:27; 12:27; 12:28; 12:28; 13:1; 13:4; 13:4; 13:8; 13:8; 13:11; 13:15; 13:16; 13:17; 13:19; 13:22; 14:6; 14:7; 14:9; 14:9; 14:14; 14:19; 14:21; 14:22; 14:23; 14:25; 14:28; 14:30; 14:31; 14:31; 15:1; 15:2; 15:12; 15:15; 15:20; 15:23; 15:24; 15:25; 15:27; 15:27; 15:29; 15:30; 15:30; 16:1; 16:1; 16:1; 16:2; 16:8; 16:10; 16:10; 16:11; 16:11; 16:12; 16:12; 16:13; 16:14; 16:17; 16:18; 16:18; 16:19; 16:19; 16:20; 16:28; 16:29; 16:32; 16:33; 17:1; 17:2; 17:3; 17:5; 17:8; 17:9; 17:11; 17:12; 17:12; 17:12; 17:17; 17:22; 17:26; 17:26; 17:28; 18:1; 18:1; 18:4; 18:5; 18:8; 18:13; 18:14; 18:17; 18:18; 18:22; 18:23; 18:23; 18:24; 19:2; 19:3; 19:4; 19:4; 19:5; 19:6; 19:6; 19:8; 19:8; 19:11; 19:17; 19:18; 19:18; 19:19; 19:20; 19:23; 19:24; 19:24; 19:25; 19:25; 19:26; 20:1; 20:4; 20:4; 20:4; 20:7; 20:8; 20:10; 20:13; 20:14; 20:14; 20:15; 20:16; 20:16; 20:21; 20:21; 20:22; 20:22; 20:25; 20:25; 20:25; 20:27; 20:30; 21:2; 21:5; 21:8; 21:9; 21:11; 21:12; 21:13; 21:19; 21:22; 21:27; 21:28; 21:30; 22:1; 22:3; 22:3; 22:4; 22:4; 22:7; 22:10; 22:13; 22:13; 22:18; 22:20; 22:21; 22:22; 22:26; 22:26; 22:27; 22:27; 22:28; 23:1; 23:4; 23:5; 23:8; 23:8; 23:10; 23:10; 23:10; 23:11; 23:13; 23:14; 23:18; 23:18; 23:20; 23:21; 23:29; 23:30; 23:30; 23:30; 23:31; 23:32; 23:33-35; 23:35; 24:3; 24:4; 24:6; 24:7; 24:11; 24:12; 24:14; 24:15; 24:20; 24:21; 24:22; 24:23; 24:25; 24:27; 24:29; 24:32; 25:1; 25:1; 25:7; 25:7; 25:7; 25:8; 25:8; 25:9; 25:11; 25:16; 25:16; 25:16; 25:18; 25:20; 25:23; 25:24; 25:25; 25:28; 26:4; 26:4-5; 26:5; 26:6; 26:7; 26:10; 26:11; 26:12; 26:13; 26:16; 26:17; 26:20; 26:21; 26:23; 26:24; 26:25; 26:26; 26:27; 26:27; 26:27; 27:5; 27:7; 27:7; 27:9; 27:10; 27:13; 27:14; 27:21; 27:21; 27:23; 27:25; 27:26; 27:26; 27:27; 28:2; 28:3; 28:5; 28:8; 28:8; 28:9; 28:10; 28:12; 28:12; 28:14; 28:17; 28:17; 28:19; 28:21; 28:22; 28:23; 28:26; 28:27; 29:2; 29:3; 29:4; 29:7; 29:7; 29:9; 29:9; 29:9; 29:12; 29:18; 29:19; 29:21; 29:21; 29:24; 29:24; 29:24; 29:26; 30:1; 30:3; 30:4; 30:7-9; 30:9; 30:9; 30:10; 30:15; 30:17; 30:17; 30:23; 30:25; 30:30; 31:2; 31:3; 31:5; 31:7; 31:10; 31:13; 31:13; 31:15; 31:15; 31:15; 31:16; 31:17; 31:18; 31:19; 31:21; 31:22; 31:23; 31:23; 31:23; 31:24; 31:29; 31:30; 31:31

Background Information

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Background Information

Description

When people tell a story, they normally tell the events in the order that they happened. This sequence of events makes up the storyline. The storyline is full of action verbs that move the story along in time. But sometimes a writer may take a break from the storyline and give some information to help his listeners understand the story better. This type of information is called background information. The background information might be about things that happened before the events he has already told about, or it might explain something in the story, or it might be about something that would happen much later in the story.

Example — The bolded phrases in the story below are all background information.

Peter and John went on a hunting trip because their village was going to have a feast the next day. Peter was the best hunter in the village. He once killed three wild pigs in one day! They walked for hours through low bushes until they heard a wild pig. The pig ran, but they managed to shoot the pig and kill it. Then they tied up its legs with some rope they had brought with them and carried it home on a pole. When they brought it to the village, Peter’s cousin saw the pig and realized that it was his own pig. Peter had mistakenly killed his cousin’s pig.

Background information often tells about something that had happened earlier or something that would happen much later. Examples of these are: “their village was going to have a feast the next day,” “He once killed three wild pigs in one day,” and “that they had brought with them.”

Often background information uses “be” verbs like “was” and “were,” rather than action verbs. Examples of these are “their village was going to have a feast the next day,” and “Peter was the best hunter in the village.”

Background information can also be marked with words that tell the reader that this information is not part of the event line of the story. In this story, some of these words are “because,” “once,” and “had.”

A writer may use background information:

  • to help their listeners be interested in the story
  • to help their listeners understand something in the story
  • to help the listeners understand why something is important in the story
  • to tell the setting of a story
  • Setting includes:
  • where the story takes place
  • when the story takes place
  • who is present when the story begins
  • what is happening when the story begins

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • Languages have different ways of marking background information and storyline information.
  • You (the translator) need to know the order of the events in the Bible, which information is background information, and which is storyline information.
  • You will need to translate the story in a way that marks the background information in a way that your own readers will understand the order of events, which information is background information, and which is storyline information.

Examples From the Bible

Hagar gave birth to Abram’s son, and Abram named his son, whom Hagar bore, Ishmael. Abram was 86 years old when Hagar bore Ishmael to Abram. (Genesis 16:15-16 ULT)

The first sentence tells about two events. Hagar gave birth and Abraham named his son. The second sentence is background information about how old Abram was when those things happened.

And Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old. He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph, of Heli, (Luke 3:23 ULT)

The verses before this tell about when Jesus was baptized. This sentence introduces a section of background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors (Luke 3:23-38). The story resumes in chapter 4 where it tells about Jesus going to the wilderness.

Then it happened on a Sabbath that he was going through the grain fields, and his disciples were picking and eating the heads of grain, rubbing them in their hands. But some of the Pharisees said … (Luke 6:1-2a ULT)

These verses give the setting of the story. The events took place in a grain field on the Sabbath day. Jesus, his disciples, and some Pharisees were there, and Jesus’ disciples were picking heads of grain and eating them. The main action in the story starts with the phrase, “But some of the Pharisees said ….”

Translation Strategies

To keep translations clear and natural you will need to study how people tell stories in your language. Observe how your language marks background information. You may need to write down some stories in order to study this. Observe what kinds of verbs your language uses for background information and what kinds of words or other markers signal that something is background information. Do these same things when you translate, so that your translation is clear and natural and people can understand it easily.

(1) Use your language’s way of showing that certain information is background information.
(2) Reorder the information so that earlier events are mentioned first. (This is not always possible when the background information is very long.)

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use your language’s way of showing that certain information is background information. The examples below explain how this was done in the ULT English translations.

And Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old. He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph, of Heli. (Luke 3:23 ULT)

As here, English sometimes uses the word “and” to show that there is some kind of change in the story. The verb “was” shows that it is background information. A set of parentheses is also a way to mark background information. Here, “as it was assumed” gives background information to the phrase, “He was the son.” People assumed that Joseph was Jesus‘ father, although his true father was God.

Therefore, also exhorting many other things, he preached the good news to the people. But Herod the tetrarch, having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother, and concerning all the evil things that Herod had done, added even this to them all: He locked John up in prison. (Luke 3:18-20 ULT)

The bolded phrase happened before John rebuked Herod. In English, the helping verb “had” in “had done” shows that Herod did those things before John rebuked him.

(2) Reorder the information so that earlier events are mentioned first.

Hagar gave birth to Abram’s son, and Abram named his son, whom Hagar bore, Ishmael. Abram was 86 years old when Hagar bore Ishmael to Abram. (Genesis 16:16 ULT)

When Abram was 86 years old, Hagar gave birth to his son, and Abram named his son Ishmael.”

Therefore, also exhorting many other things, he preached the good news to the people. But Herod the tetrarch, having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother, and concerning all the evil things that Herod had done, added even this to them all: He locked John up in prison. (Luke 3:18-20 ULT)

The translation below reorders John’s rebuke and Herod’s actions.

“Now Herod the tetrarch married his brother’s wife, Herodias, and he did many other evil things, so John rebuked him. But then Herod did another very evil thing. He had John locked up in prison.”

Proverbs References:

1:5; 7:9; 7:11-12

Biblical Imagery — Extended Metaphors

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Biblical Imagery — Extended Metaphors

An extended metaphor is an explicit metaphor that uses multiple images and multiple ideas at the same time. This is in contrast to a simple metaphor, which uses only a single Image and a single Idea. The difference between an extended metaphor and a complex metaphor is that an extended metaphor is explicitly stated by a writer/speaker, but a complex metaphor is not.

Explanation of an Extended Metaphor

When using a metaphor, a writer/speaker uses a physical Image in order to express an abstract Idea about some immediate Topic, with at least one point of comparison between the Topic and the Image. In an extended metaphor, the writer/speaker explicitly states the Topic, and then describes multiple images and communicates multiple ideas.

In Isaiah 5:1b-7, the prophet Isaiah uses a vineyard (the Image) to express God’s disappointment (the Idea) with the nation of Israel (the Topic) for their unfaithfulness to God and his covenant with them as his people. Farmers care for their gardens, and a farmer would feel disappointed if his vineyard produced bad fruit. If a vineyard produced only bad fruit for a long enough time, the farmer would eventually stop caring for it. We call this an extended metaphor because the prophet describes in detail multiple images relating to a vineyard as well as multiple aspects of God’s disappointment.

1b My well beloved had a vineyard on a very fertile hill. 2 He spaded it, removed the stones, and planted it with an excellent kind of vine. He built a tower in the middle of it, and also built a winepress. He waited for it to produce grapes, but it produced wild grapes. 3 So now, inhabitant of Jerusalem and man of Judah; judge between me and my vineyard. 4 What more could have been done for my vineyard, that I have not done for it? When I looked for it to produce grapes, why did it produce wild grapes? 5 Now I will tell you what I will do to my vineyard; I will remove the hedge; I will turn it into a pasture; I will break down its wall, and it will be trampled down. 6 I will lay it waste, and it will not be pruned nor hoed. Instead, briers and thorns will spring up. I will also command the clouds not to rain on it. 7 For the vineyard of Yahweh of hosts is the house of Israel, and the man of Judah his pleasant planting; he waited for justice, but instead, there was killing; for righteousness, but, instead, a shout for help. (Isa 5:1b-7 ULT)

Other Examples From the Bible

In Psalm 23, the psalmist uses the physical Image of a shepherd to describe the way that God (the Topic) shows great concern and care (the Idea) for his people. The psalmist describes multiple aspects of what shepherds do for sheep (leads them to pasture and to water, protects them, etc.). The psalmist also describes multiple aspects of how God takes care of him (gives him life, righteousness, comfort, etc.). Shepherds give sheep what they need, take them to safe places, rescue them, guide them, and protect them. What God does for his people is like these actions.

1 Yahweh is my shepherd; I will lack nothing.
2 He makes me to lie down in green pastures;
he leads me beside tranquil water.
3 He brings back my life;
he guides me along right paths for his name’s sake.
4 Even though I walk through a valley of darkest shadow,
I will not fear harm since you are with me;
your rod and your staff comfort me. (Psalm 23:1-4 ULT)

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • People may not realize that the images represent other things.
  • People may not be familiar with the things that are used as images.
  • Extended metaphors are often so profound that it would be impossible for a translator to show all of the meaning generated by the metaphor.

Translation Principles

  • Make the meaning of the extended metaphor as clear to the target audience as it was to the original audience.
  • Do not make the meaning more clear to the target audience than it was to the original audience.
  • When someone uses an extended metaphor, the images are an important part of what he is trying to say.
  • If the target audience is not familiar with some of the images, you will need to find some way of helping them understand the images so that they can understand the whole extended metaphor.

Translation Strategies

Consider using the same extended metaphor if your readers will understand it in the same way the original readers would have understood it. If not, here are some other strategies:

(1) If the target audience would think that the images should be understood literally, translate the metaphor as a simile by using words such as “like” or “as.” It may be enough to to do this in just the first sentence or two.
(2) If the target audience would not know the image, find a way of translating it so they can understand what the image is.
(3) If the target audience still would not understand, then state it clearly.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the target audience would think that the images should be understood literally, translate the metaphor as a simile by using words such as “like” or “as.” It may be enough to to do this in just the first sentence or two. See Psalm 23:1-2 as an example:

Yahweh is my shepherd; I will lack nothing.
He makes me to lie down in green pastures;
he leads me beside tranquil water. (ULT)

Can be translated as:

“Yahweh is like a shepherd to me, so I will lack nothing.
Like a shepherd who makes his sheep lie down in green pastures and leads them by peaceful waters, Yahweh helps me to rest peacefully.”

(2) If the target audience would not know the image, find a way of translating it so they can understand what the image is.

My well beloved had a vineyard on a very fertile hill.
He spaded it, removed the stones, and planted it with an excellent kind of vine.
He built a tower in the middle of it, and also built a winepress.
He waited for it to produce grapes, but it only produced wild grapes. (Isaiah 5:1b-2 ULT)

May be translated as:

My well beloved had a grapevine garden on a very fertile hill.
He dug up the ground and removed the stones, and planted it with the best grapevines.
He built a watchtower in the middle of it, and also built a tank where he could crush the juice out of the grapes.
He waited for it to produce grapes, but it produced wild grapes that were not good for making wine.

(3) If the target audience still would not understand, then state it clearly.

Yahweh is my shepherd; I will lack nothing. (Psalm 23:1 ULT)

“Yahweh cares for me like a shepherd that cares for his sheep, so I will lack nothing.”

For the vineyard of Yahweh of hosts is the house of Israel,
and the men of Judah his pleasant planting;
he waited for justice, but instead, there was killing;
for righteousness, but, instead, a shout for help. (Isaiah 5:7 ULT)

Can be translated as:

For the vineyard of Yahweh of hosts represents the house of Israel,
and the men of Judah are like his pleasant planting;
he waited for justice, but instead, there was killing;
for righteousness, but, instead, a cry for help.

or as:

So as a farmer stops caring for a grapevine garden that produces bad fruit,
Yahweh will stop protecting Israel and Judah,
because they do not do what is right.
He waited for justice, but instead, there was killing;
for righteousness, but, instead, a cry for help.

Proverbs References:

4:27; 9:4-5

Biblical Volume

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Biblical Volume

Description

The following terms are the most common units of volume used in the Bible to state how much a certain container could hold. The containers and measurements are given for both liquids (such as wine) and dry solids (such as grain). The metric values are not exactly equal to the biblical measures. The biblical measures probably differed in exact amount from time to time and place to place. The equivalents below are an attempt to give an average measurement.

Type Original Measure Liters
Dry omer 2 liters
Dry ephah 22 liters
Dry homer 220 liters
Dry cor 220 liters
Dry seah 7.7 liters
Dry lethek 114.8 liters
Liquid metrete 40 liters
Liquid bath 22 liters
Liquid hin 3.7 liters
Liquid kab 1.23 liters
Liquid log 0.31 liters

Translation Principles

  • The people in the Bible did not use modern measures such as meters, liters, and kilograms. Using the original measures can help readers know that the Bible really was written long ago in a time when people used those measures.
  • Using modern measures can help readers understand the text more easily.
  • Whatever measures you use, it would be good, if possible, to tell about the other kinds of measures in the text or a footnote.
  • If you do not use the biblical measures, try not to give the readers the idea that the measurements are exact. For example, if you translate one hin as “3.7 liters,” readers might think that the measurement is exactly 3.7 liters, not 3.6 or 3.8. It would be better to use a more approximate measure such as “three and a half liters” or “four liters.”
  • When God tells people how much of something to use, and when people use those amounts in obedience to him, do not say “about” in the translation. Otherwise it will give the impression that God did not care exactly how much they used.

When the unit of measure is stated

Translation Strategies

(1) Use the measurements from the ULT. These are the same kinds of measurements that the original writers used. Spell them in a way that is similar to the way they sound or are spelled in the ULT. (See Copy or Borrow Words.)
(2) Use the metric measurements given in the UST. The translators of the UST have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system.
(3) Use measurements that are already used in your language. In order to do this you would need to know how your measurements relate to the metric system and figure out each measurement.
(4) Use the measurements from the ULT and include measurements that your people know in the text or a note.
(5) Use measurements that your people know, and include the measurements from the ULT in the text or in a note.

Translation Strategies Applied

The strategies are all applied to Isaiah 5:10 below.

For a ten-yoke vineyard will yield only one bath, and one homer of seed will yield only an ephah. (Isaiah 5:10 ULT)

(1) Use the measurements from the ULT. These are the same kinds of measurements that the original writers used. Spell them in a way that is similar to the way they sound or are spelled in the ULT. (See Copy or Borrow Words.)

“For a ten-yoke vineyard will yield only one bat, and one homer of seed will yield only an efa.”

(2) Use the measurements given in the UST. Usually they are metric measurements. The translators of the UST have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system.

“For a ten-yoke vineyard will yield only 22 liters and 220 liters of seed will yield only 22 liters.”

“For a ten-yoke vineyard will yield only 22, and ten baskets of seed will yield only one basket.”

(3) Use measurements that are already used in your language. In order to do this you would need to know how your measurements relate to the metric system and figure out each measurement.

“For a ten-yoke vineyard will yield only six gallons, and six and a half bushels of seed will yield only 20 quarts.”

(4) Use the measurements from the ULT and include measurements that your people know in the text or a note. The following shows both measurements in the text.

“For a ten-yoke vineyard will yield only one bath (six gallons), and one homer (six and a half bushels) of seed will yield only an ephah (20 quarts).”

(5) Use measurements that your people know, and include the measurements from the ULT in the text or in a note. The following shows the ULT measurements in footnotes.

“For a ten-yoke vineyard will yield only 22 liters1, and 220 liters2 of seed will yield only 22 liters3.”

The footnotes would look like:

[1] one bath
[2] one homer
[3] one ephah

When the unit of measure is implied

Sometimes the Hebrew does not specify a particular unit of volume but only uses a number. In these cases, many English versions, including the ULT and UST, add the word “measure.”

When you came to a heap of 20 measures of grain, there were only ten, and when you came to the wine vat to draw out 50 measures of wine, there were only 20. (Haggai 2:16 ULT)

Translation Strategies

(1) Translate literally by using the number without a unit.
(2) Use a generic word like “measure” or “quantity” or “amount.”
(3) Use the name of an appropriate container, such as “basket” for grain or “jar” for wine.
(4) Use a unit of measure that you are already using in your translation.

Translation Strategies Applied

The strategies are all applied to Haggai 2:16 below.

When you came to a heap of 20 measures of grain, there were only ten, and when you came to the wine vat to draw out fifty measures of wine, there were only 20. (Haggai 2:16 ULT)

(1) Translate literally by using the number without a unit.

When you came to a heap of 20 of grain, there were only ten, and when you came to the wine vat to draw out 50 of wine, there were only 20.

(2) Use a generic word like “measure” or “quantity” or “amount.”

When you came to a heap of 20 amounts of grain, there were only ten, and when you came to the wine vat to draw out fifty amounts of wine, there were only 20.

(3) Use the name of an appropriate container, such as “basket” for grain or “jar” for wine.

When you came to a heap of 20 baskets of grain, there were only ten, and when you came to the wine vat to draw out 50 jars of wine, there were only 20.

(4) Use a unit of measure that you are already using in your translation.

When you came to a heap for 20 liters of grain, there were only ten liters, and when you came to the wine vat to draw out 50 liters of wine, there were only 20 liters.

Proverbs References:

20:10

Collective Nouns

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Collective Nouns

Description

A collective noun is a singular noun that refers to a group of something. Examples: a family, clan, or tribe is a group of people who are related to each other; a flock is a group of birds or sheep; a fleet is a group of ships; and an army is a group of soldiers.

Many collective nouns are used exclusively as a singular replacement for a group as in the examples above. Frequently in the Bible the name of an ancestor is used, through a process of metonymy, as a collective noun referencing the group of his descendants. In the Bible, sometimes the singular noun will take a singular verb form, other times it will take a plural verb form. This may depend on how the author is thinking about the group, or whether the action is being done as a group or as individuals.

Reason This is a Translation Issue

There are several issues that require care when translating collective nouns. Further care is needed because the language you are translating into may not use collective nouns in the same way as the language you are translating from. Issues include:

  1. The source language may have a collective noun for a group that the target language does not and vice-versa. You may have to translate a collective noun with a plural noun in your language, or you may need to translate a plural noun with a collective noun in your language.
  2. Subject-verb agreement. Different languages or dialects may have different rules about using singular or plural verbs with collective nouns. Examples (from Wikipedia):
    • a singular noun with a singular verb: The team is in the dressing room.
    • a singular noun with a plural verb which is correct in British, but not American, English: The team are fighting among themselves. The team have finished the project.
  3. Pronoun agreement. Similar to the previous, care needs to be taken to use the correct pronoun plurality and possibly gender or noun class to agree with the number/gender/class of the noun used. See the biblical examples below.
  4. Clarity of referent. Especially if there is a mismatch in your translation between the verb and noun or pronoun concerning any of the factors above, readers may be confused about who or what is being referenced.

Examples from the Bible

And Joab and all the army which was with him arrived (2 Samuel 3:23a ULT)

The word in bold is written in singular form in both Hebrew and English, but it refers to a group of warriors that fight together.

and though the flock is cut off from the fold and there are no cattle in the stalls. (Habakkuk 3:17b ULT)

The word in bold is singular and refers to a group of sheep.

And he went out again beside the sea, and all the crowd was coming to him, and he was teaching them. (Mark 2:13 ULT)

Note in this example that the noun is singular but the pronoun is plural. This may or may not be allowed or natural in your language.

Do not let your heart be troubled. You believe in God; believe also in me. (John 14:1 ULT)

In this verse, the words translated “your” and “you” are plural, referring to many people. The word “heart” is singular in form, but it refers to all of their hearts as a group.

And he shall take the hair of the head of his separation. And he shall put it on the fire that is under the sacrifice of the peace offerings. (Num 6:18b ULT)

The word hair is singular, but it refers to many hairs, not just one.

And Pharaoh said, “Who is Yahweh that I should listen to his voice to let Israel go? I do not know Yahweh; and moreover, I will not let Israel go.” (Exodus 5:2 ULT)

Here, “Israel” is singular, but means “the Israelites” by metonymy.

Translation Strategies

If your language has a collective (singular) noun that refers to the same group as referenced by the collective noun in the source text, then translate the word using that term. If not, here are some strategies to consider:

(1) Translate the collective noun with a plural noun.
(2) Add a plural word to the collective noun so that you can use a plural verb and pronouns.
(3) Use a phrase to describe the group that the collective noun references. A useful strategy here can be to use a general collective noun that refers to a group of people or things.
(4) If your language uses a collective noun for something that is a plural noun in the source language, you can translate the plural noun as a collective noun and, if necessary, change the form of the verb and any pronouns so that they agree with the singular noun.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Translate the collective noun with a plural noun.

And Pharaoh said, “Who is Yahweh that I should listen to his voice to let Israel go? I do not know Yahweh; and moreover, I will not let Israel go.” (Exodus 5:2 ULT)

And Pharaoh said, “Who is Yahweh that I should listen to his voice to let the Israelites go? I do not know Yahweh; and moreover, I will not let the Israelites go.”

And he shall take the hair of the head of his separation. And he shall put it on the fire that is under the sacrifice of the peace offerings. (Num 6:18b ULT)

And he shall take the hairs of the head of his separation. And he shall put them on the fire that is under the sacrifice of the peace offerings.

(2) Add a plural word to the collective noun so that you can use a plural verb and pronouns.

And Joab and all the army which was with him arrived (2 Samuel 3:23a ULT)

And Joab and all the army men who were with him arrived

And he went out again beside the sea, and all the crowd was coming to him, and he was teaching them. (Mark 2:13 ULT)

And he went out again beside the sea, and all the people of the crowd were coming to him, and he was teaching them.

(3) Use a phrase to describe the group that the collective noun references. A useful strategy here can be to use a general collective noun that refers to a group of people or things.

and though the flock is cut off from the fold and there are no cattle in the stalls. (Habakkuk 3:17b ULT)

and though the group of sheep is cut off from the fold and there are no cattle in the stalls.

And Pharaoh said, “Who is Yahweh that I should listen to his voice to let Israel go? I do not know Yahweh; and moreover, I will not let Israel go.” (Exodus 5:2 ULT)

And Pharaoh said, “Who is Yahweh that I should listen to his voice to let the people of Israel go? I do not know Yahweh; and moreover, I will not let the people of Israel go.”

(4) If your language uses a collective noun for something that is a plural noun in the source language, you can translate the plural noun as a collective noun and, if necessary, change the form of the verb and any pronouns so that they agree with the singular noun.

Now this John had his clothing from the hairs of a camel and a leather belt around his waist (Matthew 3:4a ULT)

Now this John had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist

You shall not make for yourself a carved figure nor any likeness that {is} in the heavens above, or that {is} in the earth beneath, or that {is} in the waters under the earth. (Deuteronomy 5:8 ULT)

You shall not make for yourself a carved figure nor any likeness that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth.

Connect — Contrast Relationship

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Connect — Contrast Relationship

Logical Relationships

Some connectors establish logical relationships between two phrases, clauses, sentences, or chunks of text.

Contrast Relationship

Description

A contrast relationship is a logical relationship in which one event or item is in contrast or opposition to another.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

In Scripture, many events did not happen as the people involved intended or expected them to happen. Sometimes people acted in ways that were not expected, whether good or bad. Often it was God at work, changing the events. These events were often pivotal. It is important that translators understand and communicate these contrasts. In English, contrast relationships are often indicated by the words “but,” “although,” “even though,” “though,” “yet,” or “however.”

Examples From OBS and the Bible

You tried to do evil when you sold me as a slave, but God used the evil for good! (Story 8 Frame 12 OBS)

Joseph’s brothers’ evil plan to sell Joseph is contrasted with God’s good plan to save many people. The word “but” marks the contrast.

For who is greater, the one who reclines at the table or the one who serves? Is it not the one who reclines at the table? Yet I am among you as one who serves. (Luke 22:27 ULT)

Jesus contrasts the proud way that human leaders behave with the humble way that he behaves. The contrast is marked by the word “yet.”

The hill country will also be yours. Though it is a forest, you will clear it and it will become yours to its farthest borders, for you will drive out the Canaanites, even though they have chariots of iron, and even though they are strong. (Joshua 17:18 ULT)

It was unexpected that the Israelites, who had been slaves in Egypt, would be able to conquer and lay claim to the promised land.

Translation Strategies

If your language uses contrast relationships in the same way as in the text, then use them as they are.

(1) If the contrast relationship between the clauses is not clear, then use a connecting word or phrase that is more specific or more clear.
(2) If it is more clear in your language to mark the other clause of the contrast relationship, then use a connecting word on the other clause.
(3) If your language shows a contrast relationship in a different way, then use that way.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the contrast relationship between the clauses is not clear, then use a connecting word or phrase that is more specific or more clear.

For who is greater, the one who reclines at table or the one who serves? Is it not the one who reclines at table? Yet I am among you as one who serves. (Luke 22:27 ULT)

For who is greater, the one who reclines at table or the one who serves? Is it not the one who reclines at table? Unlike that person, I am among you as one who serves.

(2) If it is more clear in your language to mark the other clause of the contrast relationship, then use a connecting word on the other clause.

The hill country will also be yours. Though it is a forest, you will clear it and it will become yours to its farthest borders, for you will drive out the Canaanites, even though they have chariots of iron, and even though they are strong. (Joshua 17:18 ULT)

The hill country will also be yours. It is a forest, but you will clear it and it will become yours to its farthest borders. They have chariots of iron, and they are strong, but you will drive out the Canaanites.

(3) If your language shows a contrast relationship in a different way, then use that way.

{David} found favor in the sight of God, and he asked if he might find a dwelling place for the house of Jacob. However, Solomon built the house for him. But the Most High does not live in houses made with hands. (Acts 7:46-48a ULT)

[David] found favor in the sight of God, and he asked if he might find a dwelling place for the house of Jacob. But it was, Solomon, not David, who built the house for God. Even though Solomon built him a house, the Most High does not live in houses made with hands.

Connect — Goal (Purpose) Relationship

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Connect — Goal (Purpose) Relationship

Logical Relationships

Some connectors establish logical relationships between two phrases, clauses, sentences, or chunks of text.

Goal (or Purpose) Relationship

Description

A Goal Relationship is a logical relationship in which the second event is the purpose or goal of the first event. In order for something to be a goal relationship, someone must do the first event with the intention that it will cause the second event.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

In Scripture, the goal or purpose may be stated either first or second. But in some languages, the goal or purpose must always occur in the same position (either first or second) in order for that logical relationship to be understood. You (the translator) need to understand the relationship between the two parts and communicate those accurately in your language. This may require changing the order of the two events. It may also require specific words to indicate that one is the goal or purpose of the other. Words commonly used to indicate a goal relationship in English are “in order to,” “in order that” or “so that.” It is important that the translator recognize the words that signal a goal relationship and translate that relationship in a natural way.

Examples From OBS and the Bible

She became angry and falsely accused Joseph so that he was arrested and sent to prison. (Story 8 Frame 5 OBS)

The goal or purpose of the woman’s false accusation was to get Joseph arrested and sent to prison.

Meanwhile Gideon, his son, was threshing out wheat at the winepress in order to hide from the presence of Midian. (Judges 6:11b ULT)

Here the prepositional phrase begins with “in order to.”

Now if I have found favor in your eyes, show me your ways so that I may know you and continue to find favor in your eyes. Remember that this nation is your people. (Exodus 33:13 ULT)

Moses wants God to show him God’s ways for the goal or purpose of Moses knowing God and continuing to find favor with God.

Even be sure to pull some out from the bundles for her and leave it for her to glean, and do not rebuke her! (Ruth 2:16 ULT)

The goal or purpose of Boaz instructing the men to pull out the grain from their bundles and leave it was for Ruth to gather (glean) it.

The shepherds said to each other, “Let us indeed go over as far as Bethlehem, and let us see this thing that has happened, which the Lord has made known to us.” (Luke 2:15 ULT)

The purpose of going to Bethlehem was to see the thing that had happened. Here the purpose is not marked and might be misunderstood.

“… if you want to enter into life, keep the commandments.” (Matthew 19:17b ULT)

The goal of keeping the commandments is to enter into life.

Do not turn from it to the right or to the left so that you may be wise in everything in which you walk. (Joshua 1:7c ULT)

The purpose of not turning away from the instructions that Moses gave to the Israelites was so that they would be wise.

But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him and take over his inheritance.’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him. (Matt 21:38-39 ULT)

The purpose of the vine growers killing the heir was so they could take his inheritance. They state both events as a plan, joining them only with “and.” Then the word “so” marks the reporting of the first event, but the second event (the goal or purpose) is not stated.

Translation Strategies

If your language uses Goal or Purpose relationships in the same way as in the text, then use them as they are.

(1) If the construction of the Goal statement is unclear, change it to one that is more clear.
(2) If the order of the statements makes the Goal statement unclear or confusing for the reader, then change the order.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the construction of the goal statement is unclear, change it to one that is more clear.

“Even be sure to pull some out from the bundles for her and leave it for her to glean, and do not rebuke her!” (Ruth 2:16 ULT)

“Even be sure to pull some out from the bundles for her and leave it so that she can glean it, and do not rebuke her!”

The shepherds said to each other, “Let us indeed go over as far as Bethlehem, and let us see this thing that has happened, which the Lord has made known to us.” (Luke 2:15 ULT)

The shepherds said to each other, “Let us indeed go over as far as Bethlehem so that we can see this thing that has happened, which the Lord has made known to us.”

(2) If the order of the statements makes the goal statement unclear or confusing for the reader, then change the order.

“… if you want to enter into life, keep the commandments.” (Matthew 19:17bULT)

“… keep the commandments if you want to enter into life.” or: “… keep the commandments so that you can enter into life.”

But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him and take over his inheritance.’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him. (Matt 21:38-39 ULT)

(1) and (2)

But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him and take over his inheritance.’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him. (Matt 21:38-39 ULT)

But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him so that we can take over his inheritance.’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him so that they could take over his inheritance.

Proverbs References:

1:2; 1:3; 1:4; 1:6; 1:11; 2:8; 2:12; 2:13; 2:16; 6:3; 6:6; 6:24; 8:21; 9:6; 9:15; 18:5; 19:20; 22:25; 23:19; 24:18; 25:10; 25:16; 26:4; 26:5; 30:9; 30:9; 31:5; 31:15

Connect — Hypothetical Conditions

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Connect — Hypothetical Conditions

Conditional Relationships

Conditional connectors connect two clauses to indicate that one of them will happen when the other one happens. In English, the most common way to connect conditional clauses is with the words “if … then.” Often, however, the word “then” is not stated.

Hypothetical Condition

Description

A Hypothetical Condition is a condition in which the second event (the “then” clause) will only take place if the first event (the “if” clause) takes place or is fulfilled in some way. Sometimes what takes place is dependent on the actions of other people.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

It is important that translators understand whether or not something is a Hypothetical Condition so that they translate it in the correct way. For example, some of God’s promises to Israel were conditional, based on whether or not Israel obeyed God. However, many of God’s promises to Israel were not conditional; God would keep these promises whether or not the Israelites obeyed. It is important that you (the translator) know the difference between these two types of promises and communicate each one accurately in your own language. Also, sometimes conditions are stated in an order different than the order in which they would happen. If the target language would state the clauses in a different order, then you will need to make that adjustment.

Examples From OBS and the Bible

God promised to bless the people and protect them, if they obeyed these laws. But he said he would punish them if they did not obey them (Story 13 Frame 7 OBS)

There are two hypothetical conditions in this frame. In both of these conditions, the first event (the “if clause”) is stated after the “then” clause. If this is unnatural or confusing, the clauses can be restated in the more natural order. The first hypothetical condition is: if the Israelites obeyed God, then God would bless and protect them. The second hypothetical condition is: if the Israelites did not obey God, then God would punish them.

If you do what is right, will you not be accepted? (Genesis 4:7a ULT)

If Cain does what is right, then he will be accepted. The only way for Cain to be accepted is by doing what is right.

if this plan or this work is of men, it will be overthrown. But if it is of God, you will not be able to overthrow them. (Acts 5:38b-39aULT)

There are two hypothetical conditions here: (1) If it is true that this plan is of men, then it will be overthrown; (2) If it is true that this plan is of God, then it cannot be overthrown.

Translation Strategies

(1) If the order of clauses makes the hypothetical condition confusing, then change the order of the clauses.

(2) If it is not clear where the second event is, mark that part with a word like “then.”

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the order of clauses makes the hypothetical condition confusing, then change the order of the clauses.

God promised to bless the people and protect them if they obeyed these laws. But he said he would punish them if they did not obey them. (Story 13 Frame 7 OBS)

If the people obeyed these laws, God promised he would bless them and protect them. But if they did not obey these laws, God said that he would punish them.

(2) If it is not clear where the second event is, mark that part with a word like “then.”

God promised to bless the people and protect them, if they obeyed these laws. But he said he would punish them if they did not obey them. (Story 13 Frame 7 OBS)

If the people obeyed these laws, then God promised he would bless them and protect them. But if they did not obey these laws, then God said that he would punish them.

if this plan or this work is of men, it will be overthrown. But if it is of God, you will not be able to overthrow them; (Acts 5:38b-39a ULT)

if this plan or this work is of men, then it will be overthrown. But if it is of God, then you will not be able to overthrow them;

Proverbs References:

1:10; 1:11; 2:1; 6:1; 27:25-26

Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship

Logical Relationships

Some connectors establish logical relationships between two phrases, clauses, sentences, or chunks of text.

Reason-and-Result Relationships

Description

A reason-and-result relationship is a logical relationship in which one event is the reason or cause for another event. The second event, then, is the result of the first event.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

A reason-and-result relationship can look forward — “I did Y because I wanted X to happen.” But usually it is looking backward — “X happened, and so I did Y.” Also, it is possible to state the reason either before or after the result. Many languages have a preferred order for the reason and the result, and it will be confusing for the reader if they are in the opposite order. Common words used to indicate a reason-and-result relationship in English are “because,” “so,” “therefore,” and “for.” Some of these words can also be used to indicate a goal relationship, so translators need to be aware of the difference between a goal relationship and a reason-and-result relationship. It is necessary for translators to understand how the two events are connected, and then communicate them clearly in their language.

If the reason and result are stated in different verses, it is still possible to put them in a different order. If you change the order of the verses, then put the verse numbers together at the beginning of the group of verses that were rearranged like this: 1-2. This is called a Verse Bridge.

Examples From OBS and the Bible

The Jews were amazed, because Saul had tried to kill believers, and now he believed in Jesus! (Story 46 Frame 6 OBS)

The reason is the change in Saul — that he had tried to kill people who believed in Jesus, and now he himself believed in Jesus. The result is that the Jews were amazed. “Because” connects the two ideas and indicates that what follows it is a reason.

Behold, a great storm arose on the sea, so that the boat was covered with the waves. (Matthew 8:24a ULT)

The reason is the great storm, and the result is that the boat was covered with the waves. The two events are connected by “so that.” Notice that the term “so that” often indicates a goal relationship, but here the relationship is reason-and-result. This is because the sea cannot think and therefore does not have a goal.

God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it, because in it he rested from all his work which he had done in his creation. (Genesis 2:3 ULT)

The result is that God blessed and sanctified the seventh day. The reason is because he rested on the seventh day from his work.

“Blessed are the poor, for yours is the kingdom of God.” (Luke 6:20b ULT)

The result is that the poor are blessed. The reason is that the kingdom of God is theirs.

But he raised up in their place their sons that Joshua circumcised, being uncircumcised, because they had not been circumcised on the way. (Joshua 5:7 ULT)

The result is that Joshua circumcised the boys and men who had been born in the wilderness. The reason was that they had not been circumcised while they were journeying.

Translation Strategies

If your language uses reason-and-result relationships in the same way as in the text, then use them as they are.

(1) If the order of the clauses is confusing for the reader, then change the order.

(2) If the relationship between the clauses is not clear, then use a more clear connecting word.

(3) If it is more clear to put a connecting word in the clause that does not have one, then do so.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it, because in it he rested from all his work which he had done in his creation. (Genesis 2:3 ULT)

(1) God rested on the seventh day from all his work which he had done in his creation. That is why he blessed the seventh day and sanctified it.

Blessed are the poor, for yours is the kingdom of God. (Luke 6:20 ULT)

(1) The kingdom of God belongs to you who are poor. Therefore, the poor are blessed.

(2) Blessed are the poor, because yours is the kingdom of God.

(3) The reason that the poor are blessed is because yours is the kingdom of God.

Behold, a great storm arose on the sea, so that the boat was covered with the waves. (Matthew 8:24a ULT)

(1) Behold, the boat was covered with the waves because a great storm arose on the sea.

(2) Behold, a great storm arose on the sea, with the result that the boat was covered with the waves.

(3) Behold, because a great storm arose on the sea, the boat was covered with the waves.

Since he was not able to find out anything for certain because of the noise, he ordered that he be brought into the fortress. (Acts 21:34b ULT)

(1) The captain ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress, because he could not tell anything because of all the noise.

(2) Because the captain could not tell anything because of all the noise, he ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress.

(3) The captain could not tell anything because of all the noise, so he ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress.

Connect — Sequential Time Relationship

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Connect — Sequential Time Relationship

Time Relationships

Some connectors establish time relationships between two phrases, clauses, sentences, or chunks of text.

Sequential Clause

Description

A sequential clause is a time relation that connects two events in which one happens and then the other happens.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Languages indicate sequences of events in different ways; some use ordering, some use connecting words, some even use relative tense (Relative tense is a tense that refers to a time in relation to a reference point in the context.) Connecting words that may indicate sequence are words such as “then,” “later,” “after,” “afterward,” “before,” “first,” and “when.” Translators need to be certain that they communicate the order of the events in a way that is natural in their language. This may require ordering clauses differently than in the original languages.

Examples From OBS and the Bible

When Joseph came to his brothers, they kidnapped him and sold him to some slave traders. (OBS Story 8 Frame 2)

First Joseph came to his brothers, and then they kidnapped and sold him. We know this because of the connecting word “when.” The translator needs to decide the best way to communicate this sequence clearly and correctly.

It was as sweet as honey in my mouth, but after I ate it, my stomach became bitter. (Revelation 10:10b ULT)

The event of the first clause occurs first, and the event of the last clause occurs later. We know this because of the connecting word “after.” The translator needs to decide the best way to communicate this sequence clearly and correctly.

For before the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good, the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate (Isaiah 7:16 ULT)

The event of the first clause occurs after the event of the second clause. First the land they dread will be desolate, and then the child will know to refuse evil and choose good. We know this because of the connecting word “before.” However, stating the clauses in this order may communicate the wrong order of events in your language. The translator may have to change the order so that the clauses come in the order that they happen. Or it may be possible to keep the order of the original language text and mark the ordering of sequence so that it is clear to the readers. You (the translator) need to decide the best way to communicate this sequence clearly and correctly.

Then Mary arose in those days and quickly went into the hill country, to a city of Judah, and she entered into the house of Zechariah and greeted Elizabeth. (Luke 1:39-40 ULT)

Here the general connector “and” connects four events. These are sequential events—each happens after the one before it. We know this because that is the only way that these events would happen. So in English, the general connector “and” is enough to make the sequence clear for events such as these. You will need to decide if this also communicates this sequence clearly and correctly in your language.

Translation Strategies

If the sequence of events is clear in your language, then translate the sequence as it is.

(1) If the connecting word is not clear, use a connecting word that communicates the sequence more clearly.
(2) If the clauses are in an order that makes the sequence unclear, put the clauses in an order that is more clear.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the connecting word is not clear, use a connecting word that communicates the sequence more clearly.

Then Mary arose in those days and quickly went into the hill country, to a city of Judah, and she entered into the house of Zechariah and greeted Elizabeth. (Luke 1:39-40 ULT)

Then Mary arose in those days. Then she quickly went into the hill country, to a city of Judah. Then she entered into the house of Zechariah, and then she greeted Elizabeth.

For before the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good, the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate (Isaiah 7:16 ULT)

For the time will come when the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good, but even before that time, the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate.

(2) If the clauses are in an order that makes the sequence unclear, put the clauses in an order that is more clear.

For the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate before the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good.

For more about sequences of events, see Sequence of Events.

Proverbs References:

7:13; 11:2; 25:4; 27:25

Connect — Simultaneous Time Relationship

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Connect — Simultaneous Time Relationship

Time Relationships

Some connectors establish time relationships between two phrases, clauses, sentences, or chunks of text.

Simultaneous Clause

Description

A simultaneous clause is a time relationship that connects two or more events that occur at the same time.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Languages indicate in many different ways that events occur simultaneously. These ways may vary based on whether or not something is causing the events to occur simultaneously. Connecting words that may indicate simultaneous events are words such as “while,” “as,” and “during.” Often the Bible does not state a relationship between the events but simply says they occurred at the same time. It is important that you (the translator) know when a time relationship is implied and when it is not implied so that you can communicate it clearly. A simultaneous clause communicates that events happened at the same time but it does not indicate that one event caused the other. That would be a reason-and-result relationship.

Examples From OBS and the Bible

Joseph served his master well, and God blessed Joseph. (OBS Story 8 Frame 4)

Two events happened while Joseph was a slave to a wealthy government official: Joseph served well, and God blessed Joseph. There is no indication of a reason-and-result (cause and effect) relationship between the two, or that the first event happened, and then the second event happened.

But in truth I say to you that there were many widows in Israel during the days of Elijah. (Luke 4:25b ULT)

The connecting word “during” tells us clearly that two things happened at the same time, but one event did not cause the other.

And the people were waiting for Zechariah, and they were wondering at his delaying in the temple. (Luke 1:21 ULT)

The people were both waiting and wondering at the same time. The general connector “and” indicates this.

While they were looking intensely into heaven as he was going up, suddenly, two men stood by them in white clothing. (Acts 1:10 ULT)

Three events happened at the same time — the disciples looking, Jesus going up, and two men standing. The connector words “while” and “as” tell us this.

Translation Strategies

If the way that the simultaneous clauses are marked also is clear in your language, then translate the simultaneous clauses as they are.

(1) If the connecting word does not make it clear that the simultaneous clauses are happening at the same time, use a connecting word that communicates this more clearly.
(2) If it is not clear which clause the simultaneous clause is connected to, and that they are happening at the same time, mark all of the clauses with a connecting word.
(3) If your language marks events as simultaneous in a different way than using connecting words, then use that way.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

Below, each Bible verse will be restated in three different ways, according to the translation strategies in the list above. Each restatement will have the same number as the translation strategy that it is using.

And the people were waiting for Zechariah, and they were wondering at his delaying in the temple. (Luke 1:21 ULT)

(1) Now while the people were waiting for Zechariah, they were wondering at his delaying in the temple.

(2) Now while the people were waiting for Zechariah, they were also wondering at his delaying in the temple.

(3) Now the people were waiting for Zechariah, wondering at his delaying in the temple.

While they were looking intently into heaven as he was going up, suddenly, two men stood by them in white clothing. (Acts 1:10 ULT)

(1) And during the time they were looking intently into heaven while he was going up, suddenly, two men stood by them in white clothing.

(2) And while they were looking intently into heaven as he was going up, suddenly, at that same time two men stood by them in white clothing.

(3) They were looking intently into heaven; he was going up when they saw two men standing by them in white clothing.

Proverbs References:

3:28; 6:14

Connecting Words and Phrases

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Connecting Words and Phrases

Description

As humans, we write our thoughts in phrases and sentences. We usually want to communicate a series of thoughts that are connected to each other in different ways. Connecting words and phrases show how these thoughts are related to each other. For example, we can show how the following thoughts are related by using the Connecting Words in bold type:

  • It was raining, so I opened my umbrella.
  • It was raining, but I did not have an umbrella. So I got very wet.

Connecting words or phrases can connect phrases or clauses within a sentence. They can connect sentences to each other. They can also connect entire chunks to one another in order to show how the chunk before relates to the chunk after the connecting word. Very often, the connecting words that connect entire chunks to one another are either conjunctions or adverbs.

It was raining, but I did not have an umbrella, so I got very wet.

Now I must change my clothes. Then I will drink a cup of hot tea and warm myself by the fire.

In the above example, the word now connects the two short chunks of text, showing the relationship between them. The speaker must change his clothes, drink hot tea, and warm himself because of something that happened earlier (that is, he got wet in the rain).

Sometimes people might not use a connecting word because they expect the context to help the readers understand the relationship between the thoughts. Some languages do not use connecting words as much as other languages do. They might say:

  • It was raining. I did not have an umbrella. I got very wet.

You (the translator) will need to use the method that is most natural and clear in the target language. But in general, using connecting words whenever possible helps the reader to understand the ideas in the Bible most clearly.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • You need to understand the relationship between paragraphs, between sentences, and between parts of sentences in the Bible, and how connecting words and phrases can help you to understand the relationship between the thoughts that they are connecting.
  • Each language has its own ways of showing how thoughts are related.
  • You need to know how to help readers understand the relationship between the thoughts in a way that is natural in your language.

Translation Principles

  • You need to translate in a way that readers can understand the same relationship between thoughts that the original readers would have understood.
  • Whether or not a connecting word is used is not as important as readers being able to understand the relationship between the ideas.

The Different Types of Connections

Listed below are different types of connections between ideas or events. These different types of connections can be indicated by using different connecting words. When we write or translate something, it is important to use the right connecting word so that these connections are clear for the reader. If you would like additional information, simply click the colored, hyperlinked word to be directed to a page containing definitions and examples for each type of connection.

  • Sequential Clause — a time relationship between two events in which one happens and then the other happens.
  • Simultaneous Clause — a time relationship between two or more events that occur at the same time.
  • Background Clause — a time relationship in which the first clause describes a long event that is happening at the time when the beginning of the second event happens, which is described in the second clause.
  • Exceptional Relationship — one clause describes a group of people or items, and the other clause excludes one or more items or people from the group.
  • Hypothetical Condition — the second event will only take place if the first one takes place. Sometimes what takes place is dependent on the actions of other people.
  • Factual Condition — a connection that sounds hypothetical but is already certain or true, so that the condition is guaranteed to happen.
  • Contrary-to-Fact Condition — a connection that sounds hypothetical but is already certain that it is not true. See also: Hypothetical Statements.
  • Goal Relationship — a logical relationship in which the second event is the purpose or goal of the first.
  • Reason and Result Relationship — a logical relationship in which one event is the reason for the other event, the result.
  • Contrast Relationship — one item is being described as different or in opposition to another.

Examples from the Bible

I did not immediately consult with flesh and blood. I did not go up to Jerusalem to those who were apostles before me. Instead, I went to Arabia and then returned to Damascus. Then after three years, I went up to Jerusalem to visit Cephas, and I stayed with him 15 days. (Galatians 1:16b-18 ULT)

The word “instead” introduces something that contrasts with what was said before. The contrast here is between what Paul did not do and what he did do. The word “then” introduces a sequence of events. It introduces something that Paul did after he returned to Damascus.

Therefore, whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. But whoever keeps them and teaches them, that one will be called great in the kingdom of heaven. (Matthew 5:19 ULT)

The word “therefore” links this section with the section before it, signaling that the section that came before gave the reason for this section. “Therefore” usually links sections larger than one sentence. The word “and” links only two actions within the same sentence, that of breaking commandments and teaching others. In this verse the word “but” contrasts what one group of people will be called in God’s kingdom with what another group of people will be called.

We place nothing as a stumbling block in front of anyone, so that our ministry might not be discredited. Instead, we commend ourselves in everything as God’s servants. (2 Corinthians 6:3-4 ULT)

Here the words “so that” connect what follows as the reason for what came before; the reason that Paul does not place stumbling blocks is that he does not want his ministry brought into disrepute. “Instead” contrasts what Paul does (prove by his actions that he is God’s servant) with what he said he does not do (place stumbling blocks).

General Translation Strategies

See each type of Connecting Word above for specific strategies

If the way the relationship between thoughts is shown in the ULT would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, then consider using it. If not, here are some other options.

(1) Use a connecting word (even if the ULT does not use one).
(2) Do not use a connecting word if it would be strange to use one and people would understand the right relationship between the thoughts without it.
(3) Use a different connecting word.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use a connecting word (even if the ULT does not use one).

Jesus said to them, “Come follow me, and I will make you to become fishers of men.” Then immediately they left the nets and followed him. (Mark 1:17-18 ULT)

They followed Jesus because he told them to. Some translators may want to mark this clause with the connecting word “so.”

Jesus said to them, “Come follow me, and I will make you to become fishers of men.” So, immediately they left the nets and followed him.

(2) Do not use a connecting word if it would be odd to use one, and if people would understand the right relationship between the thoughts without it.

Therefore, whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. But whoever keeps them and teaches them, that one will be called great in the kingdom of heaven. (Matthew 5:19 ULT)

Some languages would prefer not to use connecting words here because the meaning is clear without them and using them would be unnatural. They might translate like this:

Therefore, whoever breaks the least one of these commandments, teaching others to do so as well, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. Whoever keeps them and teaches them, that one will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.

I did not immediately consult with flesh and blood. I did not go up to Jerusalem to those who were apostles before me. Instead, I went to Arabia and then returned to Damascus. Then after three years, I went up to Jerusalem to visit Cephas, and I stayed with him 15 days. (Galatians 1:16b-18 ULT) (Galatians 1:16-18 ULT)

Some languages might not need the words “instead” or “then” here. They might translate like this:

I did not immediately consult with flesh and blood, nor did I go up to Jerusalem to those who had become apostles before me. I went to Arabia and then returned to Damascus. After three years I went up to Jerusalem to visit Cephas, and I stayed with him 15 days.

(3) Use a different connecting word.

Therefore, whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. But whoever keeps them and teaches them, that one will be called great in the kingdom of heaven. (Matthew 5:19 ULT)

Instead of a word like “therefore,” a language might need a phrase to indicate that there was a section before it that gave the reason for the section that follows. Also, the word “but” is used here because of the contrast between the two groups of people. But in some languages, the word “but” would show that what comes after it is surprising because of what came before it. So “and” might be clearer for those languages. They might translate like this:

Because of that, whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. And whoever keeps them and teaches them, that one will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.

Proverbs References:

1:32; 5:7; 5:9; 5:10; 5:11; 7:6; 7:24; 7:24; 8:32; 9:11; 17:3

Direct and Indirect Quotations

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Direct and Indirect Quotations

Description

There are two kinds of quotations: direct quotations and indirect quotations.

A direct quotation occurs when someone reports what another person said from the viewpoint of that original speaker. People usually expect that this kind of quotation will represent the original speaker’s exact words. In the example below, John would have said “I” when referring to himself, so the narrator, who is reporting John’s words, uses the word “I” in the quotation to refer to John. To show that these are John’s exact words, many languages put the words between quotation marks: “”.

  • John said, “I do not know at what time I will arrive.”

An indirect quotation occurs when a speaker reports what someone else said, but in this case, the speaker is reporting it from his own point of view instead and not from the original person’s point of view. This kind of quotation usually contains changes in pronouns, and it often includes changes in time, in word choices, and in length. In the example below, the narrator refers to John as “he” in the quotation and uses the word “would” to replace the future tense, indicated by “will.”

  • John said that he did not know at what time he would arrive.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

In some languages, reported speech can be expressed by either direct or indirect quotations. In other languages, it is more natural to use one than the other. There may be a certain meaning implied by using one rather than the other. So for each quotation, translators need to decide whether it is best to translate it as a direct quotation or as an indirect quotation.

Examples From the Bible

The verses in the examples below contain both direct and indirect quotations. In the explanation below the verse, we have marked in bold the words that are quoted.

And he commanded him to tell no one, but, “Go, show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.” (Luke 5:14 ULT)

  • Indirect quote: He commanded him to tell no one,
  • Direct quote: but told him, “Go, show yourself to the priest …

And being asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God was coming, he answered them and said, “The kingdom of God is not coming with careful observation. Neither will they say, ‘Look, here it is!’ or ‘There it is!’ For indeed, the kingdom of God is among you.” (Luke 17:20-21 ULT)

  • Indirect quote: Being asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God was coming,
  • Direct quote: he answered them and said, “The kingdom of God is not coming with careful observation. Neither will they say, ‘Look. here it is!’ or ‘There it is!’ For indeed, the kingdom of God is among you.
  • Direct quotes: Neither will they say, ‘Look, here it is!’ or, ‘There it is!

Translation Strategies

If the kind of quote used in the source text would work well in your language, consider using it. If the kind of quote used in that context is not natural for your language, follow these strategies.

(1) If a direct quote would not work well in your language, change it to an indirect quote.
(2) If an indirect quote would not work well in your language, change it to a direct quote.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If a direct quote would not work well in your language, change it to an indirect quote.

And he commanded him to tell no one, but, “Go, show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.” (Luke 5:14 ULT)

He commanded him to tell no one, but to go and show himself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for his cleansing according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.

(2) If an indirect quote would not work well in your language, change it to a direct quote.

And he commanded him to tell no one, but, “Go, show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.” (Luke 5:14 ULT)

He commanded him, “Tell no one. But go and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.”

You may also want to watch the video at https://ufw.io/figs\_quotations.

Proverbs References:

1:22; 7:4; 20:9; 20:14; 20:22; 22:13; 23:7; 23:35; 24:24; 24:29; 25:7; 26:13; 26:19; 28:24; 30:9; 30:20

Distinguishing Versus Informing or Reminding

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Distinguishing Versus Informing or Reminding

Description

In some languages, phrases that modify a noun can be used with the noun for two different purposes. They can either (1) distinguish the noun from other similar items, or (2) they can give more information about the noun. That information could be new to the reader, or a reminder about something the reader might already know. Other languages use modifying phrases with a noun only for distinguishing the noun from other similar things. When people who speak these languages hear a modifying phrase along with a noun, they assume that its function is to distinguish one item from another similar item.

When the phrase that modifies a noun is a relative clause (a phrase that starts with a word such as “who” or“which”), some languages use a comma to mark the difference between (1) making a distinction between similar items and (2) giving more information about an item. Without the comma, the sentence below communicates that the added phrase is making a distinction:

  • Mary gave some of the food to her sister who was very thankful.
    • If her sister was usually thankful, the phrase “who was thankful” could distinguish this sister of Mary’s from another sister who was not usually thankful.

With the comma, the phrase is giving more information:

  • Mary gave some of the food to her sister, who was very thankful.
    • This same phrase can be used to give us more information about Mary’s sister. It tells us about how Mary’s sister responded when Mary gave her the food. In this case it does not distinguish one sister from another sister.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • Many source languages of the Bible use phrases that modify a noun both for distinguishing the noun from another similar item and also for giving more information about the noun. You (the translator) must be careful to understand which meaning the author intended in each case.
  • Some languages use phrases that modify a noun only for distinguishing the noun from another similar item. When translating a phrase that is used for giving more information, translators who speak these languages will need to separate the phrase from the noun. Otherwise, people who read it or hear it will think that the phrase is meant to distinguish the noun from other similar items.

Examples From the Bible

Examples of words and phrases that are used to distinguish one item from other possible items:

(These usually do not cause any problem in translation.)

The curtain is to separate the holy place from the most holy place. (Exodus 26:33b ULT)

The words “holy” and “most holy” distinguish two different places from each other and from any other place.

A foolish son is a grief to his father, and bitterness to the woman who bore him. (Proverbs 17:25 ULT)

The phrase “who bore him” distinguishes which woman the son is bitterness to. He is not bitterness to all women, but to his mother.

Examples of words and phrases that are used to give added information or a reminder about an item:

(These are a translation issue for languages that do not use these.)

… for your righteous judgments are good. (Psalm 119:39b ULT)

The word “righteous” simply reminds us that God’s judgments are righteous. It does not distinguish his righteous judgments from his unrighteous judgments, because all of his judgments are righteous.

You must surely open your hand to your brother, to your needy and to your poor in your land. (Deuteronomy 15:11 ULT)

The phrases “to your needy and to your poor” give further information about “your brother.” They do not refer to a separate group of people.

How can Sarah, who is 90 years old, bear a son? (Genesis 17:17b ULT)

The phrase “who is 90 years old” is a reminder of Sarah’s age. It tells why Abraham was asking the question. He did not expect that a woman who was that old could bear a child. He was not distinguishing one woman named Sarah from another woman named Sarah who was a different age.

I will wipe away mankind whom I have created from the surface of the earth. (Genesis 6:7 ULT)

The phrase “whom I have created” is a reminder of the relationship between God and mankind. It is the reason God had the right to wipe away mankind. There is not another mankind that God did not create.

I hate those who serve worthless idols (Psalm 31:6 ULT)

By saying “worthless idols,” David was commenting about all idols and giving his reason for hating those who serve them. He was not distinguishing worthless idols from valuable idols.

Translation Strategies

If readers would understand the purpose of a phrase with a noun, then consider keeping the phrase and the noun together. For languages that use words or phrases with a noun only to distinguish one item from another, here are some strategies for translating phrases that are used to inform or remind.

(1) Put the information in another part of the sentence and add words that show its purpose.
(2) Use one of your language’s ways for expressing that this is just added information. It may be by adding a small word, or by changing the way the voice sounds. Sometimes changes in the voice can be shown with punctuation marks, such as parentheses or commas.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Put the information in another part of the sentence and add words that show its purpose.

I hate those who serve worthless idols (Psalm 31:6 ULT)

Because idols are worthless, I hate those who serve them.

… for your righteous judgments are good. (Psalm 119:39b ULT)

… for your judgments are good because they are righteous.

Can Sarah, who is 90 years old, bear a son? (Genesis 17:17b ULT)

Can Sarah bear a son even when she is 90 years old?

You must surely open your hand to your brother, to your needy and to your poor in your land. (Deuteronomy 15:11 ULT)

You must surely open your hand to any of your needy and poor brothers in your land.

(2) Use one of your language’s ways for expressing that this is just added information.

You are my Son, whom I love. I am pleased with you. (Luke 3:22 ULT)

You are my Son. I love you and I am pleased with you.

Receiving my love, you are my Son. I am pleased with you.

You must surely open your hand to your brother, to your needy and to your poor in your land. (Deuteronomy 15:11 ULT)

You must surely open your hand to your brother who is needy and poor in your land.

Proverbs References:

8:16; 21:4

Double Negatives

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Double Negatives

A double negative occurs when a clause has two words that each express the meaning of “not.” Double negatives mean very different things in different languages. To translate sentences that have double negatives accurately and clearly, you need to know what a double negative means in the Bible and how to express this idea in your language.

Description

Negative words are words that have in them the meaning “not.” Examples in English are “no,” “not,” “none,” “no one,” “nothing,” “nowhere,” “never,” “nor,” “neither,” and “without.” Also, some words have prefixes or suffixes that mean “not,” such as the bolded parts of these words: “unhappy,” “impossible,” and “useless.” Some other kinds of words also have a negative meaning, such as “lack” or “reject,” or even “fight” or “evil.”

A double negative occurs when a clause has two words that each have a negative meaning.

We did this not because we have no authority … (2 Thessalonians 3:9a ULT)

And this was not done without an oath! (Hebrews 7:20a ULT)

Be sure of this—the wicked person will not go unpunished. (Proverbs 11:21a ULT)

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Double negatives mean very different things in different languages.

  • In some languages, such as English, a second negative in a clause cancels the first one, creating a positive sentence. So, “He is not unintelligent” means “He is intelligent.”
  • In some languages, such as French and Spanish, two negative words in a clause do not cancel each other to become a positive. The Spanish sentence, “No vi a nadie,” literally says “I did not see no one.” It has both the word ‘no’ next to the verb and ‘nadie,’ which means “no one.” The two negatives are seen as in agreement with each other, and the sentence means, “I did not see anyone.”
  • In some languages, a double negative creates a stronger negative statement.
  • In some languages, a double negative creates a positive sentence, but it is a weak statement. So, “He is not unintelligent” means, “He is somewhat intelligent.”
  • In some languages, including the languages of the Bible, a double negative can produce a stronger positive meaning than a simple positive statement. So, “He is not unintelligent” can mean “He is very intelligent.” In this case, the double negative is actually the figure of speech called litotes.

Biblical Greek can do all of the above. So to translate sentences with double negatives accurately and clearly in your language, you need to know what each double negative means in the Bible and how to express the same idea in your language.

Examples From the Bible

The Greek of John 15:5 says:

χωρὶς ἐμοῦ οὐ δύνασθε ποιεῖν οὐδέν

Without me not you can do nothing

We cannot reproduce this double negative in the English ULT because in English, a second negative in a clause cancels the first one. In English, and perhaps in your language, we need to choose only one of the negatives and say either:

Without me, you can do nothing.
or:
Without me, you cannot do anything.

… in order not to be unfruitful. (Titus 3:14b ULT)

This means “in order to be fruitful.”

A prophet is not without honor (Mark 6:4 ULT)

This means “a prophet is honored.”

I do not want you to be ignorant. (1 Corinthians 12:1)

This means “I want you to be knowledgeable.”

Translation Strategies

If the way that the double negative is used in the Bible is natural and has the same meaning as in your language, consider using it in the same way. Otherwise, you could consider these strategies:

(1) If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a positive statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove the two negatives so that it is positive.
(2) If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a negative statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove one of the two negatives.
(3) If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a stronger negative statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove one of the two negatives and add a strengthening word.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a positive statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove the two negatives so that it is positive.

For we do not have a high priest who cannot feel sympathy for our weaknesses. (Hebrews 4:15a ULT)

“For we have a high priest who can feel sympathy for our weaknesses.”

… in order not to be unfruitful. (Titus 3:14b ULT)

“… so that they may be fruitful.”

(2) If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a negative statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove one of the two negatives.

χωρὶς ἐμοῦ οὐ δύνασθε ποιεῖν οὐδέν

Without me not you can do nothing (John 15:5)

Without me, you can do nothing.

or:
Without me, you cannot do anything.

(3) If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a stronger negative statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove one of the two negatives and add a strengthening word.

…ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κεραία οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου (Matthew 5:18)

…iota one or one serif not not may pass away from the law

not even one iota or one serif may pass away from the law

or:
certainly no iota or serif may pass away from the law

Proverbs References:

1:8; 3:3; 4:13; 23:22; 23:23

Doublet

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Doublet

Description

We are using the word “doublet” to refer to two words or phrases that are used together and either mean the same thing or mean very close to the same thing. Often they are joined with the word “and.” Unlike Hendiadys, in which one of the words modifies the other, in a doublet the two words or phrases are equal and are used to emphasize or intensify the one idea that is expressed by the two words or phrases.

A very similar issue is the repetition of the same word or phrase for emphasis, usually with no other words between them. Because these figures of speech are so similar and have the same effect, we will treat them here together.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

In some languages people do not use doublets. Or they may use doublets, but only in certain situations, so a doublet might not make sense in their language in some verses. People might think that the verse is describing two ideas or actions, when it is only describing one. In this case, translators may need to find some other way to express the meaning expressed by the doublet.

Examples From the Bible

He has one people scattered and dispersed among the peoples (Esther 3:8 ULT)

The bolded words mean the same thing. Together they mean the people were spread out.

He attacked two men more righteous and better than himself. (1 Kings 2:32b ULT)

This means that they were “much more righteous” than he was.

You have decided to prepare false and deceptive words. (Daniel 2:9b ULT)

This means that they had decided to lie, which is another way of saying that they intended to deceive people.

… like of a lamb without blemish and without spot. (1 Peter 1:19b ULT)

This means that he was like a lamb that did not have any defect—not even one.

Then they approached {and} woke him up, saying, “Master! Master! We are perishing!” (Luke 8:24 ULT)

The repetition of “Master” means that the disciples called to Jesus urgently and continually.

Translation Strategies

If a doublet would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, consider these strategies.

(1) Translate only one of the words or phrases.
(2) If the doublet is used to intensify the meaning, translate one of the words or phrases and add a word that intensifies it such as “very” or “great” or “many.”
(3) If the doublet is used to intensify or emphasize the meaning, use one of your language’s ways of doing that.

Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Translate only one of the words.

You have decided to prepare false and deceptive words. (Daniel 2:9b ULT)

“You have decided to prepare false things to say.”

(2) If the doublet is used to intensify the meaning, translate one of the words and add a word that intensifies it such as “very” or “great” or “many.”

He has one people scattered and dispersed among the peoples (Esther 3:8 ULT)

“He has one people very spread out.”

(3) If the doublet is used to intensify or emphasize the meaning, use one of your language’s ways of doing that.

… like a lamb without blemish and without spot. (1 Peter 1:19b ULT)

  • English can emphasize this with “any” and “at all.”

“… like a lamb without any blemish at all.”

Then they approached {and} woke him up, saying, “Master! Master! We are perishing!” (Luke 8:24 ULT)

Then they approached {and} woke him up, urgently shouting, “Master! We are perishing!”

Proverbs References:

1:27; 5:11; 5:14; 5:17; 6:7; 6:10; 6:12; 8:19; 11:31; 15:11; 21:23; 21:26; 23:35; 26:2; 27:20; 28:2; 31:12; 31:22

Ellipsis

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Ellipsis

Description

An ellipsis[^1] occurs when a speaker or writer leaves out one or more words that normally should be in the sentence. The speaker or writer does this because he knows that the hearer or reader will understand the meaning of the sentence and supply the words in his mind when he hears or reads the words that are there. For example:

So the wicked will not stand in the judgment, nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous. (Psalm 1:5 ULT)

There is ellipsis in the second part because “nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous” is not a complete sentence. The speaker assumes that the hearer will understand what it is that sinners will not do in the assembly of the righteous by filling in the action from the previous clause. With the action filled in, the complete sentence would read:

So the wicked will not stand in the judgment, nor will sinners stand in the assembly of the righteous.

[^1]: English has a punctuation symbol which is also called an ellipsis. It is a series of three dots (…) used to indicate an intentional omission of a word, phrase, sentence or more from text without altering its original meaning. This translationAcademy article is not about the punctuation mark, but about the concept of omission of words that normally should be in the sentence.

Two Types of Ellipsis

  1. A Relative Ellipsis happens when the reader has to supply the omitted word or words from the context. Usually the word is in the previous sentence, as in the example above.
  2. An Absolute Ellipsis happens when the omitted word or words are not in the context, but the phrases are common enough in the language that the reader is expected to supply what is missing from this common usage or from the nature of the situation.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Readers who see incomplete sentences or phrases may not know that there is information missing that the writer expects them to fill in. Or readers may understand that there is information missing, but they may not know what information is missing because they do not know the original biblical language, culture, or situation as the original readers did. In this case, they may fill in the wrong information. Or readers may misunderstand the ellipsis if they do not use ellipsis in the same way in their language.

Examples From the Bible

Relative Ellipsis

He makes Lebanon skip like a calf and Sirion like a young ox. (Psalm 29:6 ULT)

The writer wants his words to be few and to make good poetry. The full sentence with the information filled in would be:

He makes Lebanon skip like a calf and he makes Sirion skip like a young ox.

Watch carefully, therefore, how you walk—not as unwise but as wise. (Ephesians 5:15b ULT)

The information that the reader must understand in the second parts of these sentences can be filled in from the first parts:

Watch carefully, therefore, how you walk—walk not as unwise but walk as wise,

Absolute Ellipsis

Then when he had come near, he asked him, “What do you want me to do for you?” And so he said, “Lord, that I might recover my sight.” (Luke 18:40b-41 ULT)

It seems that the man answered in an incomplete sentence because he wanted to be polite and not directly ask Jesus for healing. He knew that Jesus would understand that the only way he could receive his sight would be for Jesus to heal him. The complete sentence would be:

“Lord, I want you to heal me so that I might receive my sight.”

To Titus, a true son in our common faith. Grace and peace from God the Father and Christ Jesus our Savior. (Titus 1:4 ULT)

The writer assumes that the reader will recognize this common form of a blessing or wish, so he does not need to include the full sentence, which would be:

To Titus, a true son in our common faith. May you receive grace and peace from God the Father and Christ Jesus our Savior.

Translation Strategies

If ellipsis would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here is another option:

(1) Add the missing words to the incomplete phrase or sentence.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Add the missing words to the incomplete phrase or sentence.

So the wicked will not stand in the judgment, nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous. (Psalm 1:5 ULT)

So the wicked will not stand in the judgment, and sinners will not stand in the assembly of the righteous.

Then when he had come near, he asked him, “What do you want me to do for you?” And so he said, “Lord, that I might recover my sight.” (Luke 18:40b-41 ULT)

Then when the man was near, Jesus asked him, “What do you want me to do for you?” He said, “Lord, I want you to heal me that I might receive my sight.”

He makes Lebanon skip like a calf and Sirion like a young ox. (Psalm 29:6 ULT)

He makes Lebanon skip like a calf, and he makes Sirion skip like a young ox.

Euphemism

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Euphemism

Description

A euphemism is a mild or polite way of referring to something that is unpleasant, embarrassing, or socially unacceptable, such as death or activities usually done in private.

… they found Saul and his sons fallen on Mount Gilboa. (1 Chronicles 10:8b ULT)

This means that Saul and his sons “were dead.” It is a euphemism because the important thing was not that Saul and his sons had fallen but that they were dead. Sometimes people do not like to speak directly about death because it is unpleasant.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Different languages use different euphemisms. If the target language does not use the same euphemism as in the source language, readers may not understand what it means and they may think that the writer means only what the words literally say.

Examples From the Bible

… where there was a cave. Saul went inside to cover his feet. (1 Samuel 24:3b ULT)

The original hearers would have understood that Saul went into the cave to use it as a toilet, but the writer wanted to avoid offending or distracting them, so he did not say specifically what Saul did or what he left in the cave.

But Mary said to the angel, “How will this be, since I have not known a man?” (Luke 1:34 ULT)

In order to be polite, Mary uses a euphemism to say that she has never had sexual intercourse with a man.

Translation Strategies

If euphemism would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here are other options:

(1) Use a euphemism from your own culture.
(2) State the information plainly without a euphemism if it would not be offensive.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use a euphemism from your own culture.

… where there was a cave. Saul went inside to cover his feet. (1 Samuel 24:3b ULT) — Some languages might use euphemisms like these:

“… where there was a cave. Saul went into the cave to dig a hole

“… where there was a cave. Saul went into the cave to have some time alone

But Mary said to the angel, “How will this be, since I have not known a man?” (Luke 1:34 ULT)

But Mary said to the angel, “How will this be, since I have not slept with a man?”

(2) State the information plainly without a euphemism if it would not be offensive.

They found Saul and his sons fallen on Mount Gilboa. (1 Chronicles 10:8b ULT)

“They found Saul and his sons dead on Mount Gilboa.”

Proverbs References:

2:19; 5:11; 5:15; 5:16; 5:18; 6:29; 20:2; 29:3; 31:3; 31:8

Exclamations

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Exclamations

Description

Exclamations are words or sentences that show strong feeling such as surprise, joy, fear, or anger. In the ULT and UST, they usually have an exclamation mark (!) at the end. The mark shows that it is an exclamation. The situation and the meaning of what the people said helps us understand what feelings they were expressing. In the example below from Matthew 8, the speakers were terribly afraid. In the example from Matthew 9, the speakers were amazed, because something happened that they had never seen before.

Save us, Lord; we are about to die! (Matthew 8:25b ULT)

When the demon had been driven out, the mute man spoke. The crowds were astonished and said, “This has never been seen before in Israel!” (Matthew 9:33 ULT)

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Languages have different ways of showing that a sentence communicates strong emotion.

Examples From the Bible

Some exclamations have a word that shows feeling. The sentences below have “Oh” and “Ah.” The word “oh” here shows the speaker’s amazement.

Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! (Romans 11:33 ULT)

The word “Alas” below shows that Gideon was very frightened.

When Gideon saw that he was the angel of Yahweh, Gideon lamented, “Alas, O my Lord Yahweh, for because of this I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!” (Judges 6:22 ULT)

Some exclamations start with a question word such as “how” or “why,” even though they are not questions. The sentence below shows that the speaker is amazed at how unsearchable God’s judgments are.

How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering! (Romans 11:33b ULT)

Some exclamations in the Bible do not have a main verb. The exclamation below shows that the speaker is disgusted with the person he is speaking to.

You worthless person! (Matthew 5:22b ULT)

Translation Strategies

(1) If an exclamation in your language needs a verb, add one. Often a good verb is “is” or “are.”
(2) Use an exclamation word from your language that shows the strong feeling.
(3) Translate the exclamation word with a sentence that shows the feeling.
(4) Use a word that emphasizes the part of the sentence that brings about the strong feeling.
(5) If the strong feeling is not clear in the target language, then tell how the person felt.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If an exclamation in your language needs a verb, add one. Often a good verb is “is” or “are.”

You worthless person! (Matthew 5:22b ULT)

“You are such a worthless person!”

Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! (Romans 11:33b ULT)

“Oh, the riches of the wisdom and the knowledge of God are so deep!”

(2) Use an exclamation word from your language that shows the strong feeling. In the first suggested translation below, the word “wow” shows that they were astonished. In the second suggested translation, the expression “Oh no” shows that something terrible or frightening has happened.

They were extremely astonished, saying, “He has done everything well. He even makes the deaf hear and the mute speak.” (Mark 7:37 ULT)

“They were extremely astonished, saying, ‘Wow! He has done everything well. He even makes the deaf to hear and the mute to speak.’”

Alas, oh my Lord Yahweh! For because of this I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face! (Judges 6:22b ULT)

Oh no, Lord Yahweh! I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!”

(3) Translate the exclamation word with a sentence that shows the feeling.

Alas, O my Lord Yahweh, for because of this I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!” (Judges 6:22 ULT)

“Lord Yahweh, what will happen to me? For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!”
Help, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!”

(4) Use a word that emphasizes the part of the sentence that brings about the strong feeling.

How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering! (Romans 11:33b ULT)

“His judgments are so unsearchable and his ways are far beyond discovering!”

(5) If the strong feeling is not clear in the target language, then tell how the person felt.

When Gideon saw that he was the angel of Yahweh, Gideon lamented, “Alas, O my Lord Yahweh, for because of this I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!” (Judges 6:22 ULT)

Gideon understood that this was the angel of Yahweh. He was terrified and said, “Alas, Lord Yahweh! I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!”

Proverbs References:

5:12; 15:23; 30:13

Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’

Description

Some languages have more than one form of “we”: an inclusive form that means “I and you” and an exclusive form that means “I and someone else but not you.” The exclusive form excludes the person being spoken to. The inclusive form includes the person being spoken to and possibly others. This is also true for “us,” “our,” “ours,” and “ourselves.” Some languages have inclusive forms and exclusive forms for each of these. Translators whose language has separate exclusive and inclusive forms for these words will need to understand what the speaker meant so that they can decide which form to use.

See the pictures. The people on the right are the people that the speaker is talking to. The yellow highlight shows who the inclusive “we” and the exclusive “we” refer to.

we/us (inclusive) people diagram

we/us (exclusive) people diagram

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

The Bible was first written in the Hebrew, Aramaic, and Greek languages. Like English, these languages do not have separate exclusive and inclusive forms for “we.” If your language has separate exclusive and inclusive forms of “we,” then you will need to understand what the speaker meant so that you can decide which form of “we” to use.

Examples From the Bible

Exclusive

They said, “There are not more than five loaves of bread and two fish with us—unless we go and buy food for all these people.” (Luke 9:13 ULT)

In the second clause, the disciples are talking about some of them going to buy food. They were speaking to Jesus, but Jesus was not going to buy food. So languages that have inclusive and exclusive forms of “we” would use the exclusive form there.

We have seen it, and we bear witness to it. We are announcing to you the eternal life, which was with the Father, and which has been made known to us. (1 John 1:2 ULT)

John is telling people who have not seen Jesus what he and the other apostles have seen. So languages that have inclusive and exclusive forms of “we” and “us” would use the exclusive forms in this verse.

Inclusive

The shepherds said one to each other, “Let us now go to Bethlehem, and see this thing that has happened, which the Lord has made known to us.” (Luke 2:15b ULT)

The shepherds were speaking to one another. When they said “us,” they were including the people they were speaking to, so languages that have inclusive and exclusive forms of “we” and “us” would use the inclusive form in this verse.

Now it happened that on one of those days, he indeed got into a boat with his disciples, and he said to them, “Let us go over to the other side of the lake.” So they set sail. (Luke 8:22 ULT)

When Jesus said “us,” he was referring to himself and to the disciples he was speaking to, so languages that have inclusive and exclusive forms of “we” and “us” would use the inclusive form in this verse.

Proverbs References:

1:11; 1:12; 1:13; 1:14

First, Second or Third Person

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: First, Second or Third Person

Normally a speaker refers to himself as “I” and the person he is speaking to as “you.” Sometimes in the Bible a speaker refers to himself or to the person he is speaking to with terms other than “I” or “you.”

Description

  • First person — This is how a speaker normally refers to himself. English uses the pronouns “I” and “we.” (Also: me, my, mine; us, our, ours)
  • Second person — This is how a speaker normally refers to the person or people he is speaking to. English uses the pronoun “you.” (Also: your, yours)
  • Third person — This is how a speaker refers to someone else. English uses the pronouns “he,” “she,” “it,” and “they.” (Also: him, his, her, hers, its; them, their, theirs) Noun phrases like “the man” or “the woman” are also third person.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Sometimes in the Bible a speaker uses the third person to refer to himself or to the people he is speaking to. Readers might think that the speaker was referring to someone else. They might not understand that he meant “I” or “you.”

Examples From the Bible

Sometimes people used the third person instead of “I” or “me” to refer to themselves.

But David said to Saul, “Your servant used to keep his father’s sheep.” (1 Samuel 17:34 ULT)

David referred to himself in the third person as “your servant” and used “his.” He was calling himself Saul’s servant in order to show his humility before Saul.

Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said,
“… Do you have an arm like God’s? Can you thunder with a voice like his?” (Job 40:6, 9 ULT)

God referred to himself in the third person with the words “God’s” and “his.” He did this to emphasize that he is God, and he is powerful.

Sometimes people use the third person instead of “you” or “your” to refer to the person or people they are speaking to.

Abraham answered and said, “Look, I have undertaken to speak to my Lord, even though I am only dust and ashes!” (Genesis 18:27 ULT)

Abraham was speaking to the Lord, and referred to the Lord as “My Lord” rather than as “you.” He did this to show his humility before God.

So also my heavenly Father will do to you, if each of you does not forgive his brother from your heart. (Matthew 18:35 ULT)

After saying “each of you,” Jesus used the third person “his” instead of “your.”

Translation Strategies

If using the third person to mean “I” or “you” would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here are some other options.

(1) Use the third person phrase along with the pronoun “I” or “you.”
(2) Simply use the first person (“I”) or second person (“you”) instead of the third person.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use the third person phrase along with the pronoun “I” or “you.”

But David said to Saul, “Your servant used to keep his father’s sheep.” (1 Samuel 17:34)

But David said to Saul, “I, your servant, used to keep my father’s sheep.”

(2) Simply use the first person (“I”) or second person (“you”) instead of the third person.

Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said, “… Do you have an arm like God’s? Can you thunder with a voice like his?” (Job 40:6, 9 ULT)

Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said, “… Do you have an arm like mine? Can you thunder with a voice like mine?”

So also my heavenly Father will do to you if each of you does not forgive his brother from your heart. (Matthew 18:35 ULT)

So also my heavenly Father will do to you if each of you does not forgive your brother from your heart.

Proverbs References:

1:8; 4:1; 6:20

Forms of You

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Forms of You

Singular, Dual, and Plural

Some languages have more than one word for “you” based on how many people the word “you” refers to. The singular form refers to one person, and the plural form refers to more than one person. Some languages also have a dual form which refers to two people, and some languages have other forms that refer to three or four people.

You may also want to watch the video at https://ufw.io/figs_younum.

Sometimes in the Bible a speaker uses a singular form of “you” even though he is speaking to a crowd. For help with translating these, we suggest you read:

Formal and Informal

Some languages have more than one form of “you” based on the relationship between the speaker and the person he or she is talking to. People use the formal form of “you” when speaking to someone who is older, or has higher authority, or is someone they do not know very well. People use the informal form when speaking to someone who is not older, or does not have higher authority, or is a family member or close friend.

You may also want to watch the video at https://ufw.io/figs_youform.

For help with translating these, we suggest you read:

Masculine and Feminine

Some languages have a masculine form and a feminine form of the word for “you.” People use the masculine form when speaking to a man or boy and the feminine form when speaking to a woman or girl.

English does not make any of the above distinctions, so they are absent in the ULT. Please be aware of this and use the appropriate forms of “you” if your language does make any of these distinctions.

Proverbs References:

4:2; 9:5; 9:6

Forms of ‘You’ — Singular

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular

Description

Some languages have a singular form of “you” for when the word “you” refers to just one person, and a plural form for when the word “you” refers to more than one person. Translators who speak one of these languages will always need to know what the speaker meant so they can choose the right word for “you” in their language. Other languages, such as English, have only one form, which people use regardless of how many people it refers to.

The Bible was first written in the Hebrew, Aramaic, and Greek languages. These languages all have both a singular form of “you” and a plural form of “you.” When we read the Bible in those languages, the pronouns and verb forms show us whether the word “you” refers to one person or more than one. When we read the Bible in a language that does not have different forms of you, we need to look at the context to see how many people the speaker was speaking to.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

  • Translators who speak a language that has distinct singular and plural forms of “you” will always need to know what the speaker meant so they can choose the right word for “you” in their language.
  • Many languages also have different forms of the verb depending on whether the subject is singular or plural. So even if there is no pronoun meaning “you,” translators of these languages will need to know if the speaker was referring to one person or more than one.

Often the context will make it clear whether the word “you” refers to one person or more than one. If you look at the other pronouns in the sentence, they will help you know the number of people the speaker was speaking to. Sometimes Greek and Hebrew speakers used the singular form of “you” even though they were speaking to a group of people. (See Forms of ‘You’ — Singular to a Crowd.)

Examples From the Bible

But he said, “All these things I have kept from my youth.” But when he heard this, Jesus said to him, “One thing is still lacking to you. All things, as much as you have, sell all and distribute to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven—and come, follow me.” (Luke 18:21-22 ULT)

The ruler was speaking about just himself when he said “I.” This shows us that when Jesus said “you” he was referring only to the ruler and he used the singular form. So languages that have singular and plural forms of “you” need the singular form here, as well as for the verbs “sell,” distribute,” “come,” and “follow.”

The angel said to him, “Dress yourself and put on your sandals.” So he did that. He said to him, “Put on your outer garment and follow me.” (Acts 12:8 ULT)

The angel used singular forms here and the context makes it clear that he was speaking to one person and that only one person did what the the angel commanded. So languages that have singular and plural forms of “you” would need the singular form here for “yourself” and “your.” Also, if verbs have different forms for singular and plural subjects, then the verbs “dress,” “put on,” and “follow” need the form that indicates a singular subject.

All the ones {who are} with me greet you. Greet the ones loving us in faith. Grace {be} with all of you. (Titus 3:15 ULT)

Paul wrote this letter to one person, Titus, so most of the time the word “you” in this letter is singular and refers only to Titus. In this verse, the first “you” is singular, so the greeting is for Titus, as well as the instruction to greet the others there. The second “you,” however, is plural, so the blessing is for Titus and for all of the believers there in Crete.

“Having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.” (Matthew 2:8 ULT)

Since Herod is speaking to all of the learned men, the word “you” and the commands “search” and “report” are plural.

Strategies for finding out how many people “you” refers to

(1) Look at the notes to see if they tell whether “you” refers to one person or more than one person.
(2) Look at the UST to see if it says anything that would show you whether the word “you” refers to one person or more than one person.
(3) If you have a Bible that is written in a language that distinguishes “you” singular from “you” plural, see which form of “you” that Bible has in that sentence.
(4) Look at the context to see how many people the speaker was talking to and who responded.

You may also want to watch the video at https://ufw.io/figs_younum.

Proverbs References:

1:23

Generic Noun Phrases

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Generic Noun Phrases

Description

Generic noun phrases refer to people or things in general rather than to specific individuals or things. This happens frequently in proverbs, because proverbs tell about things that are true about people in general.

Can a man walk on hot coals without scorching his feet?
So is the man who goes in to his neighbor’s wife;
the one who touches her will not go unpunished. (Proverbs 6:28-29 ULT)

The phrases in bold above do not refer to a specific man. They refer to any man who does these things.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Different languages have different ways of showing that noun phrases refer to something in general. You (the translator) should refer to these general ideas in ways that are natural in your language.

Examples From the Bible

The righteous person is kept away from trouble and it comes upon the wicked instead. (Proverbs 11:8 ULT)

The bold phrases above do not refer to a specific person but to anyone who does what is right or anyone who is wicked.

People curse the man who refuses to sell grain. (Proverbs 11:26 ULT)

This does not refer to a particular man, but to any person who refuses to sell grain.

Yahweh gives favor to a good man, but he condemns a man who makes evil plans. (Proverbs 12:2 ULT)

The phrase “a good man” does not refer to a particular man, but to any person who is good. The phrase “a man who makes evil plans” does not refer to a particular man, but to any person who makes evil plans.

Translation Strategies

If your language can use the same wording as in the ULT to refer to people or things in general rather than to specific individuals or things, consider using the same wording. If not, here are some strategies you might use.

(1) Use the word “the” in the noun phrase.
(2) Use the word “a” in the noun phrase.
(3) Use the word “any,” as in “any person” or “anyone.”
(4) Use the plural form, as in “people.”
(5) Use any other way that is natural in your language.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use the word “the” in the noun phrase.

Yahweh gives favor to a good man, but he condemns a man who makes evil plans. (Proverbs 12:2 ULT)

“Yahweh gives favor to the good man, but he condemns the man who makes evil plans.” (Proverbs 12:2)

(2) Use the word “a” in the noun phrase.

People curse the man who refuses to sell grain. (Proverbs 11:26 ULT)

“People curse a man who refuses to sell grain.”

(3) Use the word “any,” as in “any person” or “anyone.”

People curse the man who refuses to sell grain. (Proverbs 11:26 ULT)

“People curse any man who refuses to sell grain.”

(4) Use the plural form, as in “people” (or in this sentence, “men”).

People curse the man who refuses to sell grain. (Proverbs 11:26 ULT)

“People curse men who refuse to sell grain”

(5) Use any other way that is natural in your language.

People curse the man who refuses to sell grain. (Proverbs 11:26 ULT)

“People curse whoever refuses to sell grain.”

Proverbs References:

front:intro; 1:6; 1:11; 2:12; 2:16; 3:4; 3:13; 3:30; 3:31; 3:33; 6:6; 6:23; 6:27; 6:28; 6:30; 6:31; 7:12; 7:26; 8:3; 8:34; 9:7; 9:8; 9:9; 9:14; 9:18; 10:5; 10:7; 10:7; 10:11; 10:16; 10:20; 10:21; 10:24; 10:25; 10:26; 10:30; 11:5; 11:5; 11:16; 11:17; 11:18; 11:21; 11:24; 11:25; 11:26; 11:27; 11:28; 11:29; 11:30; 11:31; 12:2; 12:10; 12:12; 12:13; 12:17; 12:18; 12:18; 12:19; 12:21; 12:24; 12:26; 12:27; 12:27; 13:1; 13:3; 13:4; 13:7; 13:8; 13:9; 13:11; 13:13; 13:14; 13:18; 13:20; 13:22; 13:24; 13:25; 13:25; 14:1; 14:1; 14:2; 14:4; 14:6; 14:7; 14:12; 14:14; 14:15; 14:16; 14:17; 14:19; 14:20; 14:21; 14:28; 14:29; 14:30; 14:31; 14:32; 14:33; 14:35; 15:1; 15:4; 15:5; 15:6; 15:8; 15:9; 15:10; 15:12; 15:14; 15:15; 15:18; 15:19; 15:21; 15:23; 15:24; 15:25; 15:27; 15:28; 15:29; 15:30; 15:31; 15:32; 16:1; 16:4; 16:5; 16:10; 16:13; 16:13; 16:14; 16:15; 16:17; 16:20; 16:21; 16:23; 16:26; 16:27; 16:28; 16:29; 16:30; 16:32; 16:33; 17:3; 17:4; 17:5; 17:7; 17:9; 17:10; 17:11; 17:12; 17:13; 17:15; 17:16; 17:17; 17:18; 17:19; 17:20; 17:21; 17:23; 17:24; 17:25; 17:27; 17:28; 18:1; 18:2; 18:4; 18:5; 18:6; 18:9; 18:10; 18:13; 18:15; 18:16; 18:17; 18:18; 18:22; 18:23; 18:24; 19:1; 19:2; 19:4; 19:5; 19:6; 19:7; 19:8; 19:10; 19:11; 19:12; 19:13; 19:14; 19:16; 19:17; 19:19; 19:22; 19:24; 19:25; 19:26; 19:28; 19:29; 20:2; 20:3; 20:4; 20:7; 20:8; 20:11; 20:12; 20:14; 20:16; 20:19; 20:20; 20:24; 20:26; 20:27; 20:28; 21:1; 21:5; 21:8; 21:10; 21:11; 21:12; 21:13; 21:15; 21:16; 21:17; 21:18; 21:18; 21:20; 21:21; 21:22; 21:23; 21:24; 21:25; 21:26; 21:27; 21:28; 21:29; 21:31; 22:2; 22:3; 22:5; 22:6; 22:7; 22:8; 22:9; 22:10; 22:11; 22:12; 22:13; 22:14; 22:15; 22:16; 22:22; 22:24; 22:29; 23:1; 23:6; 23:9; 23:13; 23:21; 23:24; 23:27; 24:7; 24:8; 24:9; 24:9; 24:10; 24:15; 24:16; 24:20; 24:21; 24:24; 25:2; 25:3; 25:5; 25:10; 25:13; 25:14; 25:15; 25:17; 25:19; 25:20; 25:21; 25:26; 26:1; 26:2; 26:3; 26:4; 26:5; 26:6; 26:7; 26:8; 26:9; 26:10; 26:11; 26:12; 26:13; 26:14; 26:15; 26:16; 26:21; 26:24; 26:25; 26:27; 27:2; 27:7; 27:10; 27:11; 27:12; 27:14; 27:16; 27:18; 27:19; 27:21; 27:22; 28:3; 28:6; 28:7; 28:8; 28:9; 28:10; 28:11; 28:12; 28:13; 28:14; 28:15; 28:16; 28:17; 28:18; 28:20; 28:22; 28:23; 28:24; 28:25; 28:26; 28:27; 28:28; 29:1; 29:2; 29:3; 29:4; 29:5; 29:6; 29:7; 29:9; 29:10; 29:11; 29:12; 29:13; 29:14; 29:15; 29:18; 29:19; 29:22; 29:23; 29:24; 29:25; 29:26; 29:27; 30:2; 30:10; 30:14; 30:16; 30:19; 30:20; 30:22; 30:23; 30:26; 30:27; 30:28; 30:30; 30:31; 31:5; 31:6; 31:8; 31:9; 31:10; 31:20; 31:24; 31:30; 31:30

Go and Come

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Go and Come

Description

Different languages have different ways of determining whether to use the words “go” or “come” and whether to use the words “take” or “bring” when talking about motion. For example, when saying that they are approaching a person who has called them, English speakers say “I am coming,” while Spanish speakers say “I am going.” You will need to study the context in order to understand what is meant by the words “go” and “come” (and also “take” and “bring”), and then translate those words in a way that your readers will understand which direction people are moving in.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Different languages have different ways of talking about motion. The biblical languages or your source language may use the words “go” and “come” or “take” and “bring” differently than your language uses them. If these words are not translated in the way that is natural in your language, your readers may be confused about which direction people are moving.

Examples From the Bible

Yahweh said to Noah, “Come, you and all your household, into the ark.” (Genesis 7:1 ULT)

In some languages, this would lead people to think that Yahweh was in the ark.

But you will be free from my oath if you come to my relatives and they will not give her to you. Then you will be free from my oath. (Genesis 24:41 ULT)

Abraham was speaking to his servant. Abraham’s relatives lived far away from where he and his servant were standing and he wanted his servant to go to them, not come toward Abraham.

When you have come to the land that Yahweh your God gives you, and when you take possession of it and begin to live in it … (Deuteronomy 17:14a ULT)

Moses is speaking to the people in the wilderness. They had not yet gone into the land that God was giving them. In some languages, it would make more sense to say, “When you have gone into the land …”

They brought him up to the temple in Jerusalem to present him to the Lord. (Luke 2:22b ULT)

In some languages, it might make more sense to say that they took or carried Jesus to the temple.

Then see, there was a man whose name was Jairus, and he was a leader of the synagogue. And falling at the feet of Jesus, he begged him to come to his house. (Luke 8:41 ULT)

The man was not at his house when he spoke to Jesus. He wanted Jesus to go with him to his house.

What did you go out into the desert to see? A reed shaken by the wind? (Luke 7:24b ULT)

In some languages, it might make more sense to ask what did you come out to see.

Translation Strategies

If the word used in the ULT would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here are other strategies.

(1) Use the word “go,” “come,” “take,” or “bring” that would be natural in your language.
(2) Use another word that expresses the right meaning.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use the word “go,” “come,” “take,” or “bring” that would be natural in your language.

But you will be free from my oath if you come to my relatives and they will not give her to you. (Genesis 24:41 ULT)

But you will be free from my oath if you go to my relatives and they will not give her to you.

What did you go out into the desert to see? A reed shaken by the wind? (Luke 7:24b ULT)

What did you come out into the desert to see? A reed shaken by the wind?

(2) Use another word that expresses the right meaning.

When you have come to the land that Yahweh your God gives you, and when you take possession of it and begin to live in it … (Deuteronomy 17:14 ULT)

“When you have arrived in the land that Yahweh your God gives you, and when you take possession of it and begin to live in it …”

Yahweh said to Noah, “Come, you and all your household, into the ark …” (Genesis 7:1 ULT)

Yahweh said to Noah, “Enter, you and all your household, into the ark …”

What did you go out into the desert to see? A reed shaken by the wind? (Luke 7:24b ULT)

What did you travel out into the desert to see? A reed shaken by the wind?

Proverbs References:

5:8

Hendiadys

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Hendiadys

Description

In a hendiadys, a speaker uses two words that mean different things and that are connected with “and.” These two words work together to express a single idea. Usually one of the words is the primary idea and the other word further describes the primary one.

… his own kingdom and glory. (1 Thessalonians 2:12b ULT)

Though “kingdom” and “glory” are both nouns, “glory” actually tells what kind of kingdom it is: it is a kingdom of glory or a glorious kingdom.

Two phrases connected by “and” can also be a hendiadys when they refer to a single person, thing, or event.

while we look forward to receiving the blessed hope and appearing of the glory of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ. (Titus 2:13b ULT)

Titus 2:13 contains two hendiadyses. “The blessed hope” and “appearing of the glory” refer to the same thing and serve to strengthen the idea that the return of Jesus Christ is greatly anticipated and wonderful. Also, “our great God” and “Savior Jesus Christ” refer to one person, not two.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • Often a hendiadys contains an abstract noun. Some languages may not have a noun with the same meaning.
  • Many languages do not use the hendiadys, so people may not understand that the second word is further describing the first one.
  • Many languages do not use the hendiadys, so people may not understand that only one person or thing is meant, not two.

Examples From the Bible

For I will give you a mouth and wisdom … (Luke 21:15a ULT)

“A mouth” and “wisdom” are nouns, but in this figure of speech “wisdom” describes what comes from the mouth.

If you are willing and obedient … (Isaiah 1:19a ULT)

“Willing” and “obedient” are adjectives, but “willing” describes “obedient.”

Translation Strategies

If the hendiadys would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here are other options:

(1) Substitute the describing noun with an adjective that means the same thing.
(2) Substitute the describing noun with a phrase that means the same thing.
(3) Substitute the describing adjective with an adverb that means the same thing.
(4) Substitute other parts of speech that mean the same thing and show that one word or phrase describes the other.
(5) If it is unclear that only one thing is meant, change the phrase so that this is clear.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Substitute the describing noun with an adjective that means the same thing.

For I will give you a mouth and wisdom … (Luke 21:15a ULT)

For I will give you wise words

Walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you into his own kingdom and glory. (1 Thessalonians 2:12b ULT)

You should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to his own glorious kingdom.

(2) Substitute the describing noun with a phrase that means the same thing.

For I will give you a mouth and wisdom … (Luke 21:15a ULT)

for I will give you words of wisdom.

You should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you into his own kingdom and glory. (1 Thessalonians 2:12b ULT)

You should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to his own kingdom of glory.

(3) Substitute the describing adjective with an adverb that means the same thing.

If you are willing and obedient … (Isaiah 1:19a ULT)

If you are willingly obedient

(4) Substitute other parts of speech that mean the same thing and show that one word or phrase describes the other.

If you are willing and obedient … (Isaiah 1:19a ULT)

The adjective “obedient” can be substituted with the verb “obey.”

if you obey willingly

(4) and (5) If it is unclear that only one thing is meant, change the phrase so that this is clear.

We look forward to receiving the blessed hope and appearing of the glory of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ. (Titus 2:13b ULT)

The noun “glory” can be changed to the adjective “glorious” to make it clear that Jesus’ appearing is what we hope for. Also, “Jesus Christ” can be moved to the front of the phrase and “great God and Savior” put into a relative clause that describes the one person, Jesus Christ.

We look forward to receiving what we are longing for, the blessed and glorious appearing of Jesus Christ, who is our great God and Savior.

Proverbs References:

4:3; 14:16; 26:18; 28:8

How to Translate Names

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: How to Translate Names

Description

The Bible contains the names of many people, groups of people, and places. Some of these names may sound strange and be hard to say. Sometimes readers may not know what a name refers to, and sometimes they may need to understand what a name means. This page will help you see how you can translate these names and how you can help people understand what they need to know about them.

Meaning of names

Most names in the Bible have meaning. Most of the time, names in the Bible are used simply to identify the people and places they refer to, but sometimes the meaning of a name is especially important.

For this Melchizedek, king of Salem, priest of God Most High, was the one who met Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings and blessed him. (Hebrews 7:1 ULT)

Here the writer uses the name “Melchizedek” primarily to refer to a man who had that name, and the title “king of Salem” tells us that he ruled over a certain city.

His name first indeed means “king of righteousness,” and then also “king of Salem,” that is, “king of peace.” (Hebrews 7:2b ULT)

Here the writer explains the meanings of Melchizedek’s name and title because those things tell us more about the person. Other times, the writer does not explain the meaning of a name because he expects the reader to already know the meaning. If the meaning of the name is important to understand the passage, you can include the meaning in the text or in a footnote.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • Readers may not know some of the names in the Bible. They may not know whether a name refers to a person or place or something else.
  • Readers may need to understand the meaning of a name in order to understand the passage.
  • Some names may have different sounds or combinations of sounds that are not used in your language or are unpleasant to say in your language. For strategies to address this problem, see Borrow Words.
  • Some people and places in the Bible have two names. Readers may not realize that two names refer to the same person or place.

Examples From the Bible

Then you crossed over the Jordan and came to Jericho, and the men of Jericho, and the Amorites … fought against you, but I gave them into your hand. (Joshua 24:11 ULT)

Readers might not know that “Jordan” is the name of a river, “Jericho” is the name of a city, and “Amorites” is the name of a group of people.

She said, “Do I really continue to see, even after he has seen me?” Therefore, the well was called Beer Lahai Roi. (Genesis 16:13b-14a ULT)

Readers may not understand the second sentence if they do not know that “Beer Lahai Roi” means “Well of the Living One who sees me.”

And she called his name Moses and she said, “For out of the water I drew him.” (Exodus 2:10b ULT)

Readers may not understand why she said this if they do not know that the name Moses sounds like the Hebrew words “pull out.”

Saul was in agreement with his execution. (Acts 8:1a ULT)

But when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard of it, they tore their clothing. (Acts 14:14a ULT)

Readers may not know that the names Saul and Paul refer to the same person.

Translation Strategies

(1) If readers cannot easily understand from the context what kind of a thing a name refers to, you can add a word to clarify it.
(2) If readers need to understand the meaning of a name in order to understand what is said about it, copy the name and tell about its meaning either in the text or in a footnote.
(3) Or if readers need to understand the meaning of a name in order to understand what is said about it, and that name is used only once, translate the meaning of the name instead of copying the name.
(4) If a person or place has two different names, use one name most of the time and the other name only when the text tells about the person or place having more than one name or when it says something about why the person or place was given that name. Write a footnote when the source text uses the name that is used less frequently.
(5) Or if a person or place has two different names, then use whatever name is given in the source text, and add a footnote that gives the other name.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If readers cannot easily understand from the context what kind of a thing a name refers to, you can add a word to clarify it.

Then you crossed over the Jordan and came to Jericho, and the men of Jericho, and the Amorites … fought against you, but I gave them into your hand. (Joshua 24:11 ULT)

You went over the Jordan River and came to the city of Jericho. The men of Jericho fought against you, along with the tribe of the Amorites.

At that hour, certain Pharisees approached, saying to him, “Leave and go away from here, because Herod wants to kill you.” (Luke 13:31 ULT)

At that hour, certain Pharisees approached, saying to him, “Go and leave here, because King Herod wants to kill you.”

(2) If readers need to understand the meaning of a name in order to understand what is said about it, copy the name and tell about its meaning either in the text or in a footnote.

And she called his name Moses and she said, “For out of the water I drew him.” (Exodus 2:10b ULT)

She called his name Moses (which sounds like ‘drawn out’), and she said, “For out of the water I drew him.”

(3) Or if readers need to understand the meaning of a name in order to understand what is said about it, and that name is used only once, translate the meaning of the name instead of copying the name.

She said, “Do I really continue to see, even after he has seen me?” Therefore, the well was called Beer Lahai Roi. (Genesis 16:13b-14a ULT)

She said, “Do I really continue to see, even after he has seen me?” Therefore, the well was called Well of the Living One who sees me.

(4) If a person or place has two different names, use one name most of the time and the other name only when the text tells about the person or place having more than one name or when it says something about why the person or place was given that name. Write a footnote when the source text uses the name that is used less frequently. For example, Paul is called “Saul” before Acts 13 and “Paul” after Acts 13. You could translate his name as “Paul” all of the time, except in Acts 13:9 where it talks about him having both names.

… a young man named Saul. (Acts 7:58b ULT)

… a young man named Paul 1

The footnote would look like:

[1] Most versions say “Saul” here, but most of the time in the Bible he is called “Paul.”

Then later in the story, you could translate this way:

But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit; (Acts 13:9)

But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit;

(5) Or if a person or place has two names, use whatever name is given in the source text, and add a footnote that gives the other name. For example, you could write “Saul” where the source text has “Saul” and “Paul” where the source text has “Paul.”

a young man named Saul (Acts 7:58 ULT)

a young man named Saul

The footnote would look like:

[1] This is the same man who is called Paul beginning in Acts 13.

Then later in the story, you could translate this way:

But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit; (Acts 13:9)

But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit;

Then after the story has explained the name change, you could translate this way.

It came about in Iconium that Paul and Barnabas entered together into the synagogue (Acts 14:1 ULT)

It came about in Iconium that Paul1 and Barnabas entered together into the synagogue

The footnote would look like:

[1] This is the same man who was called Saul before Acts 13.

Proverbs References:

30:1

Hyperbole

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Hyperbole

Description

A speaker or writer can use exactly the same words to say something that he means as completely true, or as generally true, or as a hyperbole. This is why it can be hard to decide how to understand a statement. For example, the sentence below could mean three different things.

It rains here every night.

  1. The speaker means this as literally true if he means that it really does rain here every night.
  2. The speaker means this as a generalization if he means that it rains here most nights.
  3. The speaker means this as a hyperbole if he wants to say that it rains more than it actually does, usually in order to express a strong attitude toward the amount or frequency of rain, such as being annoyed or being happy about it.

Hyperbole

In hyperbole, a figure of speech that uses exaggeration, a speaker deliberately describes something with an extreme or even unreal statement, usually to show his strong feeling or opinion about it. He expects people to understand that he is exaggerating.

They will not leave stone upon stone in you. (Luke 19:44b ULT)

This is an exaggeration. It means that the enemies will completely destroy Jerusalem.

Moses was educated in all the wisdom of the Egyptians. (Acts 7:22a ULT)

This hyperbole means that he had learned everything an Egyptian education could offer.

Generalization

This is a statement that is true most of the time or in most situations that it could apply to.

The one who ignores instruction will have poverty and shame,
but honor will come to him who learns from correction. (Proverbs 13:18)

These generalizations tell about what normally happens to people who ignore instruction and what normally happens to people who learn from correction. There may be some exceptions to these statements, but they are generally true.

And when you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the Gentiles do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words. (Matthew 6:7)

This generalization tells about what Gentiles were known for doing. Many Gentiles did this. It does not matter if a few did not. The point was that the hearers should not join in this well-known practice.

Even though a hyperbole or a generalization may have a strong-sounding word like “all,” “always,” “none,” or “never,” it does not necessarily mean exactly “all,” “always,” “none,” or “never.” It simply means “most,” “most of the time,” “hardly any,” or “rarely.”

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

  1. Readers need to be able to understand whether or not a statement is literally true.
  2. If readers realize that a statement is not literally true, they need to be able to understand whether it is a hyperbole, a generalization, or a lie. (Though the Bible is completely true, it tells about people who did not always tell the truth.)

Examples From the Bible

Examples of Hyperbole

If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off. It is better for you to enter into life maimed … (Mark 9:43a ULT)

When Jesus said to cut off your hand, he meant that we should do whatever extreme things we need to do in order not to sin. He used this hyperbole to show how extremely important it is to try to stop sinning.

The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel with 3,000 chariots, 6,000 men to drive the chariots, and troops as numerous as the sand on the seashore. (1 Samuel 13:5a ULT)

The bolded phrase is an exaggeration for the purpose of expressing the emotion that the Philistine army was overwhelming in number. It means that there were many, many soldiers in the Philistine army.

But as his anointing teaches you everything and is true and is not a lie, and just as it has taught you, remain in him. (1 John 2:27b ULT)

This is a hyperbole. It expresses the assurance that God’s Spirit teaches us about all things that we need to know. God’s Spirit does not teach us about everything that it is possible to know.

When they found him, they also said to him, “Everyone is looking for you.” (Mark 1:37 ULT)

The disciples probably did not mean that everyone in the city was looking for Jesus, but that many people were looking for him, or that all of Jesus’ closest friends there were looking for him. This is an exaggeration for the purpose of expressing the emotion that they and many others were worried about him.

Examples of Generalization

Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? (John 1:46b ULT)

This rhetorical question is meant to express the generalization that there is nothing good in Nazareth. The people there had a reputation for being uneducated and not strictly religious. Of course, there were exceptions.

One of them, of their own prophets, has said, “Cretans are always liars, evil beasts, lazy bellies.” (Titus 1:12 ULT)

This is a generalization that means that Cretans had a reputation to be like this because, in general, this is how Cretans behaved. It is possible that there were exceptions.

A lazy hand causes a person to be poor, but the hand of the diligent person gains riches. (Proverbs 10:4 ULT)

This is generally true, and it reflects the experience of most people. It is possible that there are exceptions in some circumstances.

Caution

  • Do not assume that something is an exaggeration just because it seems to be impossible. God does miraculous things.

They saw Jesus walking on the sea and coming near the boat. (John 6:19b ULT)

This is not hyperbole. Jesus really walked on the water. It is a literal statement.

  • Do not assume that the word “all” is always a generalization that means “most.”

Yahweh is righteous in all his ways
and gracious in all he does. (Psalms 145:17 ULT)

Yahweh is always righteous. This is a completely true statement.

Translation Strategies

If the hyperbole or generalization would be natural and people would understand it and not think that it is a lie, consider using it. If not, here are other options.

(1) Express the meaning without the exaggeration.
(2) For a generalization, show that it is a generalization by using a phrase like “in general” or “in most cases.”
(3) For a hyperbole or a generalization, add a word like “many” or “almost” to show that the hyperbole or generalization is not meant to be exact.
(4) For a hyperbole or a generalization that has a word like “all,” “always,” “none,” or “never,” consider deleting that word.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Express the meaning without the exaggeration.

The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: 3,000 chariots, 6,000 men to drive the chariots, and troops as numerous as the sand on the seashore. (1 Samuel 13:5a ULT)

The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: 3,000 chariots, 6,000 men to drive the chariots, and a great number of troops.

(2) For a generalization, show that it is a generalization by using a phrase like “in general” or “in most cases.”

The one who ignores instruction will have poverty and shame. (Proverbs 13:18a ULT)

In general, the one who ignores instruction will have poverty and shame

When you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the Gentiles do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words. (Matthew 6:7 ULT)

And when you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the Gentiles generally do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words.

(3) For a hyperbole or a generalization, add a word like “many” or “almost” to show that the hyperbole or generalization is not meant to be exact.

The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem went out to him. (Mark 1:5a ULT)

Almost all the country of Judea and almost all the people of Jerusalem went out to him.
or:

Many of the country of Judea and many of the people of Jerusalem went out to him.

(4) For a hyperbole or a generalization that has a word like “all,” “always,” “none,” or “never,” consider deleting that word.

The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem went out to him. (Mark 1:5a ULT)

The country of Judea and the people of Jerusalem went out to him.

Proverbs References:

1:13; 4:16; 8:36; 9:13; 12:21; 13:4; 13:7; 13:10; 13:24; 15:32; 17:12; 19:6; 19:7; 23:8; 23:31; 28:21; 29:14; 30:2; 30:3; 31:18

Hypothetical Situations

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Hypothetical Situations

Consider these phrases: “If the sun stopped shining …” “What if the sun stopped shining …” “Suppose the sun stopped shining …” and “If only the sun had not stopped shining.” We use such expressions to set up hypothetical situations, imagining what might have happened or what could happen in the future but probably will not. We also use them to express regret or wishes. Hypothetical expressions occur often in the Bible. You (the translator) need to translate them in a way that people will know that the event did not actually happen and so that they will understand why the event was imagined.

Description

Hypothetical situations are situations that are not real. They can be in the past, present, or future. Hypothetical situations in the past and present have not happened, are not happening now, and ones in the future are not expected to happen.

People sometimes tell about conditions and what would happen if those conditions were met, but they know that these things have not happened or probably will not happen. (The conditions comprise a phrase that starts with “if.”)

  • If he had lived to be 100 years old, he would have seen his grandson’s grandson. (But he did not.)
  • If he lived to be 100 years old, he would still be alive today. (But he is not.)
  • If he lives to be 100 years old, he will see his grandson’s grandson. (But he probably will not.)

People sometimes express wishes about things that have not happened or that are not expected to happen.

  • I wish he had come.
  • I wish he were here.
  • I wish he would come.

People sometimes express regrets about things that have not happened or that are not expected to happen.

  • If only he had come.
  • If only he were here.
  • If only he would come.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

  • Translators need to recognize the different kinds of hypothetical situations in the Bible and understand that they are unreal.
  • Translators need to know their own language’s ways of talking about different kinds of hypothetical situations.

Examples From the Bible

Hypothetical Situations in the Past

“Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! If the mighty deeds had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes.” (Matthew 11:21 ULT)

Here in Matthew 11:21, Jesus said that if the people living in the ancient cities of Tyre and Sidon had been able to see the miracles that he performed, they would have repented long ago. The people of Tyre and Sidon did not actually see his miracles, and they did not repent. He said this to rebuke the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida who had seen his miracles and yet did not repent.

Martha then said to Jesus, “Lord, if you had been here, my brother would not have died.” (John 11:21 ULT)

Martha said this to express her wish that Jesus would have come sooner so that her brother would not have died. But Jesus did not come sooner and her brother did die.

Hypothetical Situations in the Present

And no man puts new wine into old wineskins. But if he did do that, the new wine would burst the wineskins, and it would be spilled out, and the wineskins would be destroyed. (Luke 5:37 ULT)

Jesus told about what would happen if a person were to put new wine into old wineskins. But no one would do that. He used this imaginary situation as an example to show that there are times when it is unwise to mix new things with old things. He did this so that people could understand why his disciples were not fasting as people traditionally did.

Jesus said to them, “What man would there be among you, who, if he had just one sheep, and if this sheep fell into a deep hole on the Sabbath, would not grasp hold of it and lift it out?” (Matthew 12:11 ULT)

Jesus asked the religious leaders what they would do on the Sabbath if one of their sheep fell into a hole. He was not saying that their sheep would fall into a hole. He used this imaginary situation to show them that they were wrong to judge him for healing people on the Sabbath.

Hypothetical Situation in the Future

Unless those days are shortened, no flesh would be saved. But for the sake of the elect, those days will be shortened. (Matthew 24:22 ULT)

Jesus was talking about a future time when very bad things would happen. He told what would happen if those days of trouble were to last a long time. He did this to show how bad those days will be—so bad that if they lasted a long time, no one would be saved. But then he clarified that God will shorten those days of trouble so that the elect (those he has chosen) will be saved.

Expressing Emotion About a Hypothetical Situation

People sometimes talk about hypothetical situations in order to express regrets and wishes. Regrets are about the past and wishes are about the present and future.

The Israelites said to them, “If only we had died by Yahweh’s hand in the land of Egypt when we were sitting by the pots of meat and were eating bread to the full. For you have brought us out into this wilderness to kill our whole community with hunger.” (Exodus 16:3 ULT)

Here the Israelites were afraid that they would have to suffer and die of hunger in the wilderness, and so they wished that they had stayed in Egypt and died there with full stomachs. They were complaining, expressing regret that this had not happened.

I know what you have done, and that you are neither cold nor hot. I wish that you were either cold or hot! (Revelation 3:15 ULT)

Jesus wished that the people were either hot or cold, but they are neither. He was rebuking them, expressing anger at this.

Translation Strategies

Find out how people speaking your language show:

  • that something could have happened, but did not.
  • that something could be true now, but is not.
  • that something could happen in the future, but will not unless something changes.
  • that they wish for something, but it does not happen.
  • that they regret that something did not happen.

Use your language’s ways of showing these kinds of things.

You may also want to watch the video at https://ufw.io/figs_hypo.

Proverbs References:

27:22

Idiom

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Idiom

An idiom is a figure of speech made up of a group of words that, as a whole, has a meaning that is different from what one would understand from the meanings of the individual words. Someone from outside of the culture usually cannot understand an idiom without someone inside the culture explaining its true meaning. Every language uses idioms. Some English examples are:

  • You are pulling my leg. (This means, “You are teasing me by telling me something that is not true.”)
  • Do not push the envelope. (This means, “Do not take a matter to its extreme.”)
  • This house is under water. (This means, “The debt owed for this house is greater than its actual value.”)
  • We are painting the town red. (This means, “We are going around town tonight celebrating very intensely.”)

Description

An idiom is a phrase that has a special meaning to the people of the language or culture who use it. Its meaning is different than what a person would understand from the meanings of the individual words that form the phrase.

he set his face to go to Jerusalem. (Luke 9:51b ULT)

The words “set his face” is an idiom that means “decided.”

Sometimes people may be able to understand an idiom from another culture, but it might sound like a strange way to express the meaning.

I am not worthy that you would come under my roof. (Luke 7:6b ULT)

The phrase “come under my roof” is an idiom that means “enter my house.”

Put these words into your ears. (Luke 9:44a ULT)

This idiom means “Listen carefully and remember what I say.”

Purpose: An idiom is probably created in a culture somewhat by accident when someone describes something in an unusual way. But, when that unusual way communicates the message powerfully and people understand it clearly, other people start to use it. After a while, it becomes a normal way of talking in that language.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • People can easily misunderstand idioms in the original languages of the Bible if they do not know the cultures that produced the Bible.
  • People can easily misunderstand idioms that are in the source language Bibles if they do not know the cultures that made those translations.
  • It is useless to translate idioms literally (according to the meaning of each word) when the target language audience will not understand what they mean.

Examples From the Bible

Then all Israel came to David at Hebron and said, “Look, we are your flesh and bone.” (1 Chronicles 11:1 ULT)

This means, “We and you belong to the same race, the same family.”

The children of Israel went out with a high hand. (Exodus 14:8b ASV)

This means, “The Israelites went out defiantly.”

the one who lifts up my head (Psalm 3:3b ULT)

This means, “the one who helps me.”

Translation Strategies

If the idiom would be clearly understood in your language, consider using it. If not, here are some other options.

(1) Translate the meaning plainly without using an idiom.
(2) Use a different idiom that people use in your own language that has the same meaning.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Translate the meaning plainly without using an idiom.

Then all Israel came to David at Hebron and said, “Look, we are your flesh and bone.” (1 Chronicles 11:1 ULT)

Look, we all belong to the same nation.

Then he set his face to go to Jerusalem. (Luke 9:51b ULT)

He started to travel to Jerusalem, determined to reach it.

I am not worthy that you would come under my roof. (Luke 7:6b ULT)

I am not worthy that you should enter my house.

(2) Use an idiom that people use in your own language that has the same meaning.

Put these words into your ears. (Luke 9:44a ULT)

Be all ears when I say these words to you.

My eyes grow dim from grief. (Psalm 6:7a ULT)

I am crying my eyes out

Imperatives — Other Uses

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Imperatives — Other Uses

Description

Imperative sentences are mainly used to express a desire or requirement that someone do something. In the Bible, sometimes imperative sentences have other uses.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Some languages would not use an imperative sentence for some of the functions that they are used for in the Bible.

Examples From the Bible

Speakers often use imperative sentences to tell or ask their listeners to do something. In Genesis 26, God spoke to Isaac and told him not to go to Egypt but to live where God would tell him to live.

Now Yahweh appeared to him and said, “Do not go down to Egypt; live in the land that I tell you to live in.” (Genesis 26:2 ULT)

Sometimes imperative sentences in the Bible have other uses.

Imperatives that make things happen

God can make things happen by commanding that they happen. Jesus healed a man by commanding that the man be healed. The man could not do anything to obey the command, but Jesus caused him to be healed by commanding it. (In this context, the command “Be clean” means to “be healed” so that others around would know that it was safe to touch the man again.)

“I am willing. Be clean.” Immediately he was cleansed of his leprosy. (Matthew 8:3b ULT)

In Genesis 1, God commanded that there should be light, and by commanding it, he caused it to exist. Some languages, such as the Hebrew of the Bible, have commands that are in the third person. English does not do that, and so it must turn the third-person command into a general, second-person command, as in the ULT:

God said, “Let there be light,” and there was light. (Genesis 1:3 ULT)

Languages that have third-person commands can follow the original Hebrew, which translates into English as something like “light must be.”

Imperatives that function as blessings

In the Bible, God blesses people by using imperatives. This indicates what his will is for them.

God blessed them and said to them, “Be fruitful, and multiply. Fill the earth, and subdue it. Have dominion over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the sky, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth.” (Genesis 1:28 ULT)

Imperatives that function as conditions

An imperative sentence can also be used to tell the condition under which something will happen. The proverbs mainly tell about life and things that often happen. The purpose of Proverbs 4:6 below is not primarily to give a command, but to teach what people can expect to happen if they love wisdom.

Do not abandon wisdom and she will watch over you;
love her and she will keep you safe. (Proverbs 4:6 ULT)

The purpose of Proverbs 22:6, below, is to teach what people can expect to happen if they teach their children the way they should go.

Teach a child the way he should go,
and when he is old he will not turn away from that instruction. (Proverbs 22:6 ULT)

Imperatives that function as good results

An imperative sentence can also describe a desirable result. In Proverbs 3:3-4, several imperatives give instructions, then the final imperative describes the good outcome of following those instructions.

Do not let covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness leave you;
tie them on your neck, write them on the tablet of your heart,
and find favor and good insight in the eyes of God and man! (Proverbs 3:3-4 ULT)

Translation Strategies

(1) If people would not use an imperative sentence for one of the functions in the Bible, try using a statement instead.
(2) If people would not understand that a sentence is used to cause something to happen, add a connecting word like “so” to show that what happened was a result of what was said.
(3) If people would not use a command as a condition, translate it as a statement with the words “if” and “then.”

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If people would not use an imperative sentence for one of the functions in the Bible, try using a statement instead.

Be clean. (Matthew 8:3b ULT)

You are now clean.
I now cleanse you.

God said, “Let there be light,” and there was light. (Genesis 1:3 ULT)

God said, “There is now light” and there was light.

God blessed them and said to them, “Be fruitful, and multiply. Fill the earth, and subdue it. Have dominion over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the sky, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth.” (Genesis 1:28 ULT)

God blessed them and said to them, “My will for you is that you be fruitful, and multiply. Fill the earth, and subdue it. I want you to have dominion over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the sky, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth.”

Do not let covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness leave you;
tie them on your neck, write them on the tablet of your heart,
and find favor and good insight in the eyes of God and man! (Proverbs 3:3-4 ULT)

Do not let covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness leave you;
tie them on your neck, write them on the tablet of your heart,
then you will find favor and good insight in the eyes of God and man!

(2) If people would not understand that a sentence is used to cause something to happen, add a connecting word like “so” to show that what happened was a result of what was said.

God said, “Let there be light,” and there was light. (Genesis 1:3 ULT)

God said, ‘Let there be light,’ so there was light.
God said, “Light must be;” as a result, there was light.

(3) If people would not use a command as a condition, translate it as a statement with the words “if” and “then.”

Teach a child the way he should go, and when he is old he will not turn away from that instruction. (Proverbs 22:6 ULT)

Translated as:

If you teach a child the way he should go,
then when he is old he will not turn away from that instruction.”

Proverbs References:

3:4; 9:8; 9:9; 14:7; 19:27; 25:9; 29:17; 30:7; 30:8; 30:8

Information Structure

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Information Structure

Description

Different languages arrange the parts of the sentence in different ways. In English, a sentence normally has the subject first, then the verb, then the object, then other modifiers, like this: Peter painted his house yesterday.

Many other languages normally put these things in a different order such as: Painted yesterday Peter his house.

Although all languages have a normal order for parts of a sentence, this order can change depending on what information the speaker or writer considers to be the most important.

Suppose that someone is answering the question, “What did Peter paint yesterday?” The person asking the question already knows all of the information in our sentence above except for the object, “his house.” Therefore, that becomes the most important part of the information, and a person answering in English might say “His house is what Peter painted (yesterday).”

This puts the most important information first, which is normal for English. Many Other Languages would normally put the most important information last. In the flow of a text, the most important information is usually what the writer considers to be new information for the reader. In some languages the new information comes first, and in others it comes last.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • Different languages arrange the parts of a sentence in different ways. If you (the translator) copy the order of the parts of a sentence from the source, it may not make sense in your language.
  • Different languages put important or new information in different places in the sentence. If you keep the important or new information in the same place that it had in the source language, it may be confusing or give the wrong message in your language.

Examples From the Bible

They all ate until they were satisfied. (Mark 6:42 ULT)

The parts of this sentence were in a different order in the original Greek source language. They were like this: And they ate all and they were satisfied.

In English, this means that the people ate everything. But the next verse says that they took up twelve baskets full of leftover pieces of food. In order for this to not be so confusing, the translators of the ULT put the parts of the sentence in the right order for English.

And the day began to end, and the twelve came to him and said, “Send the crowd away so that, going into the surrounding villages and countryside, they may find lodging and food, because we are here in an desolate place.” (Luke 9:12 ULT)

In this verse, what the disciples say to Jesus puts the important information first, that he should send the crowd away. In languages that put the important information last, people would understand that the reason that they gave, being in an isolated place, is the most important part of their message to Jesus. They might then think that the disciples are afraid of the spirits in that place, and that sending the people to buy food is a way to protect them from the spirits. That is the wrong message.

Woe to you when all men speak well of you, for their fathers treated the false prophets in the same way. (Luke 6:26 ULT)

In this verse, the most important part of the information is first, that “woe” is coming on the people for what they are doing. The reason that supports that warning comes last. This could be confusing for people who expect the important information to come last.

Translation Strategies

(1) Study how your language arranges the parts of a sentence, and use that order in your translation.
(2) Study where your language puts the new or important information, and rearrange the order of information so that it follows the way it is done in your language.

Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Study how your language arranges the parts of a sentence, and use that order in your translation.

This is the verse in the original Greek order:

And he went out from there and came to the hometown his, and they followed him the disciples his. (Mark 6:1)

The ULT has put this into the normal order for English:

Now Jesus went out from there and came to his hometown, and his disciples followed him. (Mark 6:1 ULT)

(2) Study where your language puts the new or important information and rearrange the order of information so that it follows the way it is done in your language.

And the day began to end, and the twelve came and said to him, “Send the crowd away so that, going into the surrounding villages and countryside, they may find lodging and food, because we are here in a desolate place.” (Luke 9:12 ULT)

If your language puts the important information last, you can change the order of the verse.

Now the day was about to come to an end, and the twelve came to him and said, “Because we are here in an desolate place, send the crowd away that they may go into the surrounding villages and countryside to find lodging and food.”

Woe to you, when all men speak well of you, for that is how their ancestors treated the false prophets. (Luke 6:26 ULT)

If your language puts the important information last, you can change the order of the verse.

When all men speak well of you, which is just as people’s ancestors treated the false prophets, then woe to you!

Irony

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Irony

Description

Irony is a figure of speech in which the sense that the speaker intends to communicate is actually the opposite of the literal meaning of the words. Sometimes a person does this by using someone else’s words, but in a way that communicates that he does not agree with them. People do this to emphasize how different something is from what it should be, or how someone else’s belief about something is wrong or foolish. It is often humorous.

Then Jesus answered and said to them, “People who are well do not have need of a physician, but those who have sickness. I did not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.” (Luke 5:31-32 ULT)

When Jesus spoke of “the righteous,” he was not referring to people who were truly righteous, but to people who wrongly believed that they were righteous. By using irony, Jesus communicated that they were wrong to think that they were better than others and did not need to repent.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

If someone does not realize that a speaker is using irony, he will think that the speaker actually believes what he is saying. He will understand the passage to mean the opposite of what it was intended to mean.

Examples From the Bible

How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition! (Mark 7:9b ULT)

Here Jesus praises the Pharisees for doing something that is obviously wrong. Through irony, he communicates the opposite of praise: He communicates that the Pharisees, who take great pride in keeping the commandments, are so far from God that they do not even recognize that their traditions are breaking God’s commandments. The use of irony makes the Pharisee’s sin more obvious and startling.

“Present your case,” says Yahweh; “present your best arguments for your idols,” says the King of Jacob. “Let them bring us their own arguments; have them come forward and declare to us what will happen, so we may know these things well. Have them tell us of earlier predictive declarations, so we can reflect on them and know how they were fulfilled.” (Isaiah 41:21-22 ULT)

People worshiped idols as if their idols had knowledge or power, and Yahweh was angry at them for doing that. So he used irony and challenged their idols to tell what would happen in the future. He knew that the idols could not do this, but by speaking as if they could, he mocked the idols, making their inability more obvious, and rebuked the people for worshiping them.

Can you lead light and darkness to their places of work?
Can you find the way back to their houses for them?
You know, for you were born then, and the number of your days is many! (Job 38:20-21 ULT)

Job thought that he was wise. Yahweh used irony to show Job that he was not so wise. The two phrases in bold above are irony. They emphasize the opposite of what they say, because they are so obviously false. They emphasize that Job could not possibly answer God’s questions about the creation of light because Job was not born until many, many years later.

Already you are satisfied! Already you have become rich! You began to reign apart from us, and I wish you really did reign, so that we also might reign with you. (1 Corinthians 4:8 ULT)

The Corinthians considered themselves to be very wise, self-sufficient, and not in need of any instruction from the Apostle Paul. Paul used irony, speaking as if he agreed with them, to show how proudly they were acting and how far from being wise they really were.

Translation Strategies

If the irony would be understood correctly in your language, translate it as it is stated. If not, here are some other strategies.

(1) Translate the irony in a way that shows that the speaker is saying what someone else believes.
(2) Translate the actual, intended meaning of the statement of irony. (Remember: The true meaning of the irony is not found in the literal words of the speaker, but instead the true meaning is found in the opposite of the literal meaning of the speaker’s words.)

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Translate it in a way that shows that the speaker is saying what someone else believes.

How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition! (Mark 7:9a ULT)

You think that you are doing well when you reject God’s commandment so you may keep your tradition!
or:
You act like it is good to reject God’s commandment so you may keep your tradition!

I did not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance. (Luke 5:32 ULT)

I did not come to call people who think that they are righteous to repentance, but to call people who know that they are sinners to repentance.

(2) Translate the actual, intended meaning of the statement of irony.

How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition! (Mark 7:9a ULT)

You are doing a terrible thing when you reject the commandment of God so you may keep your tradition!

“Present your case,” says Yahweh; “present your best arguments for your idols,” says the King of Jacob. “Let them bring us their own arguments; have them come forward and declare to us what will happen, so we may know these things well. Have them tell us of earlier predictive declarations, so we can reflect on them and know how they were fulfilled.” (Isaiah 41:21-22 ULT)

‘Present your case,’ says Yahweh; ‘present your best arguments for your idols,’ says the King of Jacob. Can your idols bring us their own arguments or come forward to declare to us what will happen so we may know these things well? No! We cannot hear them because they cannot speak to tell us their earlier predictive declarations, so we cannot reflect on them and know how they were fulfilled.

Can you lead light and darkness to their places of work?
Can you find the way back to their houses for them?
You know, for you were born then,
and the number of your days is many! (Job 38:20-21 ULT)

Can you lead light and darkness to their places of work? Can you find the way back to their houses for them? You act like you know how light and darkness were created, as if you were there; as if you are as old as creation, but you are not!

Proverbs References:

11:23; 28:19; 30:4

Irregular Use of Tenses

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Irregular Use of Tenses

Description

Normally, languages indicate when an event happens by marking it as past, present, or future (or some subset of those categories) through using different verb tenses. But sometimes speakers use those verb tenses in other ways to draw special attention to what they are saying. This article will discuss three ways that this happens in the Bible.

Past For Future

In the Bible, sometimes the past tense is used to refer to things that will happen in the future. This is a figure of speech that is used in prophecy to show that the event will certainly happen. It is sometimes called the “predictive past” or “prophetic perfect.”

Therefore my people have gone into captivity for lack of understanding; their honored leaders go hungry, and their common people have nothing to drink. (Isaiah 5:13 ULT)

In the example above, the people of Israel had not yet gone into captivity, but God spoke of their going into captivity as if it had already happened because he had decided that they certainly would go into captivity.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue:

Speakers of languages that do not use the past tense in prophecy to refer to future events may think that these are events that have already happened.

Examples From the Bible

Now Jericho was tightly closed because of the sons of Israel. No one went out and no one came in. Yahweh said to Joshua, “See, I have delivered Jericho and its king and its powerful soldiers into your hand.” (Joshua 6:1-2 ULT)

For to us a child has been born, to us a son has been given; and the rule will be on his shoulder. (Isaiah 9:6a ULT)

In the examples above, God spoke of things that would happen in the future as if they had already happened.

But even Enoch, the seventh from Adam, prophesied about them, saying, “Look! The Lord came with thousands and thousands of his holy ones.” (Jude 1:14 ULT)

Enoch was speaking of something that would happen far in the future, but he used the past tense when he said, “the Lord came.”

Present For Past

In the Bible, sometimes the present tense is used to refer to events that happened in the past. This is a figure of speech that makes these events more vivid or prominent for the reader. The effect can be to draw the reader into the story because these events are told as though they are happening now. The reader, however, knows that the events happened in the past. This is sometimes called the “historical present.”

Now the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever, and immediately they speak to him concerning her. (Mark 1:30 ULT)

In the example above, Mark had been narrating events that happened in the past, using the past tense. But when he came to the part about the disciples speaking to Jesus about Simon’s mother-in-law, he changed from past tense to present tense.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue:

Speakers of languages that do not use the present tense to refer to past events may think that these events are happening now or that the Bible translation makes no sense.

Examples From the Bible

And Simon and the ones with him searched for him 37 and found him and say to him, “Everyone is seeking you.” 38 And he says to them, “Let us go elsewhere, (Mark 1:36-38 ULT)

As in the above example, the historical present is often used to make direct speech stand out from the narrative.

And he enters into Capernaum, and immediately on the Sabbaths, having entered into the synagogue, he began to teach. (Mark 1:21 ULT)

As in the above example, the historical present sometimes serves to set the scene for a new set of events. By using the historical present in this way, the writer draws the reader into the scene, and then relates the events using the past tense.

Present For Future

In the Bible, sometimes the present tense is used for a future event. Usually, this is to communicate that the event will happen very soon. Also, like the predictive past, this can communicate that the event is sure to happen or that the speaker is fully committed to making the event happen. This is sometimes called the “imminent future.”

And Moses said, “Thus says Yahweh: ‘About the middle of the night I am going out in the midst of Egypt, (Exodus 11:4 ULT)

In the example above, Yahweh uses the present tense for something that he will do soon.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue:

Speakers of languages that do not use the present tense to refer to future events may think that these events are happening at the time of speaking or writing or that the Bible translation is confusing or wrong.

Examples From the Bible

For behold me, raising up the Chaldeans, that fierce and impetuous nation… (Habakkuk 1:6 ULT)

Therefore, remember from where you have fallen and repent and do the first works. But if not, I am coming to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place—if you do not repent. (Revelation 2:5 ULT)

In the examples above, God speaks of a future event as though he is doing it in the present. This is a way of emphasizing the certainty of the event.

Therefore my people have gone into captivity for lack of understanding; their honored leaders go hungry, and their common people have nothing to drink. (Isaiah 5:13 ULT)

In the example above, the present tense continues the sense of the predictive past, communicating future events that are sure to happen.

Translation Strategies

If the tense that is used in the Literal Translation would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here are some other options.

(1) Use the future tense to refer to future events.
(2) Use the past tense to refer to past events.
(3) Use the tense that your language commonly uses to communicate the time of the event.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use the future tense to refer to future events.

For to us a child has been born, to us a son has been given. (Isaiah 9:6a ULT)

For to us a child will be born, to us a son will be given.

Yahweh said to Joshua, “See, I have delivered Jericho and its king and its powerful soldiers into your hand.” (Joshua 6:2 ULT)

Yahweh said to Joshua, “See, I will deliver Jericho and its king and its powerful soldiers into your hand.”

And Moses said, “Thus says Yahweh: ‘About the middle of the night I am going out in the midst of Egypt, (Exodus 11:4 ULT)

And Moses said, “Thus says Yahweh: ‘About the middle of the night I will go out in the midst of Egypt,

(2) Use the past tense to refer to past events.

And Simon and the ones with him searched for him and found him and say to him, “Everyone is seeking you.” And he says to them, “Let us go elsewhere, (Mark 1:36-38 ULT)

And Simon and the ones with him searched for him and found him and said to him, “Everyone is seeking you.” And he said to them, “Let us go elsewhere,

And he enters into Capernaum, and immediately on the Sabbaths, having entered into the synagogue, he began to teach. (Mark 1:21 ULT)

And he entered into Capernaum, and immediately on the Sabbaths, having entered into the synagogue, he began to teach.

(3) Use the tense that your language commonly uses to communicate the time of the event.

Yahweh said to Joshua, “See, I have delivered Jericho and its king and its powerful soldiers into your hand.” (Joshua 6:2 ULT)

Yahweh said to Joshua, “See, I am delivering Jericho and its king and its powerful soldiers into your hand.”
Or: Yahweh said to Joshua, “See, I am about to deliver Jericho and its king and its powerful soldiers into your hand.”

And Moses said, “Thus says Yahweh: ‘About the middle of the night I am going out in the midst of Egypt, (Exodus 11:4 ULT)

And Moses said, “Thus says Yahweh: ‘About the middle of the night I will be going out in the midst of Egypt,
Or: And Moses said, “Thus says Yahweh: ‘About the middle of the night I shall certainly go out in the midst of Egypt,

Proverbs References:

7:intro; 7:8; 7:10; 7:11; 7:12; 7:13; 7:21; 7:22; 22:19; 22:20

Litotes

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Litotes

Description

Litotes is a figure of speech in which the speaker expresses a strong positive meaning by negating a word or phrase that means the opposite of the meaning that he intends. For example, someone could intend to communicate that something is extremely good by describing it as “not bad.” The difference between a litotes and a double negative is that a litotes heightens the positive meaning beyond what a plain positive statement would do, and a double negative does not. In the example above, the literal meaning of “not bad,” taken as a plain double negative, would be “acceptable” or even “good.” But if the speaker intended it as a litotes, then the meaning is “very good” or “extremely good.”

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Some languages do not use litotes. People who speak those languages might not understand that a statement using litotes actually strengthens the positive meaning. Instead, they might think that it weakens or even cancels the positive meaning.

Examples From the Bible

For you yourselves know, brothers, that our coming to you was not useless, (1 Thessalonians 2:1 ULT)

By using litotes, Paul emphasized that his visit with them was very useful.

Now when it became day, there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what therefore had happened to Peter. (Acts 12:18 ULT)

By using litotes, Luke emphasized that there was a lot of excitement or anxiety among the soldiers about what happened to Peter. (Peter had been in prison, and even though there were soldiers guarding him, he escaped when an angel let him out. So they were very agitated.)

But you, Bethlehem, in the land of Judah,
are not the least among the leaders of Judah,
for from you will come a ruler
who will shepherd my people Israel. (Matthew 2:6 ULT)

By using litotes, the prophet emphasized that Bethlehem would be a very important city.

Translation Strategies

If the litotes would be understood correctly, consider using it.

(1) If the meaning with the negative would not be clear, give the positive meaning in a strong way.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the meaning with the negative would not be clear, give the positive meaning in a strong way.

For you yourselves know, brothers, that our coming to you was not useless. (1 Thessalonians 2:1 ULT)

“For you yourselves know, brothers, our visit to you did much good.”

Now when it became day, there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what therefore had happened to Peter. (Acts 12:18 ULT)

“Now when it became day, there was great excitement among the soldiers, regarding what had happened to Peter.”

or:
“Now when it became day, the soldiers were very concerned because of what had happened to Peter.”

Making Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information Explicit

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Making Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information Explicit

Description

Some languages have ways of saying things that are natural for them but sound strange when translated into Other Languages. One of the reasons for this is that some languages say things explicitly that some Other Languages would leave as implicit information.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

If you translate all of the explicit information from the source language into the explicit information in the target language, it could sound foreign, unnatural, or perhaps even unintelligent if the target language would not make that information explicit. Instead, it is best to leave that kind of information implicit in the target language.

Examples from the Bible

And Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower to burn it with fire. (Judges 9:52 ESV)

In Biblical Hebrew, it is normal to start most sentences with a conjunction such as “and” to show the connection between sentences. In English, it is not natural to do so, it is quite tiresome for the English reader, and it gives the impression that the author is uneducated. In English, it is best to leave the idea of connection between sentences implicit in most cases and not translate the conjunction explicitly.

In Biblical Hebrew, it is normal to say that something was burned with fire. In English, the idea of fire is included in the action of burning, and so it is unnatural to state both ideas explicitly. It is enough to say that something was burned and leave the idea of fire implicit.

But the centurion answered and said, “Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof” (Matthew 8:8a ULT)

In the biblical languages, it was normal to introduce direct speech with two verbs of speaking. One verb indicated the action, and the other introduced the words of the speaker. English speakers do not do this, so it is very unnatural and confusing to use two verbs. For the English speaker, the idea of speaking is included in the idea of answering. Using two verbs in English implies two separate speeches, rather than just one. So in English, it is better to use only one verb of speaking.

Translation Strategies

(1) If the explicit information of the source language sounds natural in the target language, then translate it as explicit information.
(2) If the explicit information does not sound natural in the target language or seems unnecessary or confusing, leave the explicit information implicit. Only do this if the reader can understand this information from the context. You can test this by asking the reader a question about the passage.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the explicit information of the source language sounds natural in the target language, then translate it as explicit information.

  • There would be no change to the text using this strategy, so no examples are given here.

(2) If the explicit information does not sound natural in the target language or seems unnecessary or confusing, make the explicit information implicit. Only do this if the reader can understand this information from the context. You can test this by asking the reader a question about the passage.

And Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower to burn it with fire. (Judges 9:52 ESV)

Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it, and he approached the door of the tower to burn it. (Or) … to set it on fire.

In English, it is clear that the action of this verse follows the action of the previous verse without the use of the connector “and” at the beginning, so it was omitted. Also, the words “with fire” were left out, because this information is communicated implicitly by the word “burn.” An alternative translation for “to burn it” is “to set it on fire.” It is not natural in English to use both “burn” and “fire,” so the English translator should choose only one of them. You can test if the readers understood the implicit information by asking, “How would the door burn?” If they knew it was by fire, then they have understood the implicit information. Or, if you chose the second option, you could ask, “What happens to a door that is set on fire?” If the readers answer, “It burns,” then they have understood the implicit information.

But the centurion answered and said, “Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof” (Matthew 8:8a ULT)

The centurion answered, “Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof”

In English, the information that the centurion responded by speaking is included in the verb “answered,” so the verb “said” can be left implicit. You can test if the readers understood the implicit information by asking, “How did the centurion answer?” If they knew it was by speaking, then they have understood the implicit information.

He opened his mouth and taught them, saying, (Matthew 5:2 ULT)

He began to teach them, saying, (Or) He taught them, saying,

In English, it would be very strange to include the information that Jesus opened his mouth when he spoke. That information is included in the verbs “taught” and “saying,” so that phrase can be omitted and that information left implicit. However, “he opened his mouth” is an idiom that indicates the beginning of a speech, so that information may be included, or it may also be left implicit.

Proverbs References:

6:30

Merism

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Merism

Definition

Merism is a figure of speech in which a person refers to something by speaking of two extreme parts of it. By referring to the extreme parts, the speaker intends to include also everything in between those parts.

“I am the alpha and the omega,” says the Lord God, “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty.” (Revelation 1:8 ULT)

I am the alpha and the omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end. (Revelation 22:13, ULT)

Alpha and omega are the first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This is a merism that includes everything from the beginning to the end. It means eternal.

… I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth …, (Matthew 11:25b ULT)

Heaven and earth is a merism that includes everything that exists.

Reason This is a Translation Issue

Some languages do not use merism. The readers of those languages may think that the phrase only applies to the items mentioned. They may not realize that it refers to those two things and everything in between.

Examples From the Bible

From the rising of the sun to its setting, Yahweh’s name should be praised. (Psalm 113:3 ULT)

This bolded phrase is a merism because it speaks of the east and the west and everywhere in between. It means “everywhere.”

He will bless those who honor him, both young and old. (Psalm 115:13)

The bolded phrase is merism because it speaks of old people and young people and everyone in between. It means “everyone.”

Translation Strategies

If the merism would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here are other options:

(1) Identify what the merism refers to without mentioning the parts.
(2) Identify what the merism refers to and include the parts.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Identify what the merism refers to without mentioning the parts.

I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth. (Matthew 11:25b ULT)

I praise you, Father, Lord of everything.

From the rising of the sun to its setting, Yahweh’s name should be praised. (Psalm 113:3 ULT)

In all places, people should praise Yahweh’s name.

(2) Identify what the merism refers to and include the parts.

I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth. (Matthew 11:25b ULT)

I praise you, Father, Lord of everything, including both what is in heaven and what is on earth.

He will bless those who honor him, both young and old. (Psalm 115:13 ULT)

He will bless all those who honor him, regardless of whether they are young or old.

Proverbs References:

4:27

Metaphor

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Metaphor

Description

A metaphor is a figure of speech in which someone speaks of one thing as if it were a different thing because he wants people to think about how those two things are alike.

For example, someone might say, “The girl I love is a red rose.”

A girl and a rose are very different things, but the speaker considers that they are alike in some way. The hearer’s task is to understand in what way they are alike.

The Parts of a Metaphor

The example above shows us that a metaphor has three parts. In this metaphor, the speaker is talking about “the girl I love.” This is the Topic. The speaker wants the hearer to think about what is similar between her and “a red rose.” The red rose is the Image to which he compares the girl. Most probably, he wants the hearer to consider that they are both beautiful. This is the Idea that the girl and the rose both share, and so we may also call it the Point of Comparison.

Every metaphor has three parts:

  • The Topic, the item being immediately discussed by the writer/speaker.

  • The Image, the physical item (object, event, action, etc.) which the speaker uses to describe the topic.

  • The Idea, the abstract concept or quality that the physical Image brings to the mind of the hearer when he thinks of how the Image and the Topic are similar. Often, the Idea of a metaphor is not explicitly stated in the Bible, but it is only implied from the context. The hearer or reader usually needs to think of the Idea himself.

Using these terms, we can say that a metaphor is a figure of speech that uses a physical Image to apply an abstract Idea to the speaker’s Topic.

Usually, a writer or speaker uses a metaphor in order to express something about a Topic, with at least one Point of Comparison (Idea) between the Topic and the Image. Often in metaphors, the Topic and the Image are explicitly stated, but the Idea is only implied. The writer/speaker often uses a metaphor in order to invite the readers/listeners to think about the similarity between the Topic and the Image and to figure out for themselves the Idea that is being communicated.

Speakers often use metaphors in order to strengthen their message, to make their language more vivid, to express their feelings better, to say something that is hard to say in any other way, or to help people remember their message.

Sometimes speakers use metaphors that are very common in their language. However, sometimes speakers use metaphors that are uncommon, and even some metaphors that are unique. When a metaphor has become very common in a language, often it becomes a “passive” metaphor, in contrast to uncommon metaphors, which we describe as being “active.” Passive metaphors and active metaphors each present a different kind of translation problem, which we will discuss below.

Passive Metaphors

A passive metaphor is a metaphor that has been used so much in the language that its speakers no longer regard it as one concept standing for another. Linguists often call these “dead metaphors.” Passive metaphors are extremely common. Examples in English include the terms “table leg,” “family tree,” “book leaf” (meaning a page in a book), or the word “crane” (meaning a large machine for lifting heavy loads). English speakers simply think of these words as having more than one meaning. Examples of passive metaphors in Biblical Hebrew include using the word “hand” to represent “power,” using the word “face” to represent “presence,” and speaking of emotions or moral qualities as if they were “clothing.”

Patterned Pairs of Concepts Acting as Metaphors

Many ways of metaphorical speaking depend on pairs of concepts, where one underlying concept frequently stands for a different underlying concept. For example, in English, the direction “up” (the Image) often represents the concepts of “more” or “better” (the Idea). Because of this pair of underlying concepts, we can make sentences such as “The price of gasoline is going up,” “A highly intelligent man,” and also the opposite kind of idea: “The temperature is going down,” and “I am feeling very low.”

Patterned pairs of concepts are constantly used for metaphorical purposes in the world’s languages because they serve as convenient ways to organize thought. In general, people like to speak of abstract qualities (such as power, presence, emotions, and moral qualities) as if they were body parts, or as if they were objects that could be seen or held, or as if they were events that could be watched as they happened.

When these metaphors are used in normal ways, it is rare that the speaker and audience regard them as figurative speech. Examples of metaphors in English that go unrecognized are:

  • “Turn the heat up.” More is spoken of as up.
  • “Let us go ahead with our debate.” Doing what was planned is spoken of as walking or advancing.
  • “You defend your theory well.” Argument is spoken of as war.
  • “A flow of words.” Words are spoken of as liquids.

English speakers do not view these as metaphorical expressions or figures of speech, so it would be wrong to translate them into other languages in a way that would lead people to pay special attention to them as figurative speech. For a description of important patterns of this kind of metaphor in biblical languages, please see Biblical Imagery — Common Patterns and the pages it will direct you to.

When translating something that is a passive metaphor into another language, do not treat it as a metaphor. Instead, just use the best expression for that thing or concept in the target language.

Active Metaphors

These are metaphors that people recognize as one concept standing for another concept, or one thing for another thing. Metaphors make people think about how the one thing is like the other thing, because in most ways the two things are very different. People also easily recognize these metaphors as giving strength and unusual qualities to the message. For this reason, people pay attention to these metaphors. For example,

But for you who fear my name, the sun of righteousness will rise with healing in its wings. (Malachi 4:2a ULT)

Here, God speaks about his salvation as if it were the sun rising in order to shine its rays on the people whom he loves. He also speaks of the sun’s rays as if they were wings. Also, he speaks of these wings as if they were bringing medicine that would heal his people. Here is another example:

And he said to them, “Go and tell that fox …” (Luke 13:32a ULT)

Here, “that fox” refers to King Herod. The people listening to Jesus certainly understood that Jesus was intending for them to apply certain characteristics of a fox to Herod. They probably understood that Jesus intended to communicate that Herod was evil, either in a cunning way or as someone who was destructive, murderous, or who took things that did not belong to him, or all of these.

Active metaphors require the translator’s special care to make a correct translation. To do so, you need to understand the parts of a metaphor and how they work together to produce meaning.

Jesus said to them, “I am the bread of life; he who comes to me will not be hungry, and he who believes in me will never be thirsty.” (John 6:35 ULT)

In this metaphor, Jesus called himself the bread of life. The Topic is “I” (meaning Jesus himself) and the Image is “bread.” Bread was the primary food that people ate in that place and time. The similarity between bread and Jesus is that people need both to live. Just as people need to eat food in order to have physical life, people need to trust in Jesus in order to have eternal life. The Idea of the metaphor is “life.” In this case, Jesus stated the central Idea of the metaphor, but often the Idea is only implied.

Purposes of Metaphor

  • One purpose of metaphor is to teach people about something that they do not know (the Topic) by showing that it is like something that they already do know (the Image).
  • Another purpose is to emphasize that something (the Topic) has a particular quality (the Idea) or to show that it has that quality in an extreme way.
  • Another purpose is to lead people to feel the same way about the Topic as they would feel about the Image.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • People may not recognize that something is a metaphor. In other words, they may mistake a metaphor for a literal statement, and thus, misunderstand it.
  • People may not be familiar with the thing that is used as an image, and so, not be able to understand the metaphor.
  • If the topic is not stated, people may not know what the topic is.
  • People may not know the points of comparison that the speaker wants them to understand. If they fail to think of these points of comparison, they will not understand the metaphor.
  • People may think that they understand the metaphor, but they do not. This can happen when they apply points of comparison from their own culture, rather than from the biblical culture.

Translation Principles

  • Make the meaning of a metaphor as clear to the target audience as it was to the original audience.
  • Do not make the meaning of a metaphor more clear to the target audience than you think it was to the original audience.

Examples From the Bible

Listen to this word, you cows of Bashan, (Amos 4:1q ULT)

In this metaphor Amos speaks to the upper-class women of Samaria (“you,” the Topic) as if they were cows (the Image). Amos does not say what similarity(s) he intends between these women and cows. He wants the reader to think of them, and he fully expects that readers from his culture will easily do so. From the context, we can see that he means that the women are like cows in that they are fat and interested only in feeding themselves. If we were to apply similarities from a different culture, such as that cows are sacred and should be worshiped, we would get the wrong meaning from this verse.

NOTE: Amos does not actually mean that the women are cows. He speaks to them as human beings.

Yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the clay. You are our potter; and we all are the work of your hand. (Isaiah 64:8 ULT)

The example above has two related metaphors. The Topic(s) are “we” and “you,” and the Image(s) are “clay” and “potter.” The similarity between a potter and God is the fact that both make what they wish out of their material. The potter makes what he wishes out of the clay, and God makes what he wishes out of his people. The Idea being expressed by the comparison between the potter’s clay and “us” is that neither the clay nor God’s people have a right to complain about what they are becoming.

Jesus said to them, “Take heed and beware of the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” The disciples reasoned among themselves and said, “It is because we did not take bread.” (Matthew 16:6-7 ULT)

Jesus used a metaphor here, but his disciples did not realize it. When he said “yeast,” they thought he was talking about bread, but “yeast” was the Image in his metaphor, and the Topic was the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees. Since the disciples (the original audience) did not understand what Jesus meant, it would not be good to state clearly here what Jesus meant.

Translation Strategies

If people would understand the metaphor in the same way that the original readers would have understood it, go ahead and use it. Be sure to test the translation to make sure that people do understand it in the right way.

If people do not or would not understand it, here are some other strategies.

(1) If the metaphor is a common expression in the source language or expresses a patterned pair of concepts in a biblical language (that is, it is a passive metaphor), then express the Idea in the simplest way preferred by your language.
(2) If the metaphor seems to be an active metaphor, you can translate it literally if you think that the target language also uses this metaphor in the same way to mean the same thing as in the Bible. If you do this, be sure to test it to make sure that the language community understands it correctly.
(3) If the target audience does not realize that it is a metaphor, then change the metaphor to a simile. Some languages do this by adding words such as “like” or “as.” See Simile.
(4) If the target audience would not know the Image, see Translate Unknowns for ideas on how to translate that image.
(5) If the target audience would not use that Image for that meaning, use an image from your own culture instead. Be sure that it is an image that could have been possible in Bible times.
(6) If the target audience would not know what the Topic is, then state the topic clearly. (However, do not do this if the original audience did not know what the Topic was.)
(7) If the target audience would not know the intended similarity (the Idea) between the topic and the image, then state it clearly.
(8) If none of these strategies is satisfactory, then simply state the Idea plainly without using a metaphor.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the metaphor is a common expression in the source language or expresses a patterned pair of concepts in a biblical language (that is, a passive metaphor), then express the Idea in the simplest way preferred by your language.

Then, see, one of the leaders of the synagogue, named Jairus, came, and when he saw him, fell at his feet. (Mark 5:22 ULT)

Then one of the leaders of the synagogue, named Jairus, came, and when he saw him, immediately bowed down in front of him.

(2) If the metaphor seems to be an active metaphor, you can translate it literally if you think that the target language also uses this metaphor in the same way to mean the same thing as in the Bible. If you do this, be sure to test it to make sure that the language community understands it correctly.

But Jesus said to them, “He wrote this commandment to you because of your hardness of heart.” (Mark 10:5 ULT)

It was because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law.

We made no change to this one, but it must be tested to make sure that the target audience correctly understands this metaphor.

(3) If the target audience does not realize that it is a metaphor, then change the metaphor to a simile. Some languages do this by adding words such as “like” or “as.”

Yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the clay. You are our potter; and we all are the work of your hand. (Isaiah 64:8 ULT)

And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are like clay. You are like a potter; and we all are the work of your hand.

(4) If the target audience would not know the Image, see Translate Unknowns for ideas on how to translate that image.

Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick against a goad. (Acts 26:14b ULT)

Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick against a pointed stick.

(5) If the target audience would not use that Image for that meaning, use an image from your own culture instead. Be sure that it is an image that could have been possible in Bible times.

Yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the clay. You are our potter; and we all are the work of your hand. (Isaiah 64:8 ULT)

“And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the wood. You are our carver; and we all are the work of your hand.”
“And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the string. You are the weaver; and we all are the work of your hand.”

(6) If the target audience would not know what the Topic is, then state the topic clearly. (However, do not do this if the original audience did not know what the topic was.)

Yahweh lives; may my rock be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted. (Psalm 18:46 ULT)

Yahweh lives; He is my rock. May he be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted.

(7) If the target audience would not know the intended similarity between the Topic and the Image, then state it clearly.

Yahweh lives; may my rock be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted. (Psalm 18:46 ULT)

Yahweh lives; may he be praised because he is the rock under which I can hide from my enemies. May the God of my salvation be exalted.

Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick against a goad. (Acts 26:14 ULT)

Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? You fight against me and hurt yourself like an ox that kicks against its owner’s pointed stick.

(8) If none of these strategies are satisfactory, then simply state the idea plainly without using a metaphor.

I will make you to become fishers of men. (Mark 1:17b ULT)

I will make you to become people who gather men.
Now you gather fish. I will make you gather people.

To learn more about specific metaphors, see Biblical Imagery — Common Patterns.

Proverbs References:

1:9; 1:12; 1:12; 1:15; 1:16; 1:18; 1:19; 1:21; 1:23; 1:23; 1:23; 1:27; 1:32; 2:1; 2:5; 2:7; 2:7; 2:7; 2:8; 2:8; 2:9; 2:12; 2:13; 2:15; 2:16; 2:16; 2:18; 2:18; 2:19; 2:19; 2:20; 2:22; 3:2; 3:3; 3:3; 3:4; 3:4; 3:5; 3:6; 3:6; 3:7; 3:7; 3:13; 3:14; 3:14; 3:16; 3:17; 3:18; 3:18; 3:19; 3:21; 3:21; 3:22; 3:23; 3:26; 3:27; 3:31; 3:32; 3:32; 3:33; 3:34; 3:35; 3:35; 3:35; 4:3; 4:4; 4:5; 4:8; 4:8; 4:9; 4:10; 4:11; 4:11; 4:12; 4:13; 4:13; 4:14; 4:15; 4:16; 4:16; 4:17; 4:18; 4:19; 4:19; 4:21; 4:21; 4:22; 4:22; 4:22; 4:23; 4:23; 4:24; 4:25; 4:26; 4:26; 4:26; 5:2; 5:3; 5:3; 5:3; 5:4; 5:4; 5:5; 5:6; 5:6; 5:7; 5:8; 5:9; 5:14; 5:18; 5:19; 5:19; 5:19; 5:20; 5:20; 5:21; 5:21; 5:23; 6:2; 6:3; 6:3; 6:4; 6:6; 6:9; 6:12; 6:14; 6:18; 6:19; 6:19; 6:20; 6:21; 6:21; 6:22; 6:23; 6:23; 6:24; 6:24; 6:26; 6:33; 6:33; 7:1; 7:1; 7:3; 7:3; 7:5; 7:5; 7:7; 7:9; 7:10; 7:12; 7:18; 7:21; 7:21; 7:25; 7:26; 7:27; 7:27; 8:2; 8:8; 8:8; 8:9; 8:10; 8:12; 8:13; 8:14; 8:14; 8:18; 8:19; 8:20; 8:23; 8:23; 8:24; 8:25; 8:25; 8:26; 8:27; 8:29; 8:29; 8:29; 8:32; 8:34; 9:6; 9:7; 9:11; 9:11; 9:12; 9:17; 9:18; 10:3; 10:6; 10:7; 10:8; 10:8; 10:9; 10:9; 10:9; 10:10; 10:11; 10:11; 10:13; 10:14; 10:14; 10:15; 10:15; 10:16; 10:16; 10:17; 10:17; 10:18; 10:20; 10:25; 10:25; 10:27; 10:27; 10:28; 10:29; 10:29; 10:31; 11:3; 11:4; 11:5; 11:5; 11:8; 11:11; 11:13; 11:13; 11:14; 11:14; 11:16; 11:18; 11:18; 11:19; 11:20; 11:20; 11:21; 11:22; 11:22; 11:22; 11:25; 11:25; 11:27; 11:28; 11:29; 11:30; 11:30; 11:31; 11:31; 12:3; 12:4; 12:7; 12:8; 12:11; 12:12; 12:13; 12:14; 12:15; 12:15; 12:16; 12:17; 12:21; 12:23; 12:25; 12:26; 12:28; 12:28; 13:2; 13:2; 13:2; 13:3; 13:5; 13:9; 13:9; 13:12; 13:14; 13:14; 13:15; 13:16; 13:17; 13:17; 13:18; 13:19; 13:20; 13:23; 13:24; 14:1; 14:1; 14:2; 14:2; 14:3; 14:6; 14:8; 14:10; 14:11; 14:12; 14:12; 14:12; 14:14; 14:14; 14:15; 14:16; 14:18; 14:24; 14:26; 14:27; 14:27; 14:29; 14:30; 14:31; 14:31; 14:32; 14:32; 14:32; 14:33; 14:34; 15:1; 15:2; 15:4; 15:4; 15:5; 15:6; 15:7; 15:9; 15:9; 15:10; 15:11; 15:13; 15:14; 15:14; 15:15; 15:15; 15:16; 15:16; 15:17; 15:18; 15:18; 15:19; 15:19; 15:21; 15:21; 15:23; 15:24; 15:24; 15:24; 15:25; 15:25; 15:28; 15:28; 15:29; 15:30; 16:1; 16:2; 16:2; 16:2; 16:3; 16:3; 16:5; 16:6; 16:7; 16:8; 16:8; 16:9; 16:9; 16:9; 16:15; 16:15; 16:17; 16:17; 16:17; 16:17; 16:18; 16:18; 16:20; 16:21; 16:22; 16:24; 16:24; 16:25; 16:27; 16:29; 16:31; 16:31; 16:31; 16:32; 17:1; 17:1; 17:1; 17:2; 17:3; 17:3; 17:6; 17:8; 17:8; 17:9; 17:9; 17:10; 17:11; 17:14; 17:14; 17:14; 17:19; 17:19; 17:20; 17:20; 17:20; 17:20; 17:23; 17:24; 18:2; 18:4; 18:4; 18:5; 18:6; 18:7; 18:8; 18:9; 18:10; 18:10; 18:11; 18:14; 18:14; 18:15; 18:16; 18:19; 18:20; 18:20; 18:21; 18:22; 18:24; 18:24; 19:1; 19:1; 19:2; 19:2; 19:3; 19:4; 19:7; 19:8; 19:8; 19:11; 19:13; 19:13; 19:15; 19:16; 19:16; 19:17; 19:17; 19:17; 19:21; 19:27; 19:28; 20:3; 20:4; 20:5; 20:7; 20:8; 20:8; 20:9; 20:9; 20:15; 20:17; 20:17; 20:20; 20:22; 20:24; 20:25; 20:26; 20:27; 20:28; 20:30; 21:1; 21:2; 21:2; 21:4; 21:6; 21:6; 21:6; 21:11; 21:11; 21:12; 21:13; 21:16; 21:18; 21:20; 21:21; 21:21; 21:23; 21:27; 21:29; 22:1; 22:2; 22:5; 22:5; 22:5; 22:6; 22:6; 22:7; 22:8; 22:8; 22:9; 22:11; 22:12; 22:14; 22:14; 22:15; 22:15; 22:16; 22:18; 22:18; 22:21; 22:22; 22:22; 22:23; 22:23; 22:25; 22:25; 22:28; 23:5; 23:5; 23:8; 23:11; 23:13; 23:15; 23:16; 23:17; 23:18; 23:19; 23:23; 23:26; 23:26; 23:27; 23:27; 23:27; 23:28; 23:34; 23:35; 24:2; 24:6; 24:11; 24:12; 24:12; 24:12; 24:12; 24:14; 24:16; 24:16; 24:16; 24:17; 24:17; 24:18; 24:20; 24:22; 24:25; 24:31; 25:intro; 25:2; 25:2; 25:3; 25:4; 25:7; 25:9; 25:11; 25:12; 25:14; 25:15; 25:17; 25:18; 25:19; 25:20; 25:22; 25:22; 25:26; 25:26; 25:26; 25:27; 25:28; 25:28; 26:5; 26:6; 26:8; 26:12; 26:16; 26:16; 26:17; 26:21; 26:23; 26:23; 26:24; 26:24; 26:25; 26:26; 26:27; 26:27; 26:28; 27:1; 27:3; 27:4; 27:6; 27:9; 27:11; 27:16; 27:17; 27:23; 28:3; 28:3; 28:4; 28:5; 28:6; 28:6; 28:6; 28:7; 28:8; 28:10; 28:10; 28:10; 28:11; 28:11; 28:12; 28:13; 28:14; 28:14; 28:15; 28:15; 28:18; 28:18; 28:18; 28:18; 28:19; 28:23; 28:23; 28:24; 28:25; 28:25; 28:25; 28:26; 28:26; 28:28; 29:1; 29:2; 29:4; 29:4; 29:5; 29:5; 29:6; 29:7; 29:8; 29:11; 29:11; 29:13; 29:14; 29:16; 29:16; 29:17; 29:17; 29:18; 29:18; 29:22; 29:23; 29:23; 29:23; 29:23; 29:24; 29:25; 29:26; 29:27; 30:4; 30:4; 30:4; 30:4; 30:5; 30:5; 30:5; 30:8; 30:8; 30:8; 30:9; 30:9; 30:12; 30:12; 30:12; 30:14; 30:15; 30:16; 30:17; 30:19; 30:19; 30:20; 30:20; 30:21; 30:21; 30:22; 30:23; 30:32; 30:32; 30:33; 30:33; 31:3; 31:6; 31:11; 31:11; 31:16; 31:17; 31:25; 31:27; 31:29; 31:30; 31:31

Metonymy

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Metonymy

Description

Metonymy is a figure of speech in which an item (either physical or abstract) is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. A metonym is a word or phrase used as a substitute for something that it is associated with.

… and the blood of Jesus his Son cleanses us from every sin. (1 John 1:7b ULT)

The blood represents Christ’s death.

And he took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, “This cup is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you.” (Luke 22:20 ULT)

The cup represents the wine that is in the cup.

Metonymy can be used

  • as a shorter way of referring to something
  • to make an abstract idea more meaningful by referring to it with the name of a physical object associated with it

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

The Bible uses metonymy very often. Speakers of some languages are not familiar with metonymy and they may not recognize it when they read it in the Bible. If they do not recognize the metonymy, they will not understand the passage or, worse yet, they will get a wrong understanding of the passage. Whenever a metonym is used, people need to be able to understand what it represents.

Examples From the Bible

The Lord God will give to him the throne of his father David. (Luke 1:32b ULT)

A throne represents the authority of a king. “Throne” is a metonym for “kingly authority,” “kingship,” or “reign.” This means that God would make him become a king who would follow King David.

Then immediately his mouth was opened (Luke 1:64a ULT)

The mouth here represents the power to speak. This means that he was able to talk again.

Who warned you to flee from the wrath that is coming? (Luke 3:7b ULT)

The word “wrath” or “anger” is a metonym for “punishment.” God was extremely angry with the people and, as a result, he would punish them.

Translation Strategies

If people would easily understand the metonym, consider using it. Otherwise, here are some options.

(1) Use the metonym along with the name of the thing it represents.

(2) Use only the name of the thing the metonym represents.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use the metonym along with the name of the thing it represents.

And he took the cup in the same way after the supper, saying, “This cup is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you.” (Luke 22:20 ULT)

He took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, “The wine in this cup is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you.”

This verse also contains a second metonym: The cup, (representing the wine it contains) also represents the new covenant made with the blood Christ shed for us.

(2) Use the name of the thing the metonym represents.

The Lord God will give him the throne of his father David. (Luke 1:32b ULT)

“The Lord God will give him the kingly authority of his father, David.”
or:
“The Lord God will make him king like his ancestor, King David.”

Who warned you to flee from the wrath that is coming? (Luke 3:7b ULT)

“Who warned you to flee from God’s coming punishment?”

To learn about some common metonymies, see Biblical Imagery — Common Metonymies.

Proverbs References:

1:6; 1:11; 1:14; 1:16; 1:17; 1:18; 1:23; 2:18; 2:18; 3:1; 3:3; 3:5; 3:22; 3:26; 3:33; 4:4; 4:4; 4:13; 4:20; 4:21; 4:23; 5:9; 5:10; 5:10; 5:12; 5:14; 6:2; 6:14; 6:16; 6:17; 6:17; 6:17; 6:25; 6:25; 6:27; 6:29; 6:34; 7:7; 7:19; 7:25; 7:26; 7:27; 7:27; 8:4; 8:5; 8:6; 8:8; 8:13; 8:29; 8:30; 8:36; 9:2; 9:4; 10:6; 10:7; 10:11; 10:13; 10:13; 10:13; 10:14; 10:16; 10:18; 10:20; 10:20; 10:21; 10:21; 10:27; 10:28; 10:31; 10:31; 10:32; 10:32; 11:1; 11:9; 11:10; 11:11; 11:11; 11:12; 11:20; 11:25; 11:29; 12:6; 12:7; 12:11; 12:12; 12:13; 12:13; 12:14; 12:16; 12:18; 12:19; 12:19; 12:20; 12:21; 12:21; 12:25; 12:25; 13:5; 13:11; 13:13; 13:17; 13:25; 14:1; 14:3; 14:3; 14:4; 14:7; 14:11; 14:12; 14:15; 14:18; 14:19; 14:23; 14:30; 15:2; 15:3; 15:4; 15:7; 15:7; 15:11; 15:13; 15:13; 15:15; 15:17; 15:17; 15:23; 15:25; 15:25; 15:26; 15:27; 15:28; 15:31; 15:32; 15:33; 16:1; 16:10; 16:10; 16:12; 16:13; 16:14; 16:21; 16:21; 16:23; 16:23; 16:26; 16:27; 16:27; 16:28; 16:28; 16:30; 16:31; 17:1; 17:4; 17:4; 17:4; 17:7; 17:7; 17:9; 17:13; 17:15; 17:16; 17:16; 17:18; 17:18; 17:22; 17:22; 17:22; 17:23; 17:25; 17:25; 17:27; 17:28; 18:1; 18:5; 18:7; 18:7; 18:8; 18:10; 18:12; 18:12; 18:12; 18:13; 18:14; 18:15; 18:15; 18:21; 19:7; 19:8; 19:8; 19:15; 19:19; 19:23; 19:27; 20:1; 20:1; 20:5; 20:9; 20:10; 20:13; 20:13; 20:15; 20:20; 20:27; 20:28; 20:29; 21:1; 21:2; 21:4; 21:6; 21:12; 21:12; 21:13; 21:13; 21:14; 21:14; 21:16; 21:17; 21:17; 21:22; 21:22; 21:22; 21:23; 21:24; 21:31; 21:31; 22:3; 22:11; 22:12; 22:12; 22:14; 22:15; 22:15; 22:17; 22:21; 22:24; 23:7; 23:8; 23:9; 23:9; 23:14; 23:16; 23:21; 23:26; 23:30; 23:33; 24:2; 24:7; 24:10; 24:10; 24:18; 24:19; 24:24; 24:24; 24:28; 24:30; 24:31; 25:3; 25:5; 25:6; 25:6; 25:7; 25:11; 25:12; 25:13; 25:15; 25:19; 25:23; 26:3; 26:6; 26:7; 26:23; 26:23; 26:24; 26:25; 26:25; 26:28; 26:28; 27:2; 27:4; 27:10; 27:11; 27:14; 27:19; 27:20; 27:21; 27:24; 27:27; 28:2; 28:17; 28:17; 28:27; 29:4; 29:8; 29:14; 29:15; 29:17; 29:19; 29:24; 29:26; 30:1; 30:1; 30:6; 30:8; 30:13; 30:16; 30:17; 30:30; 31:1; 31:1; 31:8; 31:9; 31:15; 31:20; 31:21; 31:21; 31:21; 31:23; 31:24; 31:25; 31:25; 31:26; 31:26; 31:27; 31:29

Nominal Adjectives

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Nominal Adjectives

Description

In some languages an adjective can be used to refer to a class of things that the adjective describes. When it does, it acts like a noun. For example, the word “rich” is an adjective. Here are two sentences that show that “rich” is an adjective.

The rich man had huge numbers of flocks and herds. (2 Samuel 12:2 ULT)

The adjective “rich” comes before the word “man” and describes “man.”

He will not be rich; his wealth will not last. (Job 15:29a ULT)

The adjective “rich” comes after the verb “be” and describes “He.”

Here is a sentence that shows that “rich” can also function as a noun.

The rich must not give more than the half shekel, and the poor must not give less. (Exodus 30:15b ULT)

In Exodus 30:15, the word “rich” acts as a noun in the phrase “the rich,” and it refers to rich people. The word “poor” also acts as a noun and refers to poor people.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

  • Many times in the Bible adjectives are used as nouns to describe a group of people.
  • Some languages do not use adjectives in this way.
  • Readers of these languages may think that the text is talking about one particular person when it is really talking about the group of people whom the adjective describes.

Examples From the Bible

The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of the righteous. (Psalms 125:3a ULT)

“The righteous” here are people who are righteous, not one particular righteous person.

Blessed are the meek. (Matthew 5:5a ULT)

“The meek” here are all people who are meek, not one particular meek person.

Translation Strategies

If your language uses adjectives as nouns to refer to a class of people, consider using the adjectives in this way. If it would sound strange, or if the meaning would be unclear or wrong, here is another option:

(1) Use the adjective with a plural form of the noun that the adjective describes.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use the adjective with a plural form of the noun that the adjective describes.

The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of the righteous. (Psalms 125:3a ULT)

The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of righteous people.

Blessed are the meek. (Matthew 5:5a ULT)

Blessed are people who are meek.

Ordinal Numbers

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Ordinal Numbers

Description

Ordinal numbers are used in the Bible mainly to tell the position of something in a list.

And God has indeed appointed some in the church, first apostles, second prophets, third teachers, then miracles. (1 Corinthians 12:28a ULT)

This is a list of workers that God gave to the church in their order.

Ordinal Numbers in English

Most ordinal numbers in English simply have “-th” added to the end.

Numeral Number Ordinal Number
4 four fourth
10 ten tenth
100 one hundred one hundredth
1,000 one thousand one thousandth

Some ordinal numbers in English do not follow that pattern.

Numeral Number Ordinal Number
1 one first
2 two second
3 three third
5 five fifth
12 twelve twelfth

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Some languages do not have special numbers for showing the order of items in a list. There are different ways to deal with this.

Examples From the Bible

The first lot went to Jehoiarib, the second to Jedaiah, the third to Harim, the fourth to Seorim … the twenty-third to Delaiah, and the twenty-fourth to Maaziah. (1 Chronicles 24:7-18 ULT)

The people cast lots and one went to each of these people in the order given.

You must place in it four rows of precious stones. The first row must have a ruby, a topaz, and a garnet. The second row must have an emerald, a sapphire, and a diamond. The third row must have a jacinth, an agate, and an amethyst. The fourth row must have a beryl, and an onyx, and a jasper. They must be mounted in gold settings. (Exodus 28:17-20 ULT)

This describes four rows of stones. The first row is probably the top row, and the fourth row is probably the bottom row.

Translation Strategies

If your language has ordinal numbers and using them would give the right meaning, consider using them. If not, here are some strategies to consider:

(1) Use “one” with the first item and “another” or “the next” with the rest.
(2) Tell the total number of items and then list them or the things associated with them.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Tell the total number of items, and use “one” with the first item and “another” or “the next” with the rest.

The first lot went to Jehoiarib, the second to Jedaiah, the third to Harim, the fourth to Seorim … the twenty-third to Delaiah, and the twenty-fourth to Maaziah. (1 Chronicles 24:7-18 ULT)

There were 24 lots. One lot went to Jehoiarib, another to Jedaiah, another to Harim … another to Delaiah, and the last went to Maaziah.

There were 24 lots. One lot went to Jehoiarib, the next to Jedaiah, the next to Harim … the next to Delaiah, and the last went to Maaziah.

A river went out of Eden to water the garden. From there it divided and became four rivers. The name of the first is Pishon. It is the one which flows throughout the whole land of Havilah, where there is gold. The gold of that land is good. There is also bdellium and the onyx stone there. The name of the second river is Gihon. This one flows throughout the whole land of Cush. The name of the third river is Tigris, which flows east of Asshur. The fourth river is the Euphrates. (Genesis 2:10-14 ULT)

A river went out of Eden to water the garden. From there it divided and became four rivers. The name of one is Pishon. It is the one which flows throughout the whole land of Havilah, where there is gold. The gold of that land is good. There is also bdellium and the onyx stone there. The name of the next river is Gihon. This one flows throughout the whole land of Cush. The name of the next river is Tigris, which flows east of Asshur. The last river is the Euphrates.

(2) Tell the total number of items and then list them or the things associated with them.

The first lot went to Jehoiarib, the second to Jedaiah, the third to Harim, the fourth to Seorim … the twenty-third to Delaiah, and the twenty-fourth to Maaziah. (1 Chronicles 24:7-18 ULT)

They cast 24 lots. The lots went to Jerhoiarib, Jedaiah, Harim, Seorim … Delaiah, and Maaziah.

Proverbs References:

18:17

Parallelism

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Parallelism

Description

Parallelism is a poetic device in which two phrases or clauses that are similar in structure or idea are used together. The following are some of the different kinds of parallelism.

  • The second clause or phrase means the same as the first. This is called synonymous parallelism.
  • The second clarifies or strengthens the meaning of the first.
  • The second completes what is said in the first.
  • The second says something that contrasts with the first, but adds to the same idea.

Parallelism is most commonly found in Old Testament poetry, such as in the books of Psalms and Proverbs. It also occurs in Greek in the New Testament, both in the four gospels and in the apostles’ letters.

This article will only discuss synonymous parallelism, the kind in which the two parallel phrases mean the same thing, because that is the kind that presents a problem for translation. Note that we use the term “synonymous parallelism” for long phrases or clauses that have the same meaning. We use the term “doublet” for words or very short phrases that mean basically the same thing and are used together.

In the poetry of the original languages, synonymous parallelism has several effects:

  • It shows that something is very important by saying it more than once and in more than one way.
  • It helps the hearer to think more deeply about the idea by saying it in different ways.
  • It makes the language more beautiful and raises it above the ordinary way of speaking.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Some languages would not use synonymous parallelism. They would either think it odd that someone said the same thing twice, or, since it is in the Bible, they would think that the two phrases must have some difference in meaning. For them it would be confusing, rather than beautiful. They would not understand that the repetition of the idea in different words serves to emphasize the idea.

Examples From the Bible

Your word is a lamp to my feet

and a light for my path. (Psalm 119:105 ULT)

Both parts of the sentence are metaphors saying that God’s word teaches people how to live. That is the single idea. The words “lamp” and “light” are similar in meaning because they refer to light. The words “my feet” and “my path” are related because they refer to a person walking. Walking is a metaphor for living.

You make him to rule over the works of your hands;

you have put all things under his feet (Psalm 8:6 ULT)

Both lines say that God made man the ruler of everything. “To rule over” is the same idea as putting things “under his feet,” and “the works of your [God’s] hands” is the same idea as “all things.”

Yahweh sees everything a person does

and watches all the paths he takes. (Proverbs 5:21 ULT)

The first phrase and the second phrase mean the same thing. There are three ideas that are the same between these two phrases. “Sees” corresponds to “watches,” “everything…does” corresponds to “all the paths…takes,” and “a person” corresponds to “he.”

Praise Yahweh, all you nations;

exalt him, all you peoples! (Psalm 117:1 ULT)

Both parts of this verse tell people everywhere to praise Yahweh. The words ‘Praise’ and ‘exalt’ mean the same thing. The words ‘Yahweh’ and ‘him’ refer to the same person. The terms ‘all you nations’ and ‘all you peoples’ refer to the same people.

For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people,

and he will fight in court against Israel. (Micah 6:2b ULT)

The two parts of this verse say that Yahweh has a serious disagreement with his people, Israel. These are not two different disagreements or two different groups of people.

Translation Strategies

For most kinds of parallelism, it is good to translate both of the clauses or phrases. For synonymous parallelism, it is good to translate both clauses if people in your language understand that the purpose of saying something twice is to strengthen a single idea. But if your language does not use parallelism in this way, then consider using one of the following translation strategies.

(1) Combine the ideas of both clauses into one.
(2) If it appears that the clauses are used together to show that what they say is really true, you could combine the ideas of both clauses into one and include words that emphasize the truth such as “truly” or “certainly.”
(3) If it appears that the clauses are used together to intensify an idea in them, you could combine the ideas of both clauses into one and use words like “very,” “completely,” or “all.”

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Combine the ideas of both clauses into one.

Until now you have dealt deceitfully with me and you have spoken lies to me. (Judges 16:13, ULT)

Delilah expressed this idea twice to emphasize that she was very upset.

Until now you have deceived me with your lies.

Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes. (Proverbs 5:21 ULT)

The phrase “all the paths he takes” is a metaphor for “all he does.”

Yahweh pays attention to everything a person does.

For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, and he will fight in court against Israel. (Micah 6:2 ULT)

This parallelism describes one serious disagreement that Yahweh had with one group of people. If this is unclear, the phrases can be combined:

For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, Israel.

(2) If it appears that the clauses are used together to show that what they say is really true, you could combine the ideas of both clauses into one and include words that emphasize the truth such as “truly” or “certainly.”

Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes. (Proverbs 5:21 ULT)

Yahweh truly sees everything a person does.

You make him to rule over the works of your hands; you have put all things under his feet (Psalm 8:6 ULT)

You have certainly made him to rule over everything that you have created.

(3) If it appears that the clauses are used together to intensify an idea in them, you could combine the ideas of both clauses into one and use words like “very,” “completely” or “all.”

Until now you have dealt deceitfully with me and you have spoken lies to me. (Judges 16:13, ULT)

All you have done is lie to me.

Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes. (Proverbs 5:21 ULT)

Yahweh sees absolutely everything that a person does.

Personification

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Personification

Description

Personification is a figure of speech in which someone speaks of something as if it could do things that animals or people can do. People often do this because it makes it easier to talk about things that we cannot see:

Such as wisdom:

Does not Wisdom call out? (Proverbs 8:1a ULT)

Or sin:

Sin crouches at the door. (Genesis 4:7b ULT)

People also use personification because it is sometimes easier to talk about people’s relationships with non-human things such as wealth as if they were relationships between people.

You cannot serve God and wealth. (Matthew 6:24b ULT)

In each case, the purpose of the personification is to highlight a certain characteristic of the non-human thing. As in metaphor, the reader needs to think of the way that the thing is like a certain kind of person.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • Some languages do not use personification.
  • Some languages use personification only in certain situations.

Examples From the Bible

You cannot serve God and wealth. (Matthew 6:24b ULT)

Jesus speaks of wealth as if it were a master whom people might serve. Loving money and basing one’s decisions on it is like serving it as a slave would serve his master.

Does not Wisdom call out? Does not Understanding raise her voice? (Proverbs 8:1 ULT)

The author speaks of wisdom and understanding as if they were woman who calls out to teach people. This means that they are not something hidden, but something obvious that people should pay attention to.

Translation Strategies

If the personification would be understood clearly, consider using it. If it would not be understood, here are some other ways for translating it.

(1) Add words or phrases to make the human (or animal) characteristic clear.
(2) In addition to Strategy (1), use words such as “like” or “as” to show that the sentence is not to be understood literally.
(3) Find a way to translate it without the personification.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Add words or phrases to make the human (or animal) characteristic clear.

Sin crouches at the door. (Genesis 4:7b ULT) — God speaks of sin as if it were a wild animal that is waiting for the chance to attack. This shows how dangerous sin is. An additional phrase can be added to make this danger clear.

Sin is at your door, waiting to attack you.

(2) In addition to Strategy (1), use words such as “like” or “as” to show that the sentence is not to be understood literally.

Sin crouches at the door. (Genesis 4:7b ULT) — This can be translated with the word “as.”

Sin is crouching at the door, just as a wild animal does as it waits to attack a person..

(3) Find a way to translate it without the personification.

Even the winds and the sea obey him. (Matthew 8:27b ULT) — The men speak of the “wind and the sea” as if they are able to hear and obey Jesus, just as people can. This could also be translated without the idea of obedience by speaking of Jesus controlling them.

He even controls the winds and the sea.

NOTE: We have broadened our definition of “personification” to include “zoomorphism” (speaking of other things as if they had animal characteristics) and “anthropomorphism” (speaking of non-human things as if they had human characteristics) because the translation strategies for them are the same.

Poetry

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Poetry

Description

Poetry is one of the ways that people use the words and sounds of their language to make their speech and writing more beautiful and to express strong emotion. Through poetry, people can communicate deeper emotion than they can through simple non-poetic forms. Poetry gives more weight and elegance to statements of truth, such as proverbs, and is also easier to remember than ordinary speech.

In poetry we commonly find:

  • many figures of speech such as Apostrophe
  • arrangements of clauses into particular patterns such as:
    • parallel lines (See Parallelism)
    • acrostics (beginning lines with successive letters of the alphabet)
    • chiasms (in which the first line relates to the last line, the second to the next-to-last line, etc.):

You should not give what is holy to the dogs,

and should not throw your pearls in front of the pigs.

Otherwise they will trample them under their feet,

and having turned, they might tear you to pieces. (Matt 7:6 ULT)

  • repetition of some or all of a line:

Praise him, all his angels; praise him, all his hosts. Praise him, sun and moon; praise him, all you shining stars. (Psalm 148:2-3 ULT)

  • lines of similar length:

Listen to my call to you,

Yahweh; think about my groanings.

Listen to the sound of my call, my King and my God,

for it is to you that I pray. (Psalm 5:1-2 ULT)

  • the same sound used at the end or at the beginning of two or more lines:

“Twinkle, twinkle little star. How I wonder what you are.” (from an English rhyme)

  • the same sound repeated many times:

“Peter, Peter, pumpkin eater” (from an English rhyme)

  • The same root word used as both a verb and as a noun:

Your old men will dream dreams (Joel 2:28 ULT)

Yahweh,…light lightning and scatter them (Psalm 144:5-6 ULT)

We also find:

  • old words and expressions
  • dramatic imagery
  • different use of grammar — including:
    • incomplete sentences
    • lack of connective words

Some places to look for poetry in your language

  1. Songs, particularly old songs or songs used in children’s games
  2. Religious ceremony or chants of priests or witch doctors
  3. Prayers, blessings, and curses
  4. Old legends

Elegant or fancy speech

Elegant or fancy speech is similar to poetry in that it uses beautiful language, but it does not use all of the language’s features of poetry, and it does not use them as much as poetry does. Popular speakers in the language often use elegant speech, and this is probably the easiest source of text to study to find out what makes speech elegant in your language.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue:

  • Different languages use poetry for different things. If a poetic form would not communicate the same meaning in your language, you may need to write it without the poetry.
  • Different languages use different poetic devices. A poetic device that conveys elegance or emotion in a biblical language may be confusing or misunderstood in another language.
  • In some languages, using poetry for a particular part of the Bible would make it much more powerful.

Examples From the Bible

The Bible uses poetry for songs, teaching, and prophecy. Almost all of the books of the Old Testament have poetry in them and many of the books are completely made up of poetry.

… for you saw my affliction; you knew the distress of my soul. (Psalm 31:7b ULT)

This example of Parallelism has two lines that mean the same thing.

Yahweh, judge the nations; vindicate me, Yahweh, because I am righteous and innocent, Most High. (Psalm 7:8 ULT)

This example of parallelism shows the contrast between what David wants God to do to him and what he wants God to do to the unrighteous nations. (See Parallelism.)

Keep your servant also from arrogant sins; let them not rule over me. (Psalm 19:13a ULT)

This example of personification speaks of sins as if they could rule over a person. (See Personification.)

Oh, give thanks to Yahweh; for he is good,

 for his covenant faithfulness endures forever.  

 Oh, give thanks to the God of gods,  

 for his covenant faithfulness endures forever.  

 Oh, give thanks to the Lord of lords,  

 for his covenant faithfulness endures forever.  

(Psalm 136:1-3 ULT)

This example repeats the phrases “give thanks” and “his covenant faithfulness endures forever.”

Translation Strategies

If the style of poetry that is used in the source text would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here are some other ways of translating it.

(1) Translate the poetry using one of your styles of poetry.
(2) Translate the poetry using your style of elegant speech.
(3) Translate the poetry using your style of ordinary speech.

If you use poetry it may be more beautiful.

If you use ordinary speech it may be more clear.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

Blessed is the man who does not walk in the advice of the wicked, or stand in the pathway with sinners, or sit in the assembly of mockers. But his delight is in the law of Yahweh, and on his law he meditates day and night. (Psalm 1:1-2 ULT)

The following are examples of how people might translate Psalm 1:1-2.

(1) Translate the poetry using one of your styles of poetry. (The style in this example has words that sound similar at the end of each line.)

“Happy is the person not encouraged to sin, Disrespect for God he will not begin, To those who laugh at God he is no kin. God is his constant delight, He does what God says is right, He thinks of it all day and night.”

(2) Translate the poetry using your style of elegant speech.

This is the kind of person who is truly blessed: the one who does not follow the advice of wicked people nor stop along the road to speak with sinners nor join the gathering of those who mock God. Rather, he takes great joy in Yahweh’s law, and he meditates on it day and night.

(3) Translate the poetry using your style of ordinary speech.

The people who do not listen to the advice of bad people are really happy. They do not spend time with people who continually do evil things or join with those who do not respect God. Instead, they love to obey Yahweh’s law, and they think about it all the time.

Proverbs References:

1:19; 1:21; 11:15; 15:27; 21:26; 24:11; 25:9; 25:20; 30:18; 30:21; 30:24; 30:29; 31:intro

Possession

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Possession

Description

In English, the grammatical form that commonly indicates possession is also used to indicate a variety of relationships between people and objects or people and other people. In English, that grammatical relationship is shown by using the word “of,” by using an apostrophe and the letter “s”, or by using a possessive pronoun. The following examples are different ways to indicate that my grandfather owns a house.

  • the house of my grandfather
  • my grandfather ’s house
  • his house

Possession is used in Hebrew, Greek, and English for a variety of situations. Here are a few common situations that it is used for.

  • Ownership — Someone owns something.
  • The clothes of me - my clothes — The clothes that I own
  • Social Relationship — Someone has some kind of social relationship with another.
  • The mother of John — John’s mother - the woman who gave birth to John, or the woman who cared for John
  • A teacher of Israel - Israel’s teacher — a person who teaches Israel
  • Association — A particular thing is associated with a particular person, place, or thing.
  • The sickness of David - David’s sickness — the sickness that David is experiencing
  • the fear of the Lord — the fear that is appropriate for a human being to have when relating to the Lord
  • Contents — Something has something in it.
  • a bag of clothes — a bag that has clothes in it, or a bag that is full of clothes
  • Part and whole: One thing is part of another.
  • my head — the head that is part of my body
  • the roof of a house — the roof that is part of a house

In some languages there is a special form of possession, termed inalienable possession. This form of possession is used for things that cannot be removed from you, as opposed to things you could lose. In the examples above, my head and my mother are examples of inalienable possession (at least in some languages), while my clothes or my teacher would be alienably possessed. What may be considered alienable vs. inalienable may differ by language. In languages that mark the difference, the expression of inalienable possession and alienable possession will be different.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • You (the translator) need to understand the relationship between two ideas represented by the two nouns when one is in the grammatical relationship of possessing the other.
  • Some languages do not use grammatical possession for all of the situations that your source text Bible might use it for.

Examples From the Bible

Ownership — In the example below, the son owned the money.

The younger son … wasted his wealth by living recklessly. (Luke 15:13b)

Social Relationship — In the example below, the disciples were people who learned from John.

Then the disciples of John came to him. (Matthew 9:14a ULT)

Association — In the example below, the gospel is the message associated with Paul because he preaches it.

Remember Jesus Christ, raised from the dead, from the seed of David, according to my gospel, (2 Timothy 2:8 ULT)

Material — In the example below, the material used for making the crowns was gold.

On their heads were something like crowns of gold. (Revelation 9:7b)

Contents — In the example below, the cup has water in it.

For whoever gives you a cup of water to drink … will not lose his reward. (Mark 9:41 ULT)

Part of a whole — In the example below, the door was a part of the palace.

But Uriah slept at the door of the king’s palace. (2 Samuel 11:9a ULT)

Part of a group — In the example below, “us” refers to the whole group and “each one” refers to the individual members.

Now to each one of us grace has been given according to the measure of the gift of Christ. (Ephesians 4:7 ULT)

Events and Possession

Sometimes one or both of the nouns is an abstract noun that refers to an event or action. In the examples below, the abstract nouns are in bold print. These are just some of the relationships that are possible between two nouns when one of them refers to an event.

Subject — Sometimes the word after “of” tells who would do the action named by the first noun. In the example below, John baptized people.

The baptism of John, was it from heaven or from men? Answer me. (Mark 11:30)

In the example below, Christ loves us.

Who will separate us from the love of Christ? (Romans 8:35)

Object — Sometimes the word after “of” tells who or what something would happen to. In the example below, people love money.

For the love of money is a root of all kinds of evil. (1 Timothy 6:10a ULT)

Instrument — Sometimes the word after “of” tells how something would happen. In the example below, God would punish people by sending enemies to attack them with swords.

Then be afraid of the sword, because wrath brings the punishment of the sword. (Job 19:29a ULT)

Representation — In the example below, John was baptizing people who were repenting of their sins. They were being baptized to show that they were repenting. Their baptism represented their repentance.

John came, baptizing in the wilderness and preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins. (Mark 1:4 ULT)

Strategies for learning what the relationship is between the two nouns

(1) Read the surrounding verses to see if they help you to understand the relationship between the two nouns.
(2) Read the verse in the UST. Sometimes it shows the relationship clearly.
(3) See what the notes say about it.

Translation Strategies

If possession would be a natural way to show a particular relationship between two nouns, consider using it. If it would be strange or hard to understand, consider these.

(1) Use an adjective to show that one noun describes the other.
(2) Use a verb to show how the two are related.
(3) If one of the nouns refers to an event, translate it as a verb.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use an adjective to show that one noun describes the other.

On their heads were something like crowns of gold. (Revelation 9:7b)

“On their heads were gold crowns

(2) Use a verb to show how the two are related.

Whoever gives you a cup of water to drink … will not lose his reward. (Mark 9:41 ULT)

Whoever gives you a cup that has water in it to drink … will not lose his reward.

Wealth is worthless on the day of wrath. (Proverbs 11:4a ULT)

Wealth is worthless on the day when God shows his wrath.
or:
Wealth is worthless on the day when God punishes people because of his wrath.

(3) If one of the nouns refers to an event, translate it as a verb. (In the example below, there are two possession relationships, “punishment of Yahweh” and “your God.”)

Notice that I am not speaking to your children, who have not known or seen the punishment of Yahweh your God. (Deuteronomy 11:2a ULT)

Notice that I am not speaking to your children who have not known or seen how Yahweh, the God whom you worship, punished the people of Egypt.

You will only observe and see the punishment of the wicked. (Psalms 91:8 ULT)

You will only observe and see how Yahweh punishes the wicked.

You will receive the gift of the Holy Spirit. (Acts 2:38b ULT)

You will receive the Holy Spirit, whom God will give to you.

Pronouns — When to Use Them

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Pronouns — When to Use Them

Description

When we talk or write, we use pronouns to refer to people or things without always having to repeat the noun or name. Usually, the first time we refer to someone in a story, we use a descriptive phrase or a name. The next time we might refer to that person with a simple noun or by name. After that we might refer to him simply with a pronoun as long as we think that our listeners will be able to understand easily to whom the pronoun refers.

Now there was a man from the Pharisees whose name was Nicodemus, a Jewish leader. This man came to Jesus at night. Jesus replied and said to him … (John 3:1, 2a, 3a ULT)

In John 3, Nicodemus is first referred to with noun phrases and his name. Then he is referred to with the noun phrase “this man.” Then he is referred to with the pronoun “him.”

Each language has its rules and exceptions to this usual way of referring to people and things.

  • In some languages, the first time something is referred to in a paragraph or chapter, it is referred to with a noun rather than a pronoun.
  • The main character is the person whom a story is about. In some languages, after a main character is introduced in a story, he is usually referred to with a pronoun. Some languages have special pronouns that refer only to the main character.
  • In some languages, marking on the verb helps people know who the subject is. (See Verbs.) In some of these languages, listeners rely on this marking to help them understand who the subject is. Speakers will use a pronoun, noun phrase, or proper name only when they want either to emphasize or to clarify who the subject is.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • If translators use a pronoun at the wrong time for their language, readers might not know about whom the writer is talking.
  • If translators too frequently refer to a main character by name, listeners of some languages might not realize that the person is a main character, or they might think that there is a new character with the same name.
  • If translators use pronouns, nouns, or names at the wrong time, people might think that there is some special emphasis on the person or thing to which it refers.

Examples From the Bible

The example below occurs at the beginning of a chapter. In some languages it might not be clear to whom the pronouns refer.

Then Jesus entered into the synagogue again, and there was a man who had a withered hand. Some people watched him closely to see if he would heal him on the Sabbath so that they might accuse him. (Mark 3:1-2 ULT)

In the example below, two men are named in the first sentence. It might not be clear whom “he” in the second sentence refers to.

Now after some days had passed, King Agrippa and Bernice came down to Caesarea to pay their respects to Festus. After he had been there for many days, Festus presented to the king the things concerning Paul. (Acts 25:13-14)

Jesus is the main character of the book of Matthew, but in the verses below he is referred to four times by name. This may lead speakers of some languages to think that Jesus is not the main character. Or it might lead them to think that there is more than one person named Jesus in this story. Or it might lead them to think that there is some kind of emphasis on him, even though there is no emphasis.

At that time Jesus went on the Sabbath day through the grainfields. His disciples were hungry and began to pluck heads of grain and eat them. But when the Pharisees saw that, they said to Jesus, “See, your disciples do what is unlawful to do on the Sabbath.” But Jesus said to them, “Have you never read what David did, when he was hungry, and the men who were with him?” Then Jesus left from there and went into their synagogue. (Matthew 12:1-3,9 ULT)

Translation Strategies

(1) If it would not be clear to your readers to whom or to what a pronoun refers, use a name or a noun.
(2) If repeating a noun or name would lead people to think that a main character is not a main character, or that the writer is talking about more than one person with that name, or that there is some kind of emphasis on someone when there is no emphasis, use a pronoun instead.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If it would not be clear to your readers to whom or to what a pronoun refers, use a name or a noun.

Again he walked into the synagogue, and a man with a withered hand was there. Some Pharisees watched him to see if he would heal the man on the Sabbath. (Mark 3:1-2)

Again Jesus walked into the synagogue, and a man with a withered hand was there. Some Pharisees watched Jesus to see if he would heal the man on the Sabbath.

(2) If repeating a noun or name would lead people to think that a main character is not a main character, or that the writer is talking about more than one person with that name, or that there is some kind of emphasis on someone when there is no emphasis, use a pronoun instead.

At that time Jesus went on the Sabbath day through the grainfields. His disciples were hungry and began to pluck heads of grain and eat them. But when the Pharisees saw that, they said to Jesus, “See, your disciples do what is unlawful to do on the Sabbath.” But Jesus said to them, “Have you never read what David did, when he was hungry, and the men who were with him?” Then Jesus left from there and went into their synagogue. (Matthew 12:1-3,9 ULT)

This may be translated as:

At that time Jesus went on the Sabbath day through the grainfields. His disciples were hungry and began to pluck heads of grain and eat them. But when the Pharisees saw that, they said to him, “See, your disciples do what is unlawful to do on the Sabbath.” But he said to them, “Have you never read what David did, when he was hungry, and the men who were with him?” Then he left from there and went into their synagogue.

Proverbs

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Proverbs

Description

Proverbs are short sayings that give wise advice or teach something that is generally true about life. People enjoy proverbs because they give a lot of wisdom in few words. Proverbs in the Bible often use metaphor and parallelism. Proverbs should not be understood as absolute and unchangeable laws. Rather, proverbs offer general advice to a person about how to live his life.

Hatred stirs up conflicts, but love covers over all offenses. (Proverbs 10:12 ULT)

Here is another example from the book of Proverbs.

Look at the ant, you lazy person, consider her ways, and be wise. It has no commander, officer, or ruler, yet it prepares its food in the summer, and during the harvest it stores up what it will eat. (Proverbs 6:6-8 ULT)

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Each language has its own ways of saying proverbs. There are many proverbs in the Bible. They need to be translated in the way that people say proverbs in your language so that people recognize them as proverbs and understand what they teach.

Examples From the Bible

A good name is to be chosen over great riches,

and favor is better than silver and gold. (Proverbs 22:1 ULT)

This means that it is better to be a good person and to have a good reputation than it is to have a lot of money.

Like vinegar on the teeth and smoke in the eyes,

so is the sluggard to those who send him. (Proverbs 10:26 ULT)

This means that a lazy person is very annoying to those who send him to do something.

The way of Yahweh protects those who have integrity,

but it is destruction for the wicked. (Proverbs 10:29 ULT)

This means that Yahweh protects people who do what is right, but he destroys those who are wicked.

Translation Strategies

If translating a proverb literally would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider doing that. If not, here are some options:

(1) Find out how people say proverbs in your language, and use one of those ways.
(2) If certain objects in the proverb are not known to many people in your language group, consider replacing them with objects that people know and that function in the same way in your language.
(3) Substitute a proverb in your language that has the same teaching as the proverb in the Bible.
(4) Give the same teaching but not in a form of a proverb.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Find out how people say proverbs in your language, and use one of those ways.

A good name is to be chosen over great riches,

and favor is better than silver and gold. (Proverbs 22:1 ULT)

Here are some ideas for ways that people might say a proverb in their language.

It is better to have a good name than to have great riches,

and to be favored by people than to have silver and gold.

Wise people choose a good name over great riches,

and favor over silver and gold.

Try to have a good reputation rather than great riches.

Will riches really help you?

I would rather have a good reputation.

(2) If certain objects in the proverb are not known to many people in your language group, consider replacing them with objects that people know and that function in the same way in your language.

Like snow in summer or rain in harvest,

so a fool does not deserve honor. (Proverbs 26:1 ULT)

It is not natural for a cold wind to blow in the hot season or for it to rain in the harvest season;

And it is not natural to honor a foolish person.

(3) Substitute a proverb in your language that has the same teaching as the proverb in the Bible.

Do not boast about tomorrow,

for you do not know what a day may bring. (Proverbs 27:1a ULT)

Do not count your chickens before they hatch.

(4) Give the same teaching but not in a form of a proverb.

There is a generation that curses their father

and does not bless their mother.

There is a generation that is pure in their own eyes,

and yet they are not washed of their filth. (Proverbs 30:11-12 ULT)

People who do not respect their parents think that they are righteous,

and they do not turn away from their sin.

Proverbs References:

front:intro

Quote Markings

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Quote Markings

Description

Some languages use quotation marks to mark off direct quotes from the rest of the text. English uses the mark “ immediately before a quote and ” immediately after it.

  • John said, “I do not know when I will arrive.”

Quotation marks are not used with indirect quotes.

  • John said that he did not know when he would arrive.

When there are several layers of quotations inside of other quotations, it might be hard for readers to understand who is saying what. Alternating two kinds of quotation marks can help careful readers to keep track of them. In English, the outermost quotation has double quote marks, and the next quotation within it has single marks. If there is a third embedded quote, that quotation again has double quotation marks.

  • Mary said, “John said, ‘I do not know when I will arrive.’ ”
  • Bob said, “Mary told me, ‘John said, “I do not know when I will arrive.” ’ ”

Some languages use other kinds of quotation marks: Here are some examples: ‚ ‘ ’ „ “ ” ‹ › « » ⁊ — .

Examples From the Bible

The examples below show the kind of quotation markings used in the ULT.

A quotation with only one layer

A first layer direct quote has double quotation marks around it.

So the king replied, “That is Elijah the Tishbite.” (2 Kings 1:8b ULT)

Quotations with two layers

A second layer direct quote has single quotation marks around it. We have printed it and the phrase in bold type for you to see them clearly.

They asked him, “Who is the man who said to you, ‘Pick it up and walk’?” (John 5:12 ULT)

He sent two of the disciples, saying, “Go into the village ahead of you. As you enter, you will find a colt that has never been ridden. Untie it and bring it to me. If any one asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ you will say thus, ‘The Lord has need of it.’” (Luke 19:29b-31 ULT)

A quotation with three layers

A third layer direct quote has double quotation marks around it. We have printed it in bold type for you to see them clearly.

Abraham said, “Because I thought, ‘Surely there is no fear of God in this place, and they will kill me because of my wife.’ Besides, she is indeed my sister, the daughter of my father, but not the daughter of my mother; and she became my wife. When God caused me to leave my father’s house and travel from place to place, I said to her, ‘You must show me this faithfulness as my wife: At every place where we go, say about me, “He is my brother.”’” (Genesis 20:11-13 ULT)

A quotation with four layers

A fourth layer direct quote has single quotation marks around it. We have printed it in bold for you to see it clearly.

They said to him, “A man came to meet us who said to us, ‘Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, “Yahweh says this: ‘Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.’ ” ’ ” (2 Kings 1:6 ULT)

Quote Marking Strategies

Here are some ways you may be able to help readers see where each quote starts and ends so they can more easily know who said what.

(1) Alternate two kinds of quote marks to show layers of direct quotation. English alternates double quote marks and single quote marks.
(2) Translate one or some of the quotes as indirect quotes in order to use fewer quote marks, since indirect quotes do not need them. (See Direct and Indirect Quotations.)
(3) If a quotation is very long and has many layers of quotation in it, indent the main overall quote, and use quote marks only for the direct quotes inside of it.

Examples of Quote Marking Strategies Applied

(1) Alternate two kinds of quotation marks to show layers of direct quotation as shown in the ULT text below.

They said to him, “A man came to meet us who said to us, ‘Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, “Yahweh says this: ‘Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.’”’” (2 Kings 1:6 ULT)

(2) Translate one or more of the quotes as indirect quotes in order to use fewer quotation marks, since indirect quotes do not need them. In English, the word “that” can introduce an indirect quote. In the example below, everything after the word “that” is an indirect quote of what the messengers said to the king. Within that indirect quote, there are some direct quotes marked with double and single quotation marks.

They said to him, “A man came to meet us who said to us, ‘Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, “Yahweh says this: ‘Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.’”’” (2 Kings 1:6 ULT)

They told him that a man came to meet them who said to them, “Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, ‘Yahweh says this: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.”’”

(3) If a quotation is very long and has many layers of quotation in it, indent the main overall quote, and use quote marks only for the direct quotes inside of it.

They said to him, “A man came to meet us who said to us, ‘Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, “Yahweh says this: ‘Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.’”’” (2 Kings 1:6 ULT)

They said to him,

A man came to meet us who said to us, “Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, ‘Yahweh says this: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.”’”

Proverbs References:

6:10; 30:2; 31:2; 31:29

Reduplication

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Reduplication

Description

Writers and speakers in the Bible sometimes repeat the same word or forms of the same word. This is to increase the intensity, completeness, or certainty of the action that the word describes, or to otherwise increase the emotional impact of the word.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Some languages may not repeat words to increase the intensity, completeness, or certainty of an action, or they may not repeat words to increase the level of emotion that they communicate. In these cases, repeated words may appear to be a mistake or may indicate that the speaker is unable to speak correctly.

Examples From the Bible

To the woman he said, “To multiply I will multiply your pain and your childbearing…” (Genesis 3:16 ULT)

The speaker is repeating forms of the verb “multiply” in order to intensify the idea of multiplying.

To be circumcised he must be circumcised (Genesis 17:13)

The speaker is repeating forms of the verb “circumcise” in order to increase the certainty that this must happen.

Begin, possess, to possess his land (Deuteronomy 2:31 ULT)

Moses repeats the word “possess” to emphasize the completeness of the action of possessing the land.

My God, my God, why have you forsaken me? (Psalm 22:1 ULT)

The writer repeats “my God” to increase the level of emotion that he wants to communicate; he is crying out desperately to God.

“Fallen, fallen has Babylon the Great…” (Revelation 14:8 ULT)

The angel repeats the word “fallen” in order to show deep emotion in this lament for the ruined city of Babylon.

Translation Strategies

If repeating words would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, then do the same in your translation. If not, here are some other options:

(1) If your language would not repeat words to increase the intensity, completeness, or certainty of an action, then use a different word or phrase to add that meaning.
(2) If your language would not repeat words to increase emotional intensity, then use an emotional word to do that.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If your language would not repeat words to increase the intensity, completeness, or certainty of an action, then use a different word or phrase to add that meaning.

To the woman he said, “To multiply I will multiply your pain and your childbearing…” (Genesis 3:16 ULT)

To the woman he said, “I will greatly multiply your pain and your childbearing…”

To be circumcised he must be circumcised (Genesis 17:13 ULT)

He certainly must be circumcised
Or By all means, he must be circumcised

Begin, possess, to possess his land (Deuteronomy 2:31 ULT)

Begin to completely possess his land
Or Enter his land until you completely possess it

(2) If your language would not repeat words to increase emotional intensity, then use an emotional word to do that.

My God, my God, why have you forsaken me? (Psalm 22:1 ULT)

You are my God! Why, then, have you forsaken me?
Or My God, oh, why have you forsaken me?

“Fallen, fallen has Babylon the Great…” (Revelation 14:8 ULT)

“Alas, Babylon the Great has fallen!

Proverbs References:

20:14; 22:19; 23:5; 23:24; 31:4

Reflexive Pronouns

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Reflexive Pronouns

Description

All languages have ways of showing that the same person fills two different roles in a sentence. English does this by using reflexive pronouns. These are pronouns that refer to someone or something that has already been mentioned in a sentence. In English the reflexive pronouns are: “myself,” “yourself,” “himself,” “herself,” “itself,” “ourselves,” “yourselves,” and “themselves.” In English, these pronouns can also be used to emphasize the person to whom they refer. Other languages may have other ways to do both of these things.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

  • Languages have different ways of showing that the same person fills two different roles in a sentence. For those languages, translators will need to know how to translate the English reflexive pronouns.
  • The reflexive pronouns in English also have other functions.

Uses of Reflexive Pronouns

  • To show that the same person or things fills two different roles in a sentence
  • To emphasize a person or thing in the sentence
  • To show that someone or something did something alone or was alone

Examples From the Bible

To show that the same person or thing fills two different roles in a sentence

If I testify about myself, my testimony is not true. (John 5:31 ULT)

Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many went up to Jerusalem from the country before the Passover in order to purify themselves. (John 11:55 ULT)

To emphasize a person or thing in the sentence

Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were. (John 4:2 ULT)

So they left the crowd, taking Jesus with them, just as he was, in the boat. There also were other boats with him. Then a violent windstorm arose and the waves were breaking into the boat so that the boat was already full of water. But Jesus himself was in the stern, asleep on the cushion. (Mark 4:36-38a ULT)

Then Festus answered that Paul was being held at Caesarea but that he himself was about to depart soon. (Acts 25:4 ULT)

To show that someone did something alone, or that something was alone

When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again up the mountain by himself. (John 6:15 ULT)

He saw the linen cloths lying there and the cloth that had been on his head. It was not lying with the linen cloths but was folded up in a place by itself. (John 20:6b-7 ULT)

Translation Strategies

If a reflexive pronoun would have the same function in your language, consider using it. If not, here are some other strategies.

(1) In some languages people put something on the verb to show that the object of the verb is the same as the subject.
(2) In some languages people emphasize a certain person or thing by referring to it in a special place in the sentence.
(3) In some languages people emphasize a certain person or thing by adding something to that word or putting another word with it.
(4) In some languages people show that someone did something alone by using a word like “alone.”
(5) In some languages people show that something was alone by using a phrase that tells about where it was.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) In some languages people modify the verb to show that the object of the verb is the same as the subject.

If I testify about myself, my testimony is not true. (John 5:31)

“If I self-testify, my testimony is not true.”

Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many went up to Jerusalem from the country before the Passover in order to purify themselves. (John 11:55)

“Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many went up to Jerusalem out from country before the Passover in order to self-purify.”

(2) In some languages people emphasize a certain person or thing by referring to it in a special place in the sentence.

He himself took our sickness and bore our diseases. (Matthew 8:17 ULT)

The one who took our sickness and bore our diseases was Jesus.”

Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were. (John 4:2)

It was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples.”

(3) In some languages people emphasize a certain person or thing by adding something to that word or putting another word with it.

But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do. (John 6:6)

But Jesus said this to test Philip, for, as for him, he knew what he was going to do.

Then Festus answered that Paul was being held at Caesarea but that he himself was about to depart soon. (Acts 25:4 ULT)

Then Festus answered that Paul was being held at Caesarea but that, for his part, he was about to depart soon.

(4) In some languages people show that someone did something alone by using a word like “alone.”

When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again up the mountain by himself. (John 6:15)

“When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again alone up the mountain.”

(5) In some languages people show that something was alone by using a phrase that tells about where it was.

He saw the linen cloths lying there and the cloth that had been on his head. It was not lying with the linen cloths but was folded up in a place by itself. (John 20:6b-7 ULT)

“He saw the linen cloths lying there and the cloth that had been on his head. It was not lying with the linen cloths but was folded up and lying in it’s own place.”

Proverbs References:

3:34; 8:17; 11:28; 18:8; 23:11; 23:14; 23:28; 24:10; 24:32; 26:4; 28:26; 31:29; 31:30

Rhetorical Question

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Rhetorical Question

A rhetorical question is a question that a speaker asks when he is more interested in expressing his attitude about something than in getting information about it. Speakers use rhetorical questions to express deep emotion or to encourage hearers to think deeply about something. The Bible contains many rhetorical questions, often to express surprise, to rebuke or scold the hearer, or to teach. Speakers of some languages use rhetorical questions for other purposes as well.

Description

A rhetorical question is a question that strongly expresses the speaker’s attitude toward something. Often the speaker is not looking for information at all. Or, if he is asking for information, it is not usually the information that the question appears to ask for. The speaker is more interested in expressing his attitude than in getting information.

But those who stood by said, “Are you insulting the high priest of God?”(Acts 23:4 ULT)

The people who asked Paul this question were not asking if he was insulting God’s high priest. Rather, they used this question to accuse Paul of insulting the high priest.

The Bible contains many rhetorical questions. These rhetorical questions might be used for the purposes: of expressing attitudes or feelings, rebuking people, teaching something by reminding people of something they know and encouraging them to apply it to something new, or introducing something they want to talk about.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • Some languages do not use rhetorical questions; for them a question is always a request for information.
  • Some languages use rhetorical questions, but for purposes that are different or more limited than in the Bible.
  • Because of these differences between languages, some readers might misunderstand the purpose of a rhetorical question in the Bible.

Examples From the Bible

Do you not still rule the kingdom of Israel? (1 Kings 21:7b ULT)

Jezebel used the question above to remind King Ahab of something he already knew: he still ruled the kingdom of Israel. The rhetorical question made her point more strongly than if she had merely stated it, because it forced Ahab to admit the point himself. She did this in order to rebuke him for being unwilling to take over a poor man’s property. She was implying that, since he was the king of Israel, he had the power to take the man’s property.

Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number! (Jeremiah 2:32 ULT)

God used the question above to remind his people of something they already knew: a young woman would never forget her jewelry or a bride forget her veils. He then rebuked his people for forgetting him who is so much greater than those things.

But you, why do you judge your brother? And you also, why do you despise your brother? (Romans 14:10 ULT)

Paul used these rhetorical questions to rebuke the Romans for doing what they should not do.

Why did I not die when I came out from the womb? (Job 3:11a ULT)

Job used the question above to show deep emotion. This rhetorical question expresses how sad he was that he did not die as soon as he was born. He wished that he had not lived.

And how has this happened to me that the mother of my Lord would come to me? (Luke 1:43 ULT)

Elizabeth used the question above to show how surprised and happy she was that the mother of her Lord came to her.

Or what man is there among you, of whom his son will ask for a loaf of bread, but he will give him a stone? (Matthew 7:9 ULT)

Jesus used the question above to remind the people of something they already knew: a good father would never give his son something bad to eat. By introducing this point, Jesus could go on to teach them about God with his next rhetorical question:

Therefore, if you who are evil know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your Father who is in heaven give good things to those who ask him? (Matthew 7:11 ULT)

Jesus used this question to teach the people in an emphatic way that God gives good things to those who ask him.

What is the kingdom of God like, and what can I compare it to? It is like a mustard seed that a man took and threw into his garden … (Luke 13:18b-19a ULT)

Jesus used the question above to introduce what he was going to talk about. He was about to compare the kingdom of God to something. In this case, he compared the kingdom of God to a mustard seed.

Translation Strategies

In order to translate a rhetorical question accurately, first be sure that the question you are translating truly is a rhetorical question and is not an information question. Ask yourself, “Does the person asking the question already know the answer to the question?” If so, it is a rhetorical question. Or, if no one answers the question, did the person who asked it expect to receive an answer? If not, it is a rhetorical question.

When you are sure that the question is rhetorical, then be sure that you understand the purpose for the rhetorical question. Is it to encourage or rebuke or shame the hearer? Is it to bring up a new topic? Is it to express surprise or other emotion? Is it to do something else?

When you know the purpose of the rhetorical question, then think of the most natural way to express that purpose in the target language. It might be as a question, or a statement, or an exclamation.

If using the rhetorical question would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider doing so. If not, here are other options:

(1) Add the answer after the question.
(2) Change the rhetorical question to a statement or exclamation.
(3) Change the rhetorical question to a statement, and then follow it with a short question.
(4) Change the form of the question so that it communicates in your language what the original speaker communicated in his.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Add the answer after the question.

Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number! (Jeremiah 2:32 ULT)

Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? Of course not! Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number!

Or what man is there among you, of whom his son will ask for a loaf of bread, but he will give him a stone? (Matthew 7:9 ULT)

Or what man is there among you, of whom his son will ask for a loaf of bread, but he will give him a stone? None of you would do that!

(2) Change the rhetorical question to a statement or exclamation.

What is the kingdom of God like, and what can I compare it to? It is like a mustard seed. (Luke 13:18-19a ULT)

This is what the kingdom of God is like. It is like a mustard seed …

Are you insulting the high priest of God? (Acts 23:4b ULT) (Acts 23:4 ULT)

You should not insult God’s high priest!

Why did I not die when I came out from the womb? (Job 3:11a ULT)

I wish I had died when I came out from the womb!

And how has this happened to me that the mother of my Lord should come to me? (Luke 1:43 ULT)

How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to me!

(3) Change the rhetorical question to a statement, and then follow it with a short question.

Do you not still rule the kingdom of Israel? (1 Kings 21:7b ULT)

You still rule the kingdom of Israel, do you not?

(4) Change the form of the question so that it communicates in your language what the orignal speaker communicated in his.

Or what man is there among you, of whom his son will ask for a loaf of bread, but he will give him a stone? (Matthew 7:9 ULT)

If your son asks you for a loaf of bread, would you give him a stone?

Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number! (Jeremiah 2:32 ULT)

What virgin would forget her jewelry, and what bride would forget her veils? Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number!

But you, why do you judge your brother? And you also, why do you despise your brother? (Romans 14:10 ULT)

Do you think it is good to judge your brother? Do you think it is good to despise your brother?

Simile

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Simile

Description

A simile is a comparison of two things that are not normally thought to be similar. The simile focuses on a particular trait the two items have in common, and it includes the words “like,” “as,” or “than.”

When he saw the crowds, he had compassion for them, because they were troubled and discouraged, like sheep not having a shepherd. (Matthew 9:36)

Jesus compared the crowds of people to sheep without a shepherd. Sheep grow frightened when they do not have a good shepherd to lead them in safe places. The crowds were like that because they did not have good religious leaders.

See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves, so be as wise as the serpents and harmless as the doves. (Matthew 10:16 ULT)

Jesus compared his disciples to sheep and their enemies to wolves. Wolves attack sheep; Jesus’ enemies would attack his disciples.

For the word of God is living and active and sharper than any two-edged sword. (Hebrews 4:12a ULT)

God’s word is compared to a two-edged sword. A two-edged sword is a weapon that can easily cut through a person’s flesh. God’s word is very effective in showing what is in a person’s heart and thoughts.

Purposes of Simile

  • A simile can teach about something that is unknown by showing how it is similar to something that is known.
  • A simile can emphasize a particular trait, sometimes in a way that gets people’s attention.
  • Similes help form a picture in the mind or help the reader experience what he is reading about more fully.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • People may not know how the two items are similar.
  • People may not be familiar with both of the items being compared.

Examples From the Bible

Suffer hardship with me, as a good soldier of Christ Jesus. (2 Timothy 2:3 ULT)

In this simile, Paul compares suffering with what soldiers endure, and he encourages Timothy to follow their example.

Just as the lightning flashing from a place under the sky shines to another place under the sky, so will the Son of Man be. (Luke 17:24b ULT)

This verse does not tell how the Son of Man will be like the lightning. But in context we can understand from the verses before it that just as lighting flashes suddenly and everyone can see it, the Son of Man will come suddenly and everyone will be able to see him. No one will have to be told about it.

Translation Strategies

If people would understand the correct meaning of a simile, consider using it. If they would not, here are some strategies you can use:

(1) If people do not know how the two items are alike, tell how they are alike. However, do not do this if the meaning was not clear to the original audience.
(2) If people are not familiar with the item that something is compared to, use an item from your own culture. Be sure that it is one that could have been used in the cultures of the Bible. If you use this strategy, you may want to put the original item in a footnote.
(3) Simply describe the item without comparing it to another.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If people do not know how the two items are alike, tell how they are alike. However, do not do this if the meaning was not clear to the original audience.

See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves. (Matthew 10:16a ULT) — This compares the danger that Jesus’ disciples would be in with the danger that sheep are in when they are surrounded by wolves.

See, I send you out among wicked people and you will be in danger from them as sheep are in danger when they are among wolves.

For the word of God is living and active and sharper than any two-edged sword. (Hebrews 4:12a ULT)

For the word of God is living and active and more powerful than a very sharp two-edged sword.

(2) If people are not familiar with the item that something is compared to, use an item from your own culture. Be sure that it is one that could have been used in the cultures of the Bible. If you use this strategy, you may want to put the original item in a footnote.

See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves, (Matthew 10:16a ULT) — If people do not know what sheep and wolves are, or that wolves kill and eat sheep, you could use some other animal that kills another.

See, I send you out as chickens in the midst of wild dogs.

How often did I long to gather your children together, just as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings, but you were not willing! (Matthew 23:37b ULT)

How often I wanted to gather your children together, as a mother closely watches over her infants, but you refused!

If you have faith as a grain of mustard … (Matthew 17:20)

If you have faith even as small as a tiny seed,

(3) Simply describe the item without comparing it to another.

See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves. (Matthew 10:16a ULT)

See, I send you out among people who will want to harm you.

How often did I long to gather your children together, just as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings, but you were not willing! (Matthew 23:37b ULT)

How often I wanted to protect you, but you refused!

Statements — Other Uses

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Statements — Other Uses

Description

Normally statements are used to give information. Sometimes they are used in the Bible for other functions.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Some languages would not use a statement for some of the functions that statements are used for in the Bible.

Examples From the Bible

Statements are normally used to give information. All of the sentences in John 1:6-8 below are statements, and their function is to give information.

There was a man who was sent from God, whose name was John. He came as a witness in order to testify about the light, that all might believe through him. John was not the light, but came that he might testify about the light. (John 1:6-8 ULT)

A statement can also be used as a command to tell someone what to do. In the examples below, the high priest used statements with the verb “will” to tell people what to do.

He commanded them, saying, “This is what you must do. A third of you who come on the Sabbath will keep watch over the king’s house, and a third will be at the Sur Gate, and a third at the gate behind the guardhouse.” (2 Kings 11:5 ULT)

A statement can also be used to give instructions. The speaker below was not just telling Joseph about something Joseph would do in the future; he was telling Joseph what he needed to do.

She will give birth to a son, and you will call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins. (Matthew 1:21 ULT)

A statement can also be used to make a request. The man with leprosy was not just saying what Jesus was able to do. He was also asking Jesus to heal him.

Behold, a leper came to him and bowed before him, saying, “Lord, if you are willing, you are able to make me clean.” (Matthew 8:2 ULT)

A statement can also be used to perform something. By telling Adam that the ground was cursed because of him, God actually cursed it.

cursed is the ground because of you; (Genesis 3:17b ULT)

By telling a man that his sins were forgiven, Jesus forgave the man’s sins.

When Jesus saw their faith, he said to the paralyzed man, “Son, your sins are forgiven.” (Mark 2:5 ULT)

Translation Strategies

(1) If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, use a sentence type that would express that function.
(2) If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, add a sentence type that would express that function.
(3) If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, use a verb form that would express that function.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, use a sentence type that would express that function.

She will give birth to a son, and you will call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins. (Matthew 1:21 ULT)

The phrase “you will call his name Jesus” is an instruction. It can be translated using the sentence type of a normal instruction.

She will give birth to a son. Name him Jesus, because he will save his people from their sins.

(2) If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, add a sentence type that would express that function.

Lord, if you are willing, you are able to make me clean. (Matthew 8:2 ULT)

The function of “you are able” is to make a request. In addition to the statement, a request can be added.

Lord, you are able to make me clean. If you are willing, please do so.
OR:
Lord, if you are willing, please heal me. I know that you are able to do so.

(3) If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, use a verb form that would express that function.

She will give birth to a son, and you will call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins. (Matthew 1:21 ULT)

She will give birth to a son, and you must call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins.

Son, your sins are forgiven. (Mark 2:5 ULT)

Son, I forgive your sins.
OR:
Son, God hereby forgives your sins.

Proverbs References:

2:20; 23:25; 23:26; 24:27

Symbolic Action

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Symbolic Action

Description

A symbolic action is something that someone does in order to express a certain idea. For example, in some cultures people nod their heads up and down to mean “yes” or turn their heads from side to side to mean “no.” Symbolic actions do not mean the same things in all cultures. In the Bible, sometimes people perform symbolic actions and sometimes they only refer to the symbolic action.

Examples of symbolic actions

  • In some cultures people shake hands when they meet to show that they are willing to be friendly.
  • In some cultures people bow when they meet to show respect to each other.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

An action may have a meaning in one culture and a different meaning or no meaning at all in another culture. For example, in some cultures raising the eyebrows means “I am surprised” or “What did you say?” In other cultures it means “yes.”

In the Bible, people did things that had certain meanings in their culture. When we read the Bible, we might not understand what someone meant if we interpret the action based on what it means in our own culture today.

You (the translator) need to understand what people in the Bible meant when they used symbolic actions. If an action does not mean the same thing in your own culture, then you need to figure out how to translate what the action meant.

Examples From the Bible

And behold, a man came whose name was Jairus, and he was a ruler of the synagogue. And falling at the feet of Jesus, he begged him to come to his house. (Luke 8:41 ULT)

Meaning of symbolic action: He did this to show great respect to Jesus.

Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking. If anyone hears my voice and opens the door, I will come into him and will eat with him, and he with me. (Revelation 3:20 ULT)

Meaning of symbolic action: When people wanted someone to welcome them into their home, they stood at the door and knocked on it.

Translation Strategies

If people would correctly understand what a symbolic action meant to the people in the Bible, consider using it. If not, here are some strategies for translating it.

(1) Tell what the person did and why he did it.
(2) Do not tell what the person did, but tell what he meant.
(3) Use an action from your own culture that has the same meaning. Do this only in poetry, parables, and sermons. Do not do this when there actually was a person who did a specific action.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Tell what the person did and why he did it.

And falling at the feet of Jesus (Luke 8:41 ULT)

Jairus fell down at Jesus’ feet in order to show that he greatly respected him.

Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking. (Revelation 3:20 ULT)

Look, I stand at the door and knock on it, asking you to let me in.

(2) Do not tell what the person did, but tell what he meant.

And falling at the feet of Jesus (Luke 8:41 ULT)

Jairus showed Jesus great respect.

Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking. (Revelation 3:20 ULT)

Look, I stand at the door and ask you to let me in.

(3) Use an action from your own culture that has the same meaning.

And falling at the feet of Jesus (Luke 8:41 ULT) — Since Jairus actually did this, you should not substitute an action from your own culture.

Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking. (Revelation 3:20 ULT) — Jesus was not standing at a real door. Rather he was speaking about wanting to have a relationship with people. So in cultures where it is polite to clear one’s throat when wanting to be let into a house, you could use that.

Look, I stand at the door and clear my throat.

Proverbs References:

6:1; 6:13; 10:10; 11:15; 14:19; 16:30; 24:26; 27:6; 31:28

Synecdoche

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Synecdoche

Description

Synecdoche is a figure of speech in which a speaker uses a part of something to refer to the whole thing, or uses the whole to refer to a part.

My soul magnifies the Lord. (Luke 1:46b ULT)

Mary was was very happy about what the Lord was doing, so she said “my soul,” which means the inner, emotional part of herself, to refer to her whole self.

So the Pharisees said to him, “Look, why are they doing that which is not lawful?” (Mark 2:24a ULT)

The Pharisees who were standing there did not all say the same words at the same time. Instead, it is more likely that one man representing the group said those words.

Reasons This Is a Translation Issue

  • Some readers may not recognize the synecdoche and thus misunderstand the words as a literal statement.
  • Some readers may realize that they are not to understand the words literally, but they may not know what the meaning is.

Example From the Bible

Then I looked on all the deeds that my hands had accomplished. (Ecclesiastes 2:11a ULT)

“My hands” is a synecdoche for the whole person because clearly the arms and the rest of the body and the mind were also involved in the person’s accomplishments. The hands are chosen to represent the person because they are the parts of the body most directly involved in the work.

Translation Strategies

If the synecdoche would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here is another option:

(1) State specifically what the synecdoche refers to.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) State specifically what the synecdoche refers to.

My soul magnifies the Lord.” (Luke 1:46b ULT)

I magnify the Lord.”

So the Pharisees said to him … (Mark 2:24a ULT)

A representative of the Pharisees said to him …

Then I looked on all the deeds that my hands had accomplished. (Ecclesiastes 2:11a ULT)

I looked on all the deeds that I had accomplished

Textual Variants

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Textual Variants

Description

Thousands of years ago, people wrote the books of the Bible. Other people then copied them by hand and translated them. They did this work very carefully, and over the years many people made thousands of copies. However, people who looked at them later saw that there were small differences between them. Some copiers accidentally left out some words, or some mistook one word for another that looked like it. Occasionally, they added words or even whole sentences, either by accident or because they wanted to explain something. Modern Bibles are translations of the old copies. Some modern Bibles include some of these sentences that were added. In the ULT, these added sentences are usually written in footnotes.

Bible scholars have read many old copies and compared them with each other. For each place in the Bible where there was a difference, they have figured out which wordings are most likely correct. The translators of the ULT based the ULT New Testament on wordings that scholars say are most likely correct. The ULT Old Testament is based on the Westminster Leningrad Codex, which is considered to be the best representative of the ancient copies. Because people who use the ULT may have access to Bibles that are based on other copies, the ULT translators have sometimes included information about some of the differences between them, either in the ULT footnotes or in the unfoldingWord® Translation Notes.

Translators are encouraged to translate the text in the ULT and to write about added sentences in footnotes, as is done in the ULT. However, if the local church really wants those sentences to be included in the main text, translators may put them in the text and include a footnote about them.

Examples From the Bible

Matthew 18:10-11 ULT has a footnote about verse 11.

10 See that you do not despise one of these little ones. For I say to you that in heaven their angels always look on the face of my Father who is in heaven. 11 [1]

[1] Many authorities, some ancient, insert v. 11: For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost.

John 7:53-8:11 is not in the best earliest copies. It has been included in the ULT, but it is marked off with square brackets ([ ]) at the beginning and end, and there is a footnote after verse 11.

53 [Then everyone went to his own house … 11 She said, “No one, Lord.” Jesus said, “Neither do I condemn you. Go and sin no more.”] [2]

[2] Some ancient manuscripts include John 7:53-8:11

Psalm 100:3 ULT follows the Westminster Leningrad Codex. It says:

Know that Yahweh, he {is} God; he, he made us, and not we,

There are some other ancient copies that say:

Know that Yahweh, he {is} God; he, he made us, and we are his,

There is an unfoldingWord® Translation Note at that place to tell the translator about this other reading and that either one is an acceptable choice.

Translation Strategies

When there is a textual variant, you may choose to follow the ULT or another version that you have access to.

(1) Translate the verses as they are in the ULT and include a footnote about the alternate reading such as the one that the ULT provides or one in the unfoldingWord® Translation Notes.

(2) Translate the verses as another version has them, and change the footnote so that it fits this situation.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

The translation strategies are applied to Mark 7:14-16 ULT, which has a footnote about verse 16.

14 He called the crowd again and said to them, “Listen to me, all of you, and understand. 15 There is nothing from outside the man that can defile him when it enters into him. But the things that come out of the man are the things that defile the man.” 16 [1]

[1] Some ancient manuscripts include verse 16: If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.

(1) Translate the verses as they are in the ULT and include the footnote that the ULT provides.

14 He called the crowd again and said to them, “Listen to me, all of you, and understand. 15 There is nothing from outside the man that can defile him when it enters into him. But the things that come out of the man are the things that defile the man.” 16 [1]

[1] Some ancient manuscripts include verse 16: If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.

(2) Translate the verses as another version has them, and change the footnote so that it fits this situation.

14 He called the crowd again and said to them, “Listen to me, all of you, and understand. 15There is nothing from outside the man that can defile him when it enters into him. But the things that come out of the man are the things that defile the man. 16 If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” [1]

[1] Some ancient manuscripts do not include verse 16.

Proverbs References:

7:22; 21:29; 31:4

Translate Unknowns

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Translate Unknowns

While working to translate the Bible, you (the translator) might find yourself asking: “How do I translate words like lion, fig tree, mountain, priest, or temple when people in my culture have never seen these things and we do not have a word for them?”

Description

Unknowns are things that occur in the source text that are not known to the people of your culture. The unfoldingWord® Translation Words pages and the unfoldingWord® Translation Notes will help you understand what they are. After you understand them, you will need to find ways to refer to those things so that people who read your translation will understand what they are.

They said to him, “We have nothing here except five loaves of bread and two fish.” (Matthew 14:17 ULT)

Bread is a particular food made by mixing finely crushed grains with oil, and then cooking the mixture so that it is dry. (Grains are the seeds of a kind of grass.) In some cultures people do not have bread and do not know what it is.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

  • Readers may not know some of the things that are in the Bible because those things are not part of their own culture.
  • Readers may have difficulty understanding a text if they do not know some of the things that are mentioned in it.

Translation Principles

  • Use words that are already part of your language if possible.
  • Keep expressions short if possible.
  • Represent God’s commands and historical facts accurately.

Examples From the Bible

So I will turn Jerusalem into piles of ruins, a hideout for jackals. (Jeremiah 9:11a ULT)

Jackals are wild animals like dogs that live in only a few parts of the world. So they are not known in many places.

Beware of false prophets, who come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravenous wolves. (Matthew 7:15 ULT)

If wolves do not live where the translation will be read, the readers may not understand that they are fierce, wild animals like dogs that attack and eat sheep.

They offered him wine mixed with myrrh, but he did not drink it. (Mark 15:23 ULT)

People may not know what myrrh is and that it was used as a medicine.

… to him who made great lights … (Psalm 136:7a ULT)

Some languages have terms for things that give light, like the sun and fire, but they have no general term for lights.

Your sins … will be white like snow. (Isaiah 1:18b ULT)

People in many parts of the world have not seen snow, but they may have seen it in pictures.

Translation Strategies

Here are ways you might translate a term that is not known in your language:

(1) Use a phrase that describes what the unknown item is, or what is important about the unknown item for the verse being translated.
(2) Substitute something similar from your language if doing so does not falsely represent a historical fact.
(3) Copy the word from another language, and add a general word or descriptive phrase to help people understand it.
(4) Use a word that is more general in meaning.
(5) Use a word or phrase that is more specific in meaning.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use a phrase that describes what the unknown item is, or what is important about the unknown item for the verse being translated.

Beware of false prophets, who come to you in sheep’s clothing, but are inwardly they are ravenous wolves. (Matthew 7:15 ULT)

Beware of false prophets, who come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are very hungry and dangerous animals.

“Ravenous wolves” is part of a metaphor here, so the reader needs to know that they are very dangerous to sheep in order to understand this metaphor. (If sheep are also unknown, then you will need to also use one of the translation strategies to translate sheep, or change the metaphor to something else, using a translation strategy for metaphors. See Translating Metaphors.)

“We have nothing here except five loaves of bread and two fish.” (Matthew 14:17 ULT)

We have nothing here except five loaves of baked grain seeds and two fish.

(2) Substitute something similar from your language if doing so does not falsely represent a historical fact.

Your sins … will be white like snow. (Isaiah 1:18b ULT) This verse is not about snow. It uses snow in a figure of speech to help people understand how white something will be.

Your sins … will be white like milk.

Your sins … will be white like the moon.

(3) Copy the word from another language, and add a general word or descriptive phrase to help people understand it.

Then they tried to give Jesus wine that was mixed with myrrh. But he refused to drink it. (Mark 15:23 ULT) — People may understand better what myrrh is if it is used with the general word “medicine.”

Then they tried to give Jesus wine that was mixed with a medicine called myrrh. But he refused to drink it.

“We have nothing here except five loaves of bread and two fish.” (Matthew 14:17 ULT) — People may understand better what bread is if it is used with a phrase that tells what it is made of (seeds) and how it is prepared (crushed and baked).

We have nothing here except five loaves of baked crushed seed bread and two fish.

(4) Use a word that is more general in meaning.

I will turn Jerusalem into piles of ruins, a hideout for jackals (Jeremiah 9:11a ULT)

I will turn Jerusalem into piles of ruins, a hideout for wild dogs

“We have nothing here except five loaves of bread and two fish.” (Matthew 14:17 ULT)

We have nothing here except five loaves of baked food and two fish.

(5) Use a word or phrase that is more specific in meaning.

… to him who made great lights … (Psalm 136:7a ULT)

to him who made the sun and the moon

Unusual Uses of the Plural

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Unusual Uses of the Plural

The biblical languages sometimes use plural forms to refer to single objects, ideas, or people.

Description

Using a plural form to refer to something singular is done to show an intensified feeling about the object, idea, or person, or to show that an object or idea is extraordinary in some way. Also, sometimes a person refers to himself or herself with a plural pronoun. If the person is a king or a leader in a high position, this is to show that the person is very important and represents many people. If the person is writing a letter, such as Paul in the New Testament, this is to do the opposite. It is to avoid referring directly to himself, to avoid any sense that he is boasting or drawing attention to himself.

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

Many languages do not use plural forms to refer to single objects, ideas, or people. In these languages, doing so would be both wrong and confusing. Instead, they need to use a singular form and express any intended intensification in another way.

Examples From the Bible

The tents of robbers prosper, and securities {are} to the provokers of God (Job 12:6 ULT)

Job is using the plural form securities to indicate that these provokers of God experience security to a supreme extent.

Now you had cast me deep into the heart of the seas (Jonah 2:3 ULT)

Jonah refers to the sea using the plural seas to intensify the idea of either the sea’s vastness or activity.

The letter that you sent to us has been carefully read aloud before me. (Ezra 4:18 ULT)

Artaxerxes, the king of Persia, refers to himself as us in response to a letter sent to him.

…through whom [Jesus] we received grace and apostleship for obedience of faith among all the Gentiles (Romans 1:5 ULT)

Since this letter is from Paul alone, it is likely that he is using the plural we to refer to himself.

Translation Strategies

If a plural form would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, consider these strategies.

(1) Use a singular form instead of the plural.
(2) If the plural is used to intensify the meaning, use a singular form with another word that intensifies it such as “very” or “great” or “many.”
(3) If the plural is used to intensify or emphasize the meaning, use one of your language’s ways of doing that.

Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use a singular form instead of the plural.

The letter that you sent to us has been carefully read aloud before me. (Ezra 4:18 ULT)

The letter that you sent to me has been carefully read aloud before me.

…through whom [Jesus] we received grace and apostleship for obedience of faith among all the Gentiles (Romans 1:5 ULT)

…through whom [Jesus] I received grace and apostleship for obedience of faith among all the Gentiles

(2) If the plural is used to intensify or emphasize the meaning, use a singular form with another word that intensifies it such as “very” or “great” or “many.”

The tents of robbers prosper, and securities {are} to the provokers of God (Job 12:6 ULT)

The tents of robbers prosper, and great security {is} to the provokers of God

Now you had cast me deep into the heart of the seas (Jonah 2:3 ULT)

Now you had cast me deep into the heart of the great sea

(3) If the plural is used to intensify or emphasize the meaning, use one of your language’s ways of doing that.

The tents of robbers prosper, and securities {are} to the provokers of God (Job 12:6 ULT)

The tents of robbers prosper, and the provokers of God enjoy complete security

Now you had cast me deep into the heart of the seas (Jonah 2:3 ULT)

Now you had cast me deep into the heart of the raging sea

Proverbs References:

11:12

Verse Bridges

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: Verse Bridges

Description

In some cases, you will see in the unfoldingWord® Simplified Text (UST) that two or more verse numbers are combined, such as 17-18. This is called a verse bridge. This means that the information in the verses was rearranged so that the story or message could be more easily understood.

29 These were the clans of the Horites: Lotan, Shobal, Zibeon, and Anah, 30 Dishon, Ezer, Dishan: these are clans of the Horites, according to their clan lists in the land of Seir. (Genesis 36:29-30 ULT)

29-30 The people groups who were descendants of Hor lived in Seir land. The names of the people groups are Lotan, Shobal, Zibeon, Anah, Dishon, Ezer, and Dishan. (Genesis 36:29-30 UST)

In the ULT text, verses 29 and 30 are separate, and the information about the people living in Seir is at the end of verse 30. In the UST text, the verses are joined, and the information about them living in Seir is at the beginning. For many languages, this is a more logical order of information.

Examples From the Bible

Where the UST has a verse bridge, the ULT will have separate verses.

4-5 Yahweh our God will bless you in the land that he is giving to you. If you obey Yahweh our God and obey all the commandments that I am giving to you today, there will not be any poor people among you. (Deuteronomy 15:4-5 UST)

4 However, there should be no poor among you (for Yahweh will surely bless you in the land that he gives you as an inheritance to possess), 5 if only you diligently listen to the voice of Yahweh your God, to keep all these commandments that I am commanding you today. (Deuteronomy 15:4-5 ULT)

16-17 But Yahweh said to him, “I will not permit you to eat the fruit of the tree that will enable you to know what actions are good to do and what actions are evil to do. If you eat any fruit from that tree, on the day you eat it you will surely die. But I will permit you to eat the fruit of any of the other trees in the park.” (Genesis 2:16-17 UST)

16 Yahweh God commanded the man, saying, “From every tree in the garden you may freely eat. 17 But from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil you may not eat, for on the day that you eat from it, you will surely die.” (Genesis 2:16-17 ULT)

Translation Strategies

Order the information in a way that will be clear to your readers. If the order of information is clear as it is in the ULT, then use that order. But if the order is confusing or gives the wrong meaning, then change the order so that it is more clear.

(1) If you put information from one verse before information from an earlier verse, then combine the verses and put a hyphen between the two verse numbers.

See how to mark verses in translationStudio.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) If information from one verse is put before information from an earlier verse, then combine the verses and put the verse numbers before the first verse with a hyphen between them.

2 You must select three cities for yourself in the middle of your land that Yahweh your God is giving you to possess. 3 You must build a road and divide the borders of your land into three parts, the land that Yahweh your God is causing you to inherit, so that everyone who kills another person may flee there. (Deuteronomy 19:2-3 ULT)

2-3 You must divide into three parts the land that he is giving to you. Then select a city in each part. You must make good roads in order that people can get to those cities easily. Someone who kills another person can escape to one of those cities to be safe. (Deuteronomy 19:2-3 UST)

Proverbs References:

26:18-19

When Masculine Words Include Women

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: When Masculine Words Include Women

In the Bible, sometimes the words “men,” “brothers,” and “sons” refer only to men. At other times, those words include both men and women. In those places where the writer meant both men and women, you (the translator) need to translate it in a way that does not limit the meaning to men.

Description

In some languages a word that normally refers to men can also be used in a more general way to refer to both men and women. For example, the Bible sometimes says “brothers” when it refers to both brothers and sisters.

Also in some languages, the masculine pronouns “he” and “him” can be used in a more general way for any person if it is not important whether the person is a man or a woman. In the example below, the pronoun is “his,” but it is not limited to males.

A wise son makes his father rejoice
but a foolish son brings grief to his mother. (Proverbs 10:1 ULT)

Reason This Is a Translation Issue

  • In some cultures words like “man,” “brother,” and “son” can only be used to refer to men. If those words are used in a translation in a more general way, people will think that what is being said does not apply to women.
  • In some cultures, the masculine pronouns “he” and “him” can only refer to men. If a masculine pronoun is used, people will think that what is said does not apply to women.

Translation Principles

When a statement applies to both men and women, translate it in such a way that people will be able to understand that it applies to both.

Examples From the Bible

Now we want you to know, brothers, the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia. (2 Corinthians 8:1 ULT)

This verse is addressing the believers in Corinth, not only men, but men and women.

Then said Jesus to his disciples, “If anyone wants to follow me, he must deny himself, take up his cross, and follow me.” (Matthew 16:24 ULT)

Jesus was not speaking only of men, but of men and women.

Caution: Sometimes masculine words are used specifically to refer to men. Do not use words that would lead people to think that they include women. The words below are specifically about men.

Moses said, ‘If someone dies, not having children, his brother must marry his wife and have children for his brother.’ (Matthew 22:24 ULT)

Translation Strategies

If people would understand that that masculine words like “man,” “brother,” and “he” can include women, then consider using them. Otherwise, here are some ways for translating those words when they include women.

(1) Use a noun that can be used for both men and women.
(2) Use a word that refers to men and a word that refers to women.
(3) Use pronouns that can be used for both men and women.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

(1) Use nouns that can be used for both men and women.

The wise man dies just like the fool dies. (Ecclesiastes 2:16b ULT)

“The wise person dies just like the fool dies.”
“Wise people die just like fools die.”

(2) Use a word that refers to men and a word that refers to women.

For we do not want you to be uninformed, brothers, about the troubles that happened to us in Asia. (2 Corinthians 1:8) — Paul was writing this letter to both men and women.

“For we do not want you to be uninformed, brothers and sisters, about the troubles that happened to us in Asia.”

(3) Use pronouns that can be used for both men and women.

“If anyone wants to follow me, he must deny himself, take up his cross, and follow me.” (Matthew 16:24 ULT)

English speakers can change the masculine singular pronouns, “he,” “himself,” and “his” to plural pronouns that do not mark gender, “they,” “themselves,” and “their” in order to show that it applies to all people, not just men.

“If people want to follow me, they must deny themselves, take up their cross, and follow me.”

When to Keep Information Implicit

unfoldingWord® Translation Academy :: When to Keep Information Implicit

Description

Sometimes it is better not to state assumed knowledge or implicit information explicitly. This page gives some direction about when not to do this.

Translation Principles

  • If a speaker or author intentionally left something unclear, do not try to make it more clear.
  • If the original audience did not understand what the speaker meant, do not make it so clear that your readers would find it strange that the original audience did not understand.
  • If you need to explicitly state some assumed knowledge or implicit information, try to do it in a way that does not make your readers think that the original audience needed to be told those things.
  • Do not make implicit information explicit if it confuses the message or leads the reader to forget what the main point is.
  • Do not make assumed knowledge or implicit information explicit if your readers already understand it.

Examples From the Bible

From the eater came forth food;
and from the strong one came forth sweetness. (Judges 14:14 ULT)

This was a riddle. Samson purposely said this in a way that it would be hard for his enemies to know what it meant. Do not make it clear that the eater and the strong thing was a lion and that the sweet thing to eat was honey.

Jesus said to them, “Take heed and beware of the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” They reasoned among themselves saying, “It is because we did not take bread.” (Matthew 16:6-7 ULT)

Some possible implicit information here is that the disciples should beware of the false teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees. But Jesus’ disciples did not understand this. They thought that Jesus was talking about real yeast and bread. So it would not be appropriate to state explicitly that the word “yeast” here refers to false teaching. The disciples did not understand what Jesus meant until they heard what Jesus said in Matthew 16:11.

“How is it that you do not understand that I was not speaking to you about bread? Beware of the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” Then they understood that he was not telling them to beware of yeast in bread, but to beware of the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees. (Matthew 16:11-12 ULT)

Only after Jesus explained that he was not talking about bread did they realize that he was talking about the false teaching of the Pharisees. Therefore, it would be wrong to explicitly state the implicit information in Matthew 16:6.

Translation Strategies

Because we recommend that translators not change this kind of passage to make it more clear, this page does not have any translation strategies.

Examples of Translation Strategies Applied

Because we recommend that translators not change this kind of passage to make it more clear, this page does not have any translation strategies applied.

Proverbs References:

6:27; 6:28

unfoldingWord® Translation Words - Proverbs

v87

abomination, abominable

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: abomination, abominable

Definition:

The term “abomination” is used to refer to something that causes disgust or extreme dislike.

  • The Egyptians considered the Hebrew people to be an “abomination.” This means that the Egyptians disliked the Hebrews and did not want to associate with them or be near them.
  • Some of the things that the Bible calls “an abomination to Yahweh” include lying, pride, sacrificing humans, worship of idols, murder, and sexual sins such as adultery and homosexual acts.
  • In teaching his disciples about the end times, Jesus referred to a prophecy by the prophet Daniel about an “abomination of desolation” that would be set up as a rebellion against God, defiling his place of worship.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “abomination” could also be translated by “something God hates” or “something disgusting” or “disgusting practice” or “very evil action.”
  • Depending on the context, ways to translate the phrase “is an abomination to” could include “is greatly hated by” or “is disgusting to” or “is totally unacceptable to” or “causes deep disgust.”
  • The phrase “abomination of desolation” could be translated as “defiling object that causes people to be greatly harmed” or “disgusting thing that causes great sorrow.”

(See also: adultery, desecrate, desolate, false god, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0887, H6292, H8251, H8262, H8263, H8441, G09460

Proverbs References:

3:32; 6:16; 8:7; 11:1; 11:20; 12:22; 13:19; 15:8; 15:9; 15:26; 16:5; 16:12; 17:15; 20:10; 20:23; 21:27; 24:9; 26:25; 28:9; 29:27

Adam

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Adam

Definition:

Adam was the first person whom God created. He and his wife Eve were made in the image of God.

  • God formed Adam from dirt and breathed life into him.
  • Adam’s name sounds similar to the Hebrew word for “red dirt” or “ground.”
  • The name “Adam” is the same as the Old Testament word for “mankind” or “human being.”
  • All people are descendants of Adam and Eve.
  • Adam and Eve disobeyed God. This separated them from God and caused sin and death to come into the world.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: death, descendant, Eve, image of God, life)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 1:9 Then God said, “Let us make human beings in our image to be like us.”
  • 1:10 This man’s name was Adam. God planted a garden where Adam could live, and put him there to care for it.
  • 1:12 Then God said, “It is not good for man to be alone.” But none of the animals could be Adam’s helper.
  • 2:11 And God clothed Adam and Eve with animal skins.
  • 2:12 So God sent Adam and Eve away from the beautiful garden.
  • 49:8 When Adam and Eve sinned, it affected all of their descendants.
  • 50:16 Because Adam and Eve disobeyed God and brought sin into this world, God cursed it and decided to destroy it.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0120, G00760

adultery, adulterous, adulterer, adulteress

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: adultery, adulterous, adulterer, adulteress

Definition:

The term “adultery” refers to a sin that occurs when a married person has sexual relations with someone who is not that person’s spouse. Both of them are guilty of adultery. The term “adulterous” describes this kind of behavior or any person who commits this sin.

  • The term “adulterer” refers generally to any person who commits adultery.
  • Sometimes the term “adulteress” is used to specify that it was a woman who committed adultery.
  • Adultery breaks the promises that a husband and wife made to each other in their covenant of marriage.
  • God commanded the Israelites to not commit adultery.

Translation Suggestions:

  • If the target language does not have one word that means “adultery,” this term could be translated with a phrase such as “having sexual relations with someone else’s wife” or “being intimate with another person’s spouse.”
  • Some languages may have an indirect way of talking about adultery, such as “sleeping with someone else’s spouse” or “being unfaithful to one’s wife.” (See: euphemism)

(See also: commit, covenant, sexual immorality, faithful)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 13:6 “Do not commit adultery.”
  • 28:2 Do not commit adultery.
  • 34:7 “The religious leader prayed like this, ‘Thank you, God, that I am not a sinner like other men-such as robbers, unjust men, adulterers, or even like that tax collector.’”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5003, H5004, G34280, G34290, G34300, G34310, G34320

Proverbs References:

5:intro; 6:intro; 6:32; 7:intro; 30:20

adversary, enemy

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: adversary, enemy

Definition:

An “adversary” is a person (or group of people) who is opposed to someone else. The term “enemy” has a similar meaning.

  • Your adversary can be a person who tries to oppose or harm another person.
  • When two nations fight, each can be called an “adversary” of the other.
  • In the Bible, the devil is referred to as an “adversary” and an “enemy.”
  • The term “adversary” may be translated as “opponent” or “enemy,” but it suggests a stronger form of opposition.

(See also: Satan)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0341, H6146, H6887, H6862, H6965, H7790, H7854, H8130, H8324, G04760, G04800, G21890, G21900, G52270

Proverbs References:

16:7; 24:17

advice, advise, advisor, counsel, counselor, counsels

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: advice, advise, advisor, counsel, counselor, counsels

Definition:

The terms “counsel” and “advice” have the same meaning and refer to helping someone decide wisely about what to do in a certain situation. A wise “counselor” or “advisor” is someone who gives advice or counsel that will help a person make right choices.

  • Kings often have official advisors or counselors to help them decide important matters that affect the people they are ruling.
  • Sometimes the advice or counsel that is given is not good. Evil advisors may urge a king to take action or make a decree that will harm him or his people.
  • Depending on the context, “advice” or “counsel” could also be translated as “help in deciding” or “warnings” or “exhortations” or “guidance.”
  • The action, to “counsel” could be translated as to “advise” or to “make suggestions” or to “exhort.”
  • Note that “counsel” is a different word than “council,” which refers to a group of people.

(See also: exhort, Holy Spirit, wise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1697, H1847, H1875, H1884, H1907, H3272, H3289, H3982, H4156, H4431, H5475, H5779, H6440, H6963, H6098, H7592, H8458, G10110, G10120, G11060, G48230, G48250

Proverbs References:

1:25; 1:30; 3:32; 8:14; 11:14; 12:15; 12:20; 13:10; 15:22; 19:20; 19:21; 20:5; 20:18; 21:30; 22:20; 24:6; 27:9

afflict, affliction, distress

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: afflict, affliction, distress

Definition:

The term “afflict” means to cause someone distress or suffering. An “affliction” is the disease, emotional grief, or other disaster that results from this.

  • Sometimes God afflicted his people with sickness or other hardships with the intention for them to repent of their sins and turn back to him.
  • God caused afflictions or plagues to come on the people of Egypt because their king refused to obey God.
  • To “be afflicted with” means to suffer from some kind of distress, such as a disease, persecution, or emotional grief.
  • In some Old Testament contexts, the idea of “afflicting oneself” or “afflicting one’s soul” means to abstain from eating food.

Translation Suggestions:

  • To “afflict” someone could be translated as “cause someone to experience troubles” or “cause someone to suffer” or “cause suffering to come.”
  • A phrase like “afflict someone with leprosy” could be translated as “cause someone to be sick with leprosy.”
  • When a disease or disaster is sent to “afflict” people or animals, this could be translated as “cause suffering to.”
  • Depending on the context, the term “affliction” could be translated as “calamity” or “sickness” or “suffering” or “great distress.”
  • The phrase “afflicted with” could also be translated as “suffering from” or “sick with.”

(See also: leprosy, plague, suffer)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0205, H3013, H3905, H3906, H6031, H6039, H6040, H6041, H6862, H6869, H6887, H7451, H7489, G23460, G23470, G38040

Proverbs References:

11:8; 13:20; 14:21; 15:15; 16:19; 22:22; 30:14; 31:5; 31:9; 31:20

age, era, time

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: age, era, time

Definition:

Used in this sense the term “age” refers to a time period.

  • Other words used to express an extended period of time include “era” and “season.”
  • Jesus refers to “this age” as the present time when evil, sin, and disobedience toward God fill the earth.
  • There will be a future age when righteousness will reign in a new heaven and a new earth.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, the term “age” could be translated as “era” or “time period” or “time.”
  • The phrase “this present evil age” means “during this time right now when people are very evil.”
  • The phrase “end of the age” (used in Jesus’ words in Matthew 28:20) means “end of this period of history” or “end of this present age” and refers to the end of this present age at Jesus’ second coming.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2165, H6256, H6471, G21190, G21210, G22350, G25400, G35680, G41830, G42180, G44550, G51190, G55500, G55510, G56100

Proverbs References:

8:30; 15:23; 17:17

alien, foreigner, sojourn

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: alien, foreigner, sojourn

Definition:

The term “foreigner” refers to a person living in a country that is not his own. Another name for a foreigner is an “alien.” To sojourn is to live temporarily as a foreigner.

  • In the Old Testament, this term especially refers to anyone who came from a different people group than the people he was living among.
  • A foreigner is also a person whose language and culture is different from those of a particular region.
  • For example, when Naomi and her family moved to Moab, they were foreigners there. When Naomi and her daughter-in-law Ruth later moved to Israel, Ruth was called a “foreigner” there because she was not originally from Israel.
  • A sojourner is another word for a temporary foreign resident.
  • The apostle Paul told the Ephesians that before they knew Christ, they were “foreigners” to God’s covenant.
  • Sometimes “foreigner” is translated as “stranger,” but it should not refer only to someone who is unfamiliar or unknown.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0312, H0628, H0776, H1471, H1481, H1616, H2114, H3937, H4033, H5236, H5237, H6154, H8453, G02410, G02450, G05260, G09150, G18540, G35810, G39270, G39410

Proverbs References:

2:16; 5:10; 5:20; 6:24; 7:5; 20:16; 23:27; 27:2; 27:13

anguish

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: anguish

Definition:

The term “anguish” refers to severe pain or distress.

  • Anguish can be physical or emotional pain or distress.
  • Often people who are in extreme anguish will show it in their face and behaviors.
  • For example, a person in severe pain or anguish might grit his teeth or cry out.
  • The term “anguish” could also be translated as “emotional distress” or “deep sorrow” or “severe pain.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2342, H2470, H2479, H3708, H4164, H4689, H4691, H5100, H6695, H6862, H6869, H7267, H7581, G09280, G36000, G49280

Proverbs References:

1:27

archer

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: archer

Definition:

The term “archer” refers to a man who is skilled at using a bow and arrow as a weapon.

  • In the Bible, an archer is usually a soldier who uses a bow and arrow to fight in an army.
  • Archers were an important part of the Assyrian military force.
  • Some languages might have a term for this, such as “bow-man.”

(See also: Assyria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1167, H1869, H2671, H3384, H7198, H7199, H7228

Proverbs References:

26:10

arrogant, presumptuous

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: arrogant, presumptuous

Definition:

The term “arrogant” means proud, usually in an obvious, outward way.

  • An arrogant person will often boast about himself.
  • Being arrogant usually includes thinking that other people are not as important or talented as oneself.
  • People who do not honor God and who are in rebellion against him are arrogant because they do not acknowledge how great God is.

(See also: acknowledge, boast, proud)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1346, H1347, H2102, H2103, H6277, G02120, G54500

Proverbs References:

8:13

assembly, assemble, congregation, meeting, gather, community

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: assembly, assemble, congregation, meeting, gather, community

Definition:

The term “assembly” usually refers to a group of people who come together for some reason, often to discuss problems, give advice, or make decisions. An assembly can be a group that is organized in an official and somewhat permanent way, or it can be a group of people who come together temporarily for a specific purpose or occasion.

Old Testament

  • In the Old Testament there was a special kind of assembly called a “sacred assembly” in which the people of Israel would gather to worship Yahweh.
  • Sometimes the term “assembly” referred to the Israelites in general, as a group.

New Testament

  • In the New Testament, an assembly of 70 Jewish leaders in major cities such as Jerusalem would meet to judge legal matters and to settle disputes between people. This assembly was known as the “Sanhedrin” or the “Council.”

Translation Suggestions

  • Depending on the context, “assembly” could also be translated as “special gathering” or “congregation” or “council” or “army” or “large group.”
  • When the term “assembly” refers generally to the Israelites as a whole, it could also be translated as “community” or “people of Israel.”
  • The phrase, “all the assembly” could be translated as “all the people” or “the whole group of Israelites” or “everyone.” (See: hyperbole)
  • A large gathering of enemy soldiers was sometimes also referred to as an “assembly.” This could be translated as “army.”

(See also: council)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0622, H1481, H2199, H3259, H4150, H4186, H4744, H5475, H5712, H6116, H6908, H6950, H6951, H6952, G15770, G38310, G48630, G48640, G48710, G49050

Proverbs References:

5:14; 21:16; 26:26

avenge, avenger, revenge, vengeance

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: avenge, avenger, revenge, vengeance

Definition:

To “avenge” or “take revenge” or “execute vengeance” is to punish someone in order to pay him back for the harm he did. The act of avenging or taking revenge is “vengeance.”

  • Usually “avenge” implies an intent to see justice done or to right a wrong,
  • When referring to people, the expression “take revenge” or “get revenge” usually involves wanting to get back at the person who did the harm.
  • When God “takes vengeance” or “executes vengeance,” he is acting in righteousness because he is punishing sin and rebellion.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The expression to “avenge” could also be translated as to “right a wrong” or to “get justice for.”
  • When referring to human beings, to “take revenge” could be translated as “pay back” or “hurt in order to punish” or “get back at.”
  • Depending on the context, “vengeance” could be translated as “punishment” or “punishment of sin” or “payment for wrongs done.” If a word meaning “retaliation” is used, this would apply to human beings only.
  • When God says, “take my vengeance,” this could be translated by “punish them for wrongs done against me” or “cause bad things to happen because they have sinned against me.”
  • When referring to God’s vengeance, make sure it is clear that God is right in his punishment of sin.

(See also: punish, just, righteous)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1350, H3467, H5358, H5359, H5360, H8199, G15560, G15570, G15580, G37090

Proverbs References:

6:34

barren, dry

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: barren, dry

Definition:

To be “barren” means to not be fertile or fruitful.

  • Soil or land that is barren is not able to produce any plants.
  • A woman who is barren is one who is physically unable to conceive or bear a child.

Translation Suggestions:

  • When “barren” is used to refer to land, it could be translated as “not fertile” or “unfruitful” or “without plants.”
  • When it is referring to a barren woman, it could be translated as “childless” or “not able to bear children” or “unable to conceive a child.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4420, H6115, H6135, H6723, H7921, G06920, G47230

Proverbs References:

30:16

bear

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: bear

Definition:

A bear is a large, four-legged furry animal with dark brown or black hair, with sharp teeth and claws. Bears were common in Israel during Bible times.

  • These animals live in forests and mountain areas; they eat fish, insects, and plants.
  • In the Old Testament, the bear is used as a symbol of strength.
  • While tending sheep, the shepherd David fought a bear and defeated it.
  • Two bears came out of the forest and attacked a group of youths who had mocked the prophet Elisha.

(See also: David, Elisha)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1677, G07150

Proverbs References:

17:12; 28:15

bear, bearer, bore, borne, produce, produced

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: bear, bearer, bore, borne, produce, produced

Definition:

Used in this sense, the term “bear” means to “produce” or “give birth to.”

  • A common expression in the Bible is “bear fruit,” which means “produce fruit”
  • When speaking of a woman who will bear a child, this means “give birth to” a child
  • Depending on context, this term could be translated as “produce” or “give birth to.”

(Translation suggestions: fruit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3205, H3209, H3211, H5375, G01420, G03990, G04300, G09410, G10800, G41600, G47220, G50410, G50880, G53420, G54090

Proverbs References:

9:12; 17:17; 17:25; 23:25; 30:21

beast

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: beast

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “beast” is often just another way of saying “animal.”

  • A wild beast is a type of animal that lives freely in the forest or fields and has not been trained by people.
  • A domestic beast is an animal that lives with people and is kept for food or for performing work, such as plowing fields. Often the term “livestock” is used to refer to this kind of animal.
  • The Old Testament book of Daniel and the New Testament book of Revelation describe visions which have beasts that represent evil powers and authorities that oppose God. (See: Metaphor)
  • Some of these beasts are described as having strange features, such as several heads and many horns. They often have power and authority, indicating that they may represent countries, nations, or other political powers.
  • Ways to translate this could include “creature” or “created thing” or “animal” or “wild animal,” depending on the context.

(See also: authority, Daniel, livestock, nation, power, reveal, Beelzebul)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0338, H0929, H1165, H2123, H2416, H2423, H2874, H3753, H4806, H7409, G22260, G23410, G23420, G29340, G49680, G50740

Proverbs References:

30:30

beg, begging, begged

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: beg, begging, begged

Definition:

The term “beg” means to urgently ask someone for something.

  • Often people beg or plead when they strongly need something, but do not know if the other person will give them what they ask for.
  • Depending on the context, this term could be translated as “plead” or “urgently ask.”

(See also: plead)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 10:4 God sent frogs all over Egypt. Pharaoh begged Moses to take away the frogs.
  • 29:8 “The king called the servant and said, ‘You wicked servant! I forgave your debt because you begged me.’”
  • 32:7 The demons begged Jesus, “Please do not send us out of this region!” There was a herd of pigs feeding on a nearby hill. So, the demons begged Jesus, “Please send us into the pigs instead!”
  • 32:10 The man who used to have the demons begged to go along with Jesus.
  • 35:11 His father came out and begged him to come and celebrate with them, but he refused.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H7592, G12100, G18710, G20650, G38700, G43190, G43195

Proverbs References:

20:4

bind, bond, bound

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: bind, bond, bound

Definition:

The term “bind” means to tie something or fasten it securely. Something that is tied or joined together is called a “bond.” The term “bound” is the past tense of this term.

  • To be “bound” means to have something tied or wrapped around something else.
  • In a figurative sense, a person can be “bound” to a vow, which means he is “required to fulfill” what he promised to do.
  • The term “bonds” refers to anything that binds, confines, or imprisons someone. It usually refers to physical chains, fetters or ropes that keep a person from being free to move.
  • In Bible times, bonds such as ropes or chains were used to attach prisoners to the wall or floor of a stone prison.
  • The term “bind” can also be used to talk about wrapping cloth around a wound to help it heal.
  • A dead person would be “bound” with cloth in preparation for burial.
  • The term “bond” is used figuratively to refer to something, such as sin, that controls or enslaves someone.
  • A bond can also be a close relationship between people in which they support each other emotionally, spiritually and physically. This applies to the bond of marriage.
  • For example, a husband and wife are “bound” or tied to each other. It is a bond that God does not want broken.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “bind” could also be translated as “tie” or “tie up” or “wrap (around).”
  • Figuratively, it could be translated as to “restrain” or to “prevent” or to “keep from (something).”
  • A special use of “bind” in Matthew 16 and 18 means “forbid” or “not permit.”
  • The term “bonds” could be translated as “chains” or “ropes” or “shackles.”
  • Figuratively the term “bond” could be translated as “knot” or “connection” or “close relationship.”
  • The phrase “bond of peace” means “being in harmony, which brings people in closer relationship to each other” or “the tying together that peace brings.”
  • To “bind up” could be translated as “wrap around” or “put a bandage on.”
  • To “bind” oneself with a vow could be translated as “promise to fulfill a vow” or “commit to fulfill a vow.”
  • Depending on the context, the term “bound” could also be translated as “tied” or “tied up” or “chained” or “obligated (to fulfill)” or “required to do.”

(See also: fulfill, peace, prison, servant, vow)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0247, H0481, H0519, H0615, H0631, H0632, H0640, H1366, H1367, H1379, H2280, H2706, H3256, H3533, H3729, H4147, H4148, H4205, H4562, H5650, H5656, H5659, H6029, H6123, H6616, H6696, H6872, H6887, H7194, H7405, H7573, H7576, H8198, H8244, H8379, G02540, G03310, G03320, G11950, G11960, G11980, G11990, G12100, G13970, G13980, G14010, G14020, G26110, G26150, G37340, G37840, G38140, G40190, G40290, G43850, G48860, G48870, G52650

Proverbs References:

3:3; 6:21; 7:3; 22:15; 26:8

blameless

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: blameless

Definition:

The term “blameless” literally means “without blame.” It is used to refer to a person who obeys God wholeheartedly, but it does not mean that the person is sinless.

  • Abraham and Noah were considered blameless before God.
  • A person who has a reputation for being “blameless” behaves in a way that honors God.
  • According to one verse, a person who is blameless is “one who fears God and turns away from evil.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • This could also be translated as “with no fault to his character” or “completely obedient to God” or “avoiding sin” or “keeping away from evil.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5352, H5355, H8535, G02730, G02740, G02980, G02990, G03380, G04100, G04230

Proverbs References:

2:21; 11:5; 11:20; 13:6; 28:18; 29:10

bless, blessed, blessing

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: bless, blessed, blessing

Definition:

To “bless” someone or something means to cause good and beneficial things to happen to the person or thing that is being blessed.

  • Blessing someone also means expressing a desire for positive and beneficial things to happen to that person.
  • In Bible times, a father would often pronounce a formal blessing on his children.
  • When people “bless” God or express a desire that God be blessed, this means they are praising him.
  • The term “bless” is sometimes used for consecrating food before it is eaten, or for thanking and praising God for the food.

Translation Suggestions:

  • To “bless” could also be translated as to “provide abundantly for” or to “be very kind and favorable toward.”
  • “God has brought great blessing to” could be translated as “God has given many good things to” or “God has provided abundantly for” or “God has caused many good things to happen to”.
  • “He is blessed” could be translated as “he will greatly benefit” or “he will experience good things” or “God will cause him to flourish.”
  • “Blessed is the person who” could be translated as “How good it is for the person who.”
  • Expressions like “blessed be the Lord” could be translated as “May the Lord be praised” or “Praise the Lord” or “I praise the Lord.”
  • In the context of blessing food, this could be translated as “thanked God for the food” or “praised God for giving them food” or “consecrated the food by praising God for it.”

(See also: praise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 1:7 God saw that it was good and he blessed them.
  • 1:15 God made Adam and Eve in his own image. He blessed them and told them, “Have many children and grandchildren and fill the earth.”
  • 1:16 So God rested from all he had been doing. He blessed the seventh day and made it holy, because on this day he rested from his work.
  • 4:4 “I will make your name great. I will bless those who bless you and curse those who curse you. All families on earth will be blessed because of you.”
  • 4:7 Melchizedek blessed Abram and said, “May God Most High who owns heaven and earth bless Abram.”
  • 7:3 Isaac wanted to give his blessing to Esau.
  • 8:5 Even in prison, Joseph remained faithful to God, and God blessed him.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0833, H0835, H1288, H1289, H1293, G17570, G21270, G21280, G21290, G31060, G31070, G31080, G60500

bloodshed

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: bloodshed

Definition:

The term “bloodshed” refers to the death of human beings due to murder, war, or some other violent act.

  • This term literally means “shedding of blood,” which refers to when blood comes out of a person’s body from an open wound.
  • The term “bloodshed” is often used to refer to widespread killing of people.
  • It is also used as a general reference to the sin of murder.

Translation Suggestions:

  • “The bloodshed” could be translated as “the killing of people” or “the many people who were killed.”
  • “Through bloodshed” could also be translated as “by killing people.”
  • “Innocent bloodshed” could be translated as “killing innocent people.”
  • “Bloodshed follows bloodshed” could be translated as “they keep killing people” or “the killing of people goes on and on” or “they have killed many people and continue to do that” or “people keep killing other people.”
  • Another figurative use, “bloodshed will pursue you,” could be translated as “your people will continue to experience bloodshed” or “your people will keep being killed” or “your people will continue to be at war with other nations and people will keep dying.”

(See also: blood; slaughter)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1818

Proverbs References:

29:10

blot out, wipe out

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: blot out, wipe out

Definition:

The terms “blot out” and “wipe out” are expressions that mean to completely remove or destroy something or someone.

  • These expressions can be used in a positive sense, as when God “blots out” sins by forgiving them and choosing not to remember them.
  • It is also often used in a negative sense, as when God “blots out” or “wipes out” a people group, destroying them because of their sin.
  • The Bible talks about a person’s name being “blotted out” or “wiped out” of God’s Book of Life, which means that the person will not receive eternal life.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, these expressions could be translated as “get rid of” or “remove” or “completely destroy” or “completely remove.”
  • When referring to blotting someone’s name out of the Book of Life, this could be translated as “removed from” or “erased.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4229, H8045, G18130

Proverbs References:

6:33; 31:3

bow and arrow, a bow

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: bow and arrow, a bow

Definition:

This is a type of weapon that consists of shooting arrows from a stringed bow. In Bible times it was used for fighting against enemies and for killing animals for food.

  • The bow is made out of wood, bone, metal, or other hard material, such as a deer’s antler. It has a curved shape and is strung tightly with a string, cord, or vine. When not in use the bow string would not be attached to both ends of the bow so that the bow was not under the pressure of being bent all the time. When preparing to fight a warrior would bend the bow and attach the string to both ends.
  • An arrow is a thin shaft with a sharp, pointed head on one end. In ancient times, the arrows could be made of a variety of materials such as wood, bone, stone, or metal.
  • Bows and arrows are commonly used by hunters and warriors.
  • The term “arrow” is also sometimes used figuratively in the Bible to refer to enemy attacks or divine judgment.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2671, H7198, G51150

Proverbs References:

7:23; 25:18; 26:18

bow, bow down, kneel, bend, bend the knee

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: bow, bow down, kneel, bend, bend the knee

Definition:

To bow means to bend over to humbly express respect and honor toward someone. To “bow down” means to bend over or kneel down very low, often with face and hands toward the ground.

  • Other expressions include “bow the knee” (meaning to kneel) and “bow the head” (meaning to bend the head forward in humble respect or in sorrow).
  • Bowing down can also be a sign of distress or mourning. Someone who is “bowed down” has been brought to a low position of humility.
  • Often a person will bow in the presence of someone who is of higher status or greater importance, such as kings and other rulers.
  • Bowing down before God is an expression of worship to him.
  • In the Bible, people bowed down to Jesus when they realized from his miracles and teaching that he had come from God.
  • The Bible says that when Jesus comes back someday, everyone will bow the knee to worship him.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, this term could be translated with a word or phrase that means “bend forward” or “bend the head” or “kneel.”
  • The term “bow down” could be translated as “kneel down” or “prostrate oneself.”
  • Some languages will have more than one way of translating this term, depending on the context.

(See also: humble, worship)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0086, H3721, H3766, H5753, H5791, H6915, H7743, H7812, H7817, G11200, G25780, G28270, G40980

Proverbs References:

14:19

bread

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: bread

Definition:

Bread is a food made from flour mixed with water and oil to form a dough. The dough is then shaped into a loaf and baked.

  • When the term “loaf” occurs by itself, it means “loaf of bread.”
  • Bread dough is usually made with something that makes it rise, such as yeast. However, bread can also be made without yeast so that it does not rise. This is called “unleavened bread” in the Bible. The ancient Israelites ate “unleavened bread” during the passover meal.
  • Since bread was the main food for many people in biblical times, this term is also used in the Bible to refer to food in general. (See: Synecdoche) Many times the term “bread” can be translated more generally as “food.”
  • The phrase “bread of the presence” refers to twelve loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God. These loaves represented the twelve tribes of Israel and were only for the priests to eat. This could be translated as “bread showing that God lived among them.”
  • The term “bread from heaven” refers to the special white food called “manna” that God provided for the Israelites when they were wandering through the desert. Jesus also called himself the “bread that came down from heaven” and the “bread of life.”

(See also: Passover, tabernacle, temple, unleavened bread, yeast)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2557, H3899, H4635, H4682, G01060, G07400, G42860

Proverbs References:

4:17; 6:8; 6:26; 9:5; 9:17; 12:9; 12:11; 20:13; 20:17; 22:9; 23:3; 23:6; 25:21; 28:3; 28:19; 28:21; 30:8; 30:22; 31:27

bribe, bribery, payoff, payoffs

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: bribe, bribery, payoff, payoffs

Definition:

To “bribe” means to give someone something of value, such as money, to influence that person to do something dishonest.

  • The soldiers who guarded Jesus’ empty tomb were bribed with money to lie about what happened.
  • Sometimes a government official will be bribed to overlook a crime or to vote a certain way.
  • The Bible forbids giving or taking bribes.
  • The term, “bribe” could be translated as “dishonest payment” or “payment for lying” or “price for breaking the rules.”
  • To “bribe” could be translated with a word or phrase that means, to “pay to influence (someone)” or to “pay to have a dishonest favor done” or to “pay for a favor.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3724, H4979, H7809, H7810, H7936, H7966, H8021, H8641, G52600

Proverbs References:

6:35; 15:27; 17:8; 17:23; 21:14

cast out, driving out, throw out

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: cast out, driving out, throw out

Definition:

To “cast out” or “drive out” someone or something means to force that person or thing to go away.

  • The term “cast” means the same thing as “throw.” To cast a net means to throw the net into the water.
  • In a figurative sense, “cast out” or “cast away” someone can mean to reject that person and send him away.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, other ways to translate this could include, “force out” or “send away” or “get rid of.”
  • To “cast out demons” could be translated as “cause the demons to leave” or “drive the evil spirits out” or “expel the demons” or “command the demon to come out.”
  • To “cast out” someone from a synagog or church could be translated as “banish them” or “put them out.”

(See also: demon, demon-possessed, lots)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1272, H1644, H1920, H3423, H7971, H7993, G15440

Proverbs References:

22:10

chosen, choose, chosen people, Chosen One, elect

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: chosen, choose, chosen people, Chosen One, elect

Definition:

The term “the elect” literally means “chosen ones” or “chosen people” and refers to those whom God has appointed or selected to be his people. “Chosen One” or “Chosen One of God” is a title that refers to Jesus, who is the chosen Messiah.

  • The term “choose” means to select something or someone or to decide something. It is often used to refer to God appointing people to belong to him and to serve him.
  • To be “chosen” means to be “selected” or “appointed” to be or do something.
  • God chose people to be holy, to be set apart by him for the purpose of bearing good spiritual fruit. That is why they are called “the chosen (ones)” or “the elect.”
  • The term “chosen one” is sometimes used in the Bible to refer to certain people such as Moses and King David whom God had appointed as leaders over his people. It is also used to refer to the nation of Israel as God’s chosen people.
  • The phrase “the elect” is an older term that literally means “the chosen ones” or “the chosen people.” This phrase in the original language is plural when referring to believers in Christ.
  • In older English Bible versions, the term “elect” is used in both the Old and New Testaments to translate the word for “chosen one(s).” More modern versions use “elect” only in the New Testament, to refer to people who have been saved by God through faith in Jesus. Elsewhere in the Bible text, they translate this word more literally as “chosen ones.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • It is best to translate “elect” with a word or phrase that means “chosen ones” or “chosen people.” This could also be translated as “people whom God chose” or “the ones God appointed to be his people.”
  • The phrase “who were chosen” could also be translated as “who were appointed” or “who were selected” or “whom God chose.”
  • “I chose you” could be translated as “I appointed you” or “I selected you.”
  • In reference to Jesus, “Chosen One” could also be translated as “God’s chosen One” or “God’s specially appointed Messiah” or “the One God appointed (to save people).”

(See also: appoint, Christ)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0970, H0972, H0977, H1262, H1305, H4005, H6901, G01380, G01400, G15860, G15880, G15890, G19510, G37240, G44000, G44010, G47580, G48990, G55000

Proverbs References:

22:1

cistern, well

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: cistern, well

Definition:

The terms “well” and “cistern” refer to two different kinds of sources for water in Bible times.

  • A well is a deep hole dug into the ground so that underground water can flow into it.
  • A cistern is a deep hole dug into rock that was used as a holding tank for collecting rain water.
  • Cisterns were usually dug into rock and sealed with plaster to keep the water in. A “broken cistern” happened when the plaster became cracked so that the water leaked out.
  • Cisterns were often located in the courtyard area of people’s homes to catch the rainwater that would run off the roof.
  • Wells were often located where they could be accessed by several families or a whole community.
  • Because water was very important for both people and livestock, the right to use a well was often a cause of strife and conflict.
  • Both wells and cisterns were usually covered with a large stone to prevent anything falling in it. Often there was a rope with a bucket or pot attached to it to bring the water up to the surface.
  • Sometimes a dry cistern was used as a place to imprison someone, such as happened to Joseph and Jeremiah.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways to translate “well” could include “deep water hole” or “deep hole for spring water” or “deep hole for drawing water.”
  • The term “cistern” could be translated as “stone water pit” or “deep and narrow pit for water” or “underground tank for holding water.”
  • These terms are similar in meaning. The main difference is that a well continually receives water from underground springs, whereas a cistern is a holding tank for water that usually comes from rain.

(See also: Jeremiah, prison, strife)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0875, H0883, H0953, H1360, H4599, H4726, H4841, G40770, G54210

Proverbs References:

5:15; 23:27

column, pillar

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: column, pillar

Definition:

The term “pillar” usually refers to a large vertical structure that is used to hold up a roof or other part of a building. Another word for “pillar” is “column.”

  • In Bible times, pillars used as support in buildings were normally carved from a single piece of stone.
  • When Samson in the Old Testament was captured by the Philistines, he destroyed their pagan temple by pushing the supporting pillars and causing the temple to collapse.
  • The word “pillar” sometimes refers to a large stone or boulder that is set up as a memorial to mark a grave or to mark the place where an important event happened.
  • It can also refer to an idol that was made to worship a false god. It is another name for a “carved image” and could be translated as “statue.”
  • The term “pillar” is used to refer to something that is shaped like a pillar, such as the “pillar of fire” that led the Israelites at night through the desert or the “pillar of salt” that Lot’s wife became after she looked back at the city.
  • As a structure supporting a building, the term “pillar” or “column” could be translated as “upright stone support beam” or “supporting stone structure.”
  • Other uses of “pillar” could be translated as “statue” or “pile” or “mound” or “monument” or “tall mass,” depending on the context.

(See also: foundation, false god, image)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0352, H0547, H2106, H2553, H3730, H4552, H4676, H4678, H4690, H5324, H5333, H5982, H8490, G47690

Proverbs References:

9:1

commander

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: commander

Definition:

The term “commander” refers to a leader of an army who is responsible for leading and commanding a certain group of soldiers.

  • A commander could be in charge of a small group of soldiers or a large group, such as a thousand men.
  • This term is also used to refer to Yahweh as the commander of angel armies.
  • Other ways to translate “commander” could include, “leader” or “captain” or “officer.”
  • The term to “command” an army could be translated as to “lead” or to “be in charge of.”

(See also: command, ruler, centurion)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2710, H2951, H1169, H4929, H5057, H6346, H7101, H7262, H7218, H7227, H7229, H7990, H8269, G55060

Proverbs References:

6:7

companion, fellow worker, friend

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: companion, fellow worker, friend

Definition:

The term “companion” refers to a person who goes with someone else or who is associated with someone else, such as in a friendship or marriage. The term “fellow worker” refers to someone who works with another person.

  • Companions go through experiences together, share meals together, and support and encourage each other.
  • Depending on the context, this term could also be translated with a word or phrase that means, “friend” or “fellow traveler” or “supporting-person who goes with” or “person who works with.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0251, H0441, H2269, H2270, H2273, H2278, H3674, H3675, H4828, H7453, H7462, H7464, G28440, G33530, G48980, G49040

Proverbs References:

2:17; 16:28; 17:9; 17:17; 18:24; 19:4; 19:6; 19:7; 22:11; 27:9; 27:10; 28:24

compassion, compassionate

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: compassion, compassionate

Definition:

The term “compassion” refers to a feeling of concern for people, especially for those who are suffering. A “compassionate” person cares about other people and helps them.

  • The word “compassion” refers to caring about people in need, as well as taking action to help them.
  • The Bible says that God is compassionate, that is, he is full of love and mercy.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways of translating “compassion” could include, “deep caring” or “pity” or “helpful mercy.”
  • The term “compassionate” could also be translated as “caring and helpful” or “deeply loving and merciful.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2550, H7349, H7355, H7356, G16530, G33560, G36270, G46970, G48340, G48350

Proverbs References:

12:10

condemn, condemned, condemnation

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: condemn, condemned, condemnation

Definition:

The terms “condemn” and “condemnation” refer to judging someone for doing something wrong.

  • Often the word “condemn” includes punishing that person for what they did wrong.
  • Sometimes “condemn” means to falsely accuse someone or to judge someone harshly.
  • The term “condemnation” refers to the act of condemning or accusing someone.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, this term could be translated as “harshly judge” or “criticize falsely.”
  • The phrase “condemn him” could be translated as “judge that he is guilty” or “state that he must be punished for his sin.”
  • The term “condemnation” could be translated as “harsh judging” or “declaring to be guilty” or “punishment of guilt.”

(See also: judge, punish)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H6064, H7034, H7561, H8199, G01760, G08430, G26070, G26130, G26310, G26320, G26330, G29170, G29190, G29200, G52720, G60480

Proverbs References:

12:2

confess, confession

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: confess, confession

Definition:

To confess means to admit or assert that something is true. A “confession” is a statement or admission that something is true.

  • The term “confess” can refer to boldly stating the truth about God. It can also refer to admitting that we have sinned.
  • The Bible says that if people confess their sins to God, he will forgive them.
  • James the apostle wrote in his letter that when believers confess their sins to each other, this brings spiritual healing.
  • The apostle Paul wrote to the Philippians that someday everyone will confess or declare that Jesus is Lord.
  • Paul also said that if people confess that Jesus is Lord and believe that God raised him from the dead, they will be saved.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, ways to translate “confess” could include, “admit” or “testify” or “declare” or “acknowledge” or “affirm.”
  • Different ways to translate “confession” could be, “declaration” or “testimony” or “statement about what we believe” or “admitting sin.”

(See also: faith, testimony)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3034, H8426, G18430, G36700, G36710

Proverbs References:

28:13

contempt, contemptible, not worth listening to

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: contempt, contemptible, not worth listening to

Definition:

The term “contempt” refers to a deep disrespect and dishonor that is shown toward something or someone. Something that is greatly dishonorable is called “contemptible.”

  • A person or behavior that shows open disrespect for God is also called “contemptible” and could be translated as “greatly disrespectful” or “completely dishonorable” or “deserving scorn.”
  • To “hold in contempt” means to regard someone as having less value or to judge someone as less worthy than oneself.
  • The following expressions have a similar meaning: “have contempt for” or “show contempt for” or “be in contempt of” or “treat with contempt.” These all mean to “strongly disrespect” or “strongly dishonor” something or someone by what is said and done.
  • When King David sinned by committing adultery and murder, God said that David had “shown contempt for” God. It means he had greatly disrespected and dishonored God by doing that.

(See also: dishonor)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0936, H0937, H0959, H0963, H1860, H7043, H7589, H5006, G18480

Proverbs References:

12:8; 18:3

courage, courageous

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: courage, courageous

Definition:

The term “courage” refers to boldly facing or doing something that is difficult, frightening, or dangerous.

  • The term, “courageous” describes someone who shows courage, who does the right thing even when feeling afraid or pressured to give up.
  • A person shows courage when he faces emotional or physical pain with strength and perseverance or when he faces the threat of emotional or physical pain with emotional strength.
  • The expression “take courage” means “do not be afraid” or “be assured that things will turn out well.”
  • When Joshua was preparing to go into the dangerous land of Canaan, Moses exhorted him to be “strong and courageous.”
  • The term “courageous” could also be translated as “brave” or “unafraid” or “bold.”
  • Depending on the context, to “have courage” could also be translated as “be emotionally strong” or “be confident” or “stand firm.”
  • To “speak with courage” could be translated as “speak boldly” or “speak without being afraid” or “speak confidently.”

Translation Suggestions

(See also: encourage, confidence, fear, strength)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0553, H2428, H2865, G21140, G21150, G21740, G22930, G22940, G38700, G38740, G43890, G51110

Proverbs References:

31:29

covenant

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: covenant

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “covenant” refers to a formal, binding agreement between two parties that one or both parties must fulfill.

  • This agreement can be between individuals, between groups of people, or between God and people.
  • When people make a covenant with each other, they promise that they will do something, and they must do it.
  • Examples of human covenants include marriage covenants, business agreements, and treaties between countries.
  • Throughout the Bible, God made several different covenants with his people.
  • In some of the covenants, God promised to fulfill his part without conditions. For example, when God established his covenant with mankind promising to never destroy the earth again with a worldwide flood, this promise had no conditions for people to fulfill.
  • In other covenants, God promised to fulfill his part only if the people obeyed him and fulfilled their part of the covenant.

The term “new covenant” refers to the commitment or agreement God made with his people through the sacrifice of his Son, Jesus.

  • God’s “new covenant” was explained in the part of the Bible called the “New Testament.”
  • This new covenant is in contrast to the “old” or “former” covenant that God had made with the Israelites in Old Testament times.
  • The new covenant is better than the old one because it is based on the sacrifice of Jesus, which completely atoned for people’s sins forever. The sacrifices made under the old covenant did not do this.
  • God writes the new covenant on the hearts those who become believers in Jesus. This causes them to want to obey God and to begin to live holy lives.
  • The new covenant will be completely fulfilled in the end times when God establishes his reign on earth. Everything will once again be very good, as it was when God first created the world.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, ways to translate this term could include, “binding agreement” or “formal commitment” or “pledge” or “contract.”

  • Some languages may have different words for covenant depending on whether one party or both parties have made a promise they must keep. If the covenant is one-sided, it could be translated as “promise” or “pledge.”

  • Make sure the translation of this term does not sound like people proposed the covenant. In all cases of covenants between God and people, it was God who initiated the covenant.

  • The term “new covenant” could be translated as “new formal agreement” or “new pact” or “new contract.”

  • The word “new” in these expressions has the meaning of “fresh” or “new kind of” or “another.”

(See also: covenant, promise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 4:9 Then God made a covenant with Abram. A covenant is an agreement between two parties.
  • 5:4 “I will make Ishmael a great nation, too, but my covenant will be with Isaac.”
  • 6:4 After a long time, Abraham died and all of the promises that God had made to him in the covenant were passed on to Isaac.
  • 7:10 “The covenant promises God had promised to Abraham and then to Isaac now passed on to Jacob.”
  • 13:2 God said to Moses and the people of Israel, “If you will obey my voice and keep my covenant, you will be my prized possession, a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation.”
  • 13:4 Then God gave them the covenant and said, “I am Yahweh, your God, who saved you from slavery in Egypt. Do not worship other gods.”
  • 15:13 Then Joshua reminded the people of their obligation to obey the covenant that God had made with the Israelites at Sinai.
  • 21:5 Through the prophet Jeremiah, God promised that he would make a New Covenant, but not like the covenant God made with Israel at Sinai. In the New Covenant, God would write his law on the people’s hearts, the people would know God personally, they would be his people, and God would forgive their sins. The Messiah would start the New Covenant.
  • 21:14 Through the Messiah’s death and resurrection, God would accomplish his plan to save sinners and start the New Covenant.
  • 38:5 Then Jesus took a cup and said, “Drink this. It is my blood of the New Covenant that is poured out for the forgiveness of sins. Do this to remember me every time you drink it.”
  • 48:11 But God has now made a New Covenant that is available to everyone. Because of this New Covenant, anyone from any people group can become part of God’s people by believing in Jesus.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1285, H2319, H3772, G08020, G12420, G49340

Proverbs References:

2:17

covenant faithfulness, covenant loyalty, covenant love

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: covenant faithfulness, covenant loyalty, covenant love

Definition:

In biblical times, the term translated as “covenant faithfulness” was used to describe the kind of faithfulness, loyalty, kindness, and love that was both expected and demonstrated between people who were closely related to one another, either by marriage or by blood. This same term is used often in the Bible to describe the way God relates to his people, especially his commitment to fulfill the promises that he made to them.

  • The way this term is translated can depend on how each of the individual terms “covenant” and “faithfulness” are translated.
  • Other ways to translate this term might include: “faithful love;” “loyal, committed love;” or “loving dependability.”

(See also: covenant, faithful, grace, Israel, people of God, promise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2617

Proverbs References:

3:3; 14:22; 16:6; 19:22; 20:28; 21:21; 31:26

cow, bull, calf, cattle, heifer, ox

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: cow, bull, calf, cattle, heifer, ox

Definition:

The terms “cow,” “bull,” “heifer,” “ox,” and “cattle” all refer to a kind of large, four-legged bovine animal that eats grass.

  • The female of this kind of animal is called a “cow,” the male is a “bull,” and their offspring is a “calf.”
  • In the Bible, cattle were among the “clean” animals that the people could eat and use for sacrifice. They were primarily raised for their meat and milk.

A “heifer” is an adult female cow that has not yet given birth to a calf.

An “ox” is a type of cattle that is specifically trained to do agricultural work. The plural of this term is “oxen.” Usually oxen are male and have been castrated.

  • Throughout the Bible, oxen were depicted as animals tied together by a yoke to pull a cart or a plow.
  • Having oxen work together under a yoke was such a common occurrence in the Bible that the phrase to “be under a yoke” became a metaphor for hard work and labor.
  • A bull is also a male type of cattle, but it has not been castrated and has not been trained as a work animal.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: yoke)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0047, H0441, H0504, H0929, H1165, H1241, H4399, H4735, H4806, H5695, H5697, H6499, H6510, H6629, H7214, H7716, H7794, H7921, H8377, H8450, G10160, G11510, G23530, G29340, G34470, G34480, G41650, G50220

Proverbs References:

7:22; 14:4; 15:17

crown, crowned

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: crown, crowned

Definition:

A crown is a decorative, circular headpiece worn on the head of rulers such as kings and queens. The term to “crown” means to put a crown on someone’s head; figuratively it means, to “honor.”

  • Crowns are usually made of gold or silver, and are embedded with precious gems such as emeralds and rubies.
  • A crown was intended to be a symbol of a king’s power and wealth.
  • By contrast, the crown made of thorn branches that the Roman soldiers placed on Jesus’ head was meant to mock him and hurt him.
  • In ancient times, winners of athletic contests would be awarded a crown made out of olive branches. The apostle Paul mentions this crown in his second letter to Timothy.
  • Used figuratively, to “crown” means to honor someone. We honor God by obeying him and praising him to others. This is like putting a crown on him and acknowledging that he is King.
  • Paul calls fellow believers his “joy and crown.” In this expression, “crown” is used figuratively to mean that Paul has been greatly blessed and honored by how these believers have remained faithful in serving God.
  • When used figuratively, “crown” could be translated as “prize” or “honor” or “reward.”
  • The figurative use of to “crown” could be translated as to “honor” or to “decorate.”
  • If a person is “crowned” this could be translated as “a crown was put on his head.”
  • The expression, “he was crowned with glory and honor” could be translated as “glory and honor were bestowed on him” or “he was given glory and honor” or “he was endowed with glory and honor.”

(See also: glory, king, olive)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3803, H3804, H5145, H5849, H5850, H6936, G12380, G47350, G47370

Proverbs References:

4:9; 12:4; 14:18; 14:24; 16:31; 17:6; 27:24

cry, cry out, outcry

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: cry, cry out, outcry

Definition:

The terms “cry” or “cry out” usually mean to say something loudly or urgently. Someone can “cry out” in pain, distress, anger, or fear, often with the intent of asking for help.

  • The phrase “cry out” can mean to shout or to call out with the intent of asking for help.
  • The terms “cry” or “cry out” can also mean to pray.
  • This term could also be translated as “exclaim loudly” or “urgently ask for help,” depending on the context.
  • An expression such as, “I cry out to you” could be translated as “I call to you for help” or “I urgently ask you for help.”

(See also: call speak loudly, plead, pray)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1058, H2199, H2201, H6030, H6463, H6670, H6682, H6817, H6818, H6873, H6963, H7121, H7123, H7321, H7440, H7442, H7723, H7737, H7768, H7771, H7775, H8663, G03100, G03490, G08630, G09940, G09950, G19160, G20190, G27990, G28050, G28960, G29050, G29060, G29290, G43770, G54550

Proverbs References:

1:20; 8:3; 21:13

curse, cursed, cursing

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: curse, cursed, cursing

Definition:

The term “curse” means to cause negative things to happen to the person or thing that is being cursed.

  • A curse can be a statement that harm will happen to someone or something.
  • To curse someone can also be an expression of desire that bad things will happen to them.
  • It can also refer to the punishment or other negative things that someone causes to happen to someone.

Translation Suggestions:

  • This term could be translated as “cause bad things to happen to” or “declare that something bad will happen to” or “swear to cause evil things to happen to.”
  • In the context of God sending curses on his disobedient people, it could be translated as “punish by allowing bad things to happen.”
  • The term “cursed” when used to describe people could be translated as “(this person) will experience much trouble.”
  • The phrase “cursed be” could be translated as “May (this person) experience great difficulties.”
  • The phrase, “Cursed is the ground” could be translated as “The soil will not be very fertile.”
  • However, if the target language has the phrase “cursed be” and it has the same meaning, then it is good to keep the same phrase.

(See also: bless)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 2:9 God said to the snake, “You are cursed!”
  • 2:11 “Now the ground is cursed, and you will need to work hard to grow food.”
  • 4:4 “I will bless those who bless you and curse those who curse you.”
  • 39:7 Then Peter vowed, saying, “May God curse me if I know this man!”
  • 50:16 Because Adam and Eve disobeyed God and brought sin into this world, God cursed it and decided to destroy it.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0422, H0423, H0779, H1288, H2763, H2764, H3994, H5344, H6895, H7043, H7045, H7621, H8381, G03310, G03320, G06850, G19440, G25510, G26520, G26530, G26710, G26720, G60350

Proverbs References:

3:33; 11:26; 20:20; 22:14; 24:24; 26:2; 27:14; 28:27; 30:10; 30:11

David

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: David

Definition:

David was the second king of Israel and he loved and served God. He was the main writer of the book of Psalms.

  • When David was still a young boy caring for his family’s sheep, God chose him to become the next king of Israel.
  • David became a great fighter and led the Israelite army in battles against their enemies. His defeat of Goliath the Philistine is well known.
  • King Saul tried to kill David, but God protected him, and made him king after Saul’s death.
  • David committed a terrible sin, but he repented and God forgave him.
  • Jesus, the Messiah, is called the “Son of David” because he is a descendant of King David.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Goliath, Philistines, Saul (OT))

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 17:2 God chose a young Israelite named David to be king after Saul. David was a shepherd from the town of Bethlehem. … David was a humble and righteous man who trusted and obeyed God.
  • 17:3 David was also a great soldier and leader. When David was still a young man, he fought against a giant named Goliath.
  • 17:4 Saul became jealous of the people’s love for David. Saul tried many times to kill him, so David hid from Saul.
  • 17:5 God blessed David and made him successful. David fought many battles and God helped him defeat Israel’s enemies.
  • 17:6 David wanted to build a temple where all the Israelites could worship God and offer him sacrifices.
  • 17:9 David ruled with justice and faithfulness for many years, and God blessed him. However, toward the end of his life he sinned terribly against God.
  • 17:13 God was very angry about what David had done, so he sent the prophet Nathan to tell David how evil his sin was. David repented of his sin and God forgave him. For the rest of his life, David followed and obeyed God, even in difficult times.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1732, G11380

Proverbs References:

1:1

day

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: day

Definition:

The term “day” generally refers to the time it takes for the alternating periods of light and darkness in the sky to complete one cycle (that is, 24 hours). However, in the Bible the same term is often used to refer to a shorter period of time (such as the time between sunrise and sunset) or a longer period of time that is often not specified.

  • “Day” is sometimes used in contrast to “night.” In these cases, the term refers to the period of time when the sky is light.
  • The term may also refer to a specific point in time, such as “today.”
  • Sometimes the term “day” is used figuratively to refer to a longer period of time, such as the “day of Yahweh” or “last days.” Some languages will use a different expression to translate these figurative uses or will translate “day” non-figuratively.

Translation Suggestions:

  • It is best to translate this term literally as “day” or “daytime” using the word in your language that refers to the part of the day when there is light.
  • Other translations of “day” could include “daytime,” “time,” “season,” “occasion” or “event,” depending on the context.

(See also: time, judgment day, last day)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3117, H3118, H6242, G22500

deceive, lie, deception, illusion

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: deceive, lie, deception, illusion

Definition:

The term “deceive” means to cause someone to believe something that is not true, often by telling a “lie.” The act of deceiving someone is called “lying,” “deceit,” or “deception.”

  • Someone who causes others to believe something false is a “deceiver.” For example, Satan is called a “deceiver.” The evil spirits that he controls are also deceivers.
  • To “lie” is to say something that is not true.
  • A person, action, or message that is not truthful can be described as “deceptive.”
  • The terms “deceit” and “deception” have the same meaning, but there are some small differences in how they are used.
  • The descriptive terms “deceitful” and “deceptive” have the same meaning and are used in the same contexts.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Other ways to translate “deceive” could include “lie to” or “cause to have a false belief” or “cause someone to think something that is not true.”
  • The term “deceived” could also be translated as “caused to think something false” or “lied to” or “tricked” or “fooled” or “misled.”
  • “Deceiver” could be translated as “liar” or “one who misleads” or “someone who deceives.”
  • Depending on the context, the terms “deception” or “deceit” could be translated with a word or phrase that means “falsehood” or “lying” or “trickery” or “dishonesty.”
  • The terms “deceptive” or “deceitful” could be translated as “untruthful” or “misleading” or “lying” to describe a person who speaks or acts in a way that causes other people to believe things that are not true.

(See also: true)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0898, H2048, H3577, H3584, H3868, H4123, H4820, H4860, H5230, H5377, H5558, H6121, H6231, H6601, H7411, H7423, H7683, H7686, H7952, H8267, H8496, H8582, H8591, H8649, G05380, G05390, G13860, G13870, G13880, G18180, G38840, G41050, G41060, G41080, G54220, G54230

declare, proclaim, announce

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: declare, proclaim, announce

Definition:

The terms “declare” and “declaration” refer to making a formal or public statement, often to emphasize something. Other terms with similar meaning include “proclaim,” “proclamation,” “announce,” and “announcement.”

  • A “declaration” not only emphasizes the importance of what is being proclaimed, but it also calls attention to the one making the declaration.
  • For example, in the Old Testament, a message from God is often preceded by “the declaration of Yahweh” or “this is what Yahweh declares.” This expression emphasizes that it is Yahweh himself who is saying this. The fact that the message comes from Yahweh shows how important that message is.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, “declare” could also be translated as “proclaim” or “publicly state” or “strongly say” or “emphatically state.”
  • The term “declaration” could also be translated as “statement” or “proclamation.”
  • The phrase “this is Yahweh’s declaration” could be translated as “this is what Yahweh declares” or “this is what Yahweh says.”

(See also: preach, decree)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0262, H0559, H0816, H0874, H1696, H3045, H4853, H5002, H5042, H5046, H5608, H6567, H7121, H7561, H7878, H8085, G03120, G05180, G06690, G12290, G13440, G15550, G17180, G18340, G20970, G25110, G26050, G26070, G31400, G36700, G37240, G38220, G38700, G39550, G42960

Proverbs References:

30:1

decree, decreed

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: decree, decreed

Definition:

The term “decree” means to give an order that must be obeyed. The order itself can also be called a “decree.”

  • A “decree” is similar to a “law,” but is generally used more often to refer to something spoken rather than written.
  • The term “decree” could be translated as to “order” or to “command” or to “formally require” or to “publicly make a law.”
  • God’s laws are also called decrees, statutes, or commandments.
  • An example of a decree by a human ruler was the proclamation by Caesar Augustus that everyone living in the Roman Empire must go back to their hometown in order to be counted in a census.

(See also: command, declare, law)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0559, H0633, H1697, H5715, H1504, H1510, H1881, H1882, H1696, H2706, H2708, H2710, H2711, H2782, H2852, H2940, H2941, H2942, H3791, H3982, H4055, H4406, H4687, H4941, H5407, H5713, H6599, H6680, H7010, H8421, G13780

Proverbs References:

8:15; 31:5

deer, doe, fawn, roebuck, stag

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: deer, doe, fawn, roebuck, stag

Definition:

A deer is a large, graceful, four-legged animal that lives in forests or on mountains. The male animal has large horns or antlers on its head.

  • The term “doe” refers to a female deer and a “fawn” is the name of a baby deer.
  • The terms “buck” and “stag” refer to a male deer.
  • A “roebuck” is the male of the specific variety called “roe deer.”
  • Deer have strong, thin legs that help them jump high and run fast.
  • Their feet have split hooves which help them walk or climb easily on most any terrain.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0354, H0355, H0365, H3180, H3280, H6643, H6646

Proverbs References:

5:19

delight

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: delight

Definition:

The term “delight” means great pleasure or great joy.

  • To “delight in” something means to “to take pleasure in” or “take joy in” or “be happy about” it. If a person “delights in” something, it means that he enjoys it very much.
  • When something is very agreeable or pleasing it is called “delightful.”
  • The expression “my delight is in the law of Yahweh” could be translated as “the law of Yahweh gives me great joy” or “I love to obey the laws of Yahweh” or “I am happy when I obey Yahweh’s commands.”
  • The phrases “take no delight in” and “have no delight in” could be translated as “not at all pleased by” or “not happy about.”
  • The phrase “delight himself in” means “he enjoys doing” something or “he is very happy about” something or someone.
  • The term “delights” refers to things that a person enjoys. This could be translated as “pleasures” or “things that give joy.”
  • An expression such as “I delight to do your will” could also be translated as “I enjoy doing your will” or “I am very happy when I obey you.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1523, H2530, H2531, H2532, H2654, H2655, H2656, H2836, H4574, H5276, H5727, H5730, H6026, H6027, H7306, H7381, H7521, H7522, H8057, H8173, H8191, H8588, H8597

Proverbs References:

1:22; 7:18; 8:30; 8:31; 11:1; 11:20; 12:22; 14:35; 15:8; 16:7; 16:13; 18:2; 23:8; 24:25; 29:17; 31:13

deliver, deliverer, deliverance, delivered

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: deliver, deliverer, deliverance, delivered

Definition:

To “deliver” someone means to rescue that person. The term “deliverer” refers to someone who rescues or frees people from slavery, oppression, or other dangers. The term “deliverance” refers to what happens when someone rescues or frees people from slavery, oppression, or other dangers.

  • In the Old Testament, God appointed deliverers to protect the Israelites by leading them in battle against other people groups who came to attack them.
  • These deliverers were also called “judges” and the Old Testament book of Judges records the time in history when these judges were governing Israel.
  • God is also called a “deliverer.” Throughout the history of Israel, he delivered or rescued his people from their enemies.

Translation Suggestions:

  • In the context of helping people escape from their enemies, the term “deliver” can be translated as “rescue” or “liberate” or “save.”
  • When the term “deliverer” refers to the judges who led Israel, it could also be translated as “judge” or “leader.”

(See also: judge, save)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 16:3 Then God provided a deliverer who rescued them from their enemies and brought peace to the land.
  • 16:16 They (Israel) finally asked God for help again, and God sent them another deliverer.
  • 16:17 Over many years, God sent many deliverers who saved the Israelites from their enemies.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1350, H2020, H2502, H3205, H3444, H3467, H4042, H4422, H4672, H5337, H5414, H5462, H6299, H6403, H6413, H6475, H6561, H7725, H7804, H8199, G03250, G05250, G06290, G10800, G13250, G15600, G16590, G18070, G19290, G26730, G30860, G38600, G45060, G49910, G50880, G54830

Proverbs References:

2:12; 2:16; 6:3; 6:5; 10:2; 11:4; 11:6; 11:9; 12:6; 14:25; 19:19; 23:14; 24:11

desert, wilderness

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: desert, wilderness

Definition:

A desert, or wilderness, is a dry, barren place where very few plants and trees can grow.

  • A desert is a land area with a dry climate and few plants or animals.
  • Because of the harsh conditions, very few people can live in the desert, so it is also referred to as “wilderness.”
  • “Wilderness” conveys the meaning of being remote, desolate and isolated from people.
  • This word can also be translated as “deserted place” or “remote place” or “uninhabited place.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0776, H2723, H3293, H3452, H4057, H6160, H6723, H6728, H6921, H8047, H8414, G20470, G20480

Proverbs References:

21:19

destroy, destruction, annihilate

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: destroy, destruction, annihilate

Definition:

The term “destroy” means to completely make an end to something, so that it no longer exists.

  • The term “destroyer” means “a person who destroys.”
  • This term is often used in the Old Testament as a general reference to anyone who destroys other people, such as an invading army.
  • When God sent the angel to kill all the firstborn males in Egypt, that angel was referred to as “the destroyer of the firstborn.” This could be translated as “the one (or angel) who killed the firstborn males.”
  • In the book of Revelation about the end times, Satan or some other evil spirit is called “the Destroyer.” He is the “one who destroys” because his purpose is to destroy and ruin everything God created.

(See also: angel, Egypt, firstborn, Passover)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0006, H0007, H0622, H0398, H1104, H1197, H1820, H1826, H1942, H2000, H2015, H2026, H2040, H2254, H2255, H2717, H2718, H2763, H2764, H3238, H3341, H3381, H3423, H3582, H3615, H3617, H3772, H3807, H4191, H4229, H4591, H4658, H4889, H5218, H5221, H5307, H5362, H5420, H5422, H5428, H5595, H5642, H6365, H6789, H6979, H7665, H7667, H7703, H7722, H7760, H7843, H7921, H8045, H8074, H8077, H8316, H8552, G03550, G03960, G06220, G08530, G13110, G18420, G20490, G25060, G25070, G26470, G26730, G27040, G30890, G36450, G41990, G53510, G53560

Proverbs References:

6:32; 11:3; 11:9; 14:11; 17:4; 18:9; 19:13; 24:22; 28:24; 29:3

devastate, devastation

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: devastate, devastation

Definition:

The term “devastated” or “devastation” refers to having one’s property or land ruined or destroyed. It also often includes destroying or capturing the people living on that land.

  • This refers to a very severe and complete destruction.
  • For example, the city of Sodom was devastated by God as punishment for the sins of the people living there.
  • The term “devastation” can also include causing great emotional grief resulting from the punishment or destruction.

Translation Suggestions

  • The term “devastate” could be translated as “completely destroy” or “completely ruin.”
  • Depending on the context, “devastation” could be translated as “complete destruction” or “total ruin” or “disaster.”

(See also: ruin)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1110, H1238, H2721, H1826, H3615, H3772, H4875, H7701, H7703, H7722, H7843, H8074, H8077

Proverbs References:

3:25

devour

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: devour

Definition:

The term “devour” means to eat or consume in an aggressive manner.

  • Using this word in a figurative sense, Paul warned believers to not devour one another, meaning to not attack or destroy each other with words or actions (Galatians 5:15).
  • Also in a figurative sense, the term “devour” is often used with a meaning of “completely destroy” as when talking about nations devouring each other or a fire devouring buildings and people.
  • This term could also be translated as “completely consume” or “totally destroy.”

(See also: consume)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0398, H0399, H0400, H0402, H1104, H1105, H3216, H3615, H3857, H3898, H7462, H7602, G20680, G26660, G27190, G53150

Proverbs References:

30:14; 30:20

discern, discernment, distinguish

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: discern, discernment, distinguish

Definition:

The term “discern” means to be able to understand something, especially being able to know whether something is right or wrong.

  • The term “discernment” refers to understanding and deciding wisely about a certain matter.
  • It means to have wisdom and good judgment.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, “discern” could also be translated as “understand” or “know the difference between” or “distinguish good and evil” or “judge rightly about” or “perceive right from wrong.”
  • “Discernment” could be translated as “understanding” or “ability to distinguish good and evil.”

(See also: judge, wise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0995, H2940, H4209, H5234, H8085, G03500, G12520, G12530, G29240

Proverbs References:

1:4; 1:5; 2:3; 8:5; 8:9; 10:13; 14:6; 14:15; 14:33; 15:14; 16:21; 17:10; 17:24; 18:15; 19:25; 21:29; 28:2; 28:7

dishonor, dishonored, dishonorable

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: dishonor, dishonored, dishonorable

Definition:

The term “dishonor” means to do something that is disrespectful to someone. This can also cause that person shame or disgrace.

  • The term “dishonorable” describes an action that is shameful or that causes someone to be dishonored.
  • Children are commanded to honor and obey their parents. When children disobey, they dishonor their parents. They are treating their parents in a way that does not honor them.
  • The Israelites dishonored Yahweh when they worshiped false gods and practiced immoral behavior.
  • The Jews dishonored Jesus by saying that he was possessed by a demon.
  • This could be translated as to “not honor” or to “treat with no respect.”
  • The noun “dishonor” could be translated as “disrespect” or “loss of honor.”
  • Depending on the context, “dishonorable” could also be translated as “not honorable” or “shameful.”

(See also: honor)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1540, H2490, H2781, H3637, H3639, H5006, H5034, H6172, H6173, H7034, H7043, G08180, G08190, G08200, G26170

Proverbs References:

3:35; 6:33; 12:16

disperse, dispersion, scatter, distributed

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: disperse, dispersion, scatter, distributed

Definition:

The terms “disperse” and “dispersion” refer to the scattering of people or things into many different directions.

  • In the Old Testament, God talks about “dispersing” people, causing them to have to separate and live in different places apart from each other. He did this to punish them for their sin. Perhaps being dispersed would help them repent and start worshiping God again.
  • The term “dispersion” is used in the New Testament to refer to Christians who had to leave their homes and move to many different locations to escape persecution.
  • The phrase “the dispersion” could be translated as “believers in many different places” or “the people who moved away to live in different nations.”
  • The term “disperse” could be translated as “send away into many different places” or “scatter abroad” or “cause to move away to live in different countries.”

(See also: believe, persecute, captive, exile)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2219, H5310, H6327, H6340, H6504, H8600, G12870, G12900, G46500

Proverbs References:

11:24; 15:7; 20:8; 20:26

divination, diviner, soothsaying, soothsayer

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: divination, diviner, soothsaying, soothsayer

Definition:

The terms “divination” and “soothsaying” refer to the practice of trying to get information from spirits in the supernatural world. A person who does this is sometimes called a “diviner” or “soothsayer.”

  • In Old Testament times, God commanded the Israelites to not practice divination or soothsaying.
  • God did permit his people to seek information from him using the Urim and Thummim, which were stones that he had designated to be used by the high priest for that purpose. But he did not allow his people to seek information through the help of evil spirits.
  • Pagan diviners used different methods of trying to find out information from the spirit world. Sometimes they would examine the inside parts of a dead animal or throw animal bones on the ground, looking for patterns that they would interpret as messages from their false gods.
  • In the New Testament, Jesus and the apostles also rejected divination, sorcery, witchcraft, and magic. All these practices involve using the power of evil spirits and are condemned by God.

(See also: apostle, false god, magic, sorcery)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1870, H4738, H5172, H6049, H7080, H7081, G44360

Proverbs References:

16:10

donkey, mule

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: donkey, mule

Definition:

A donkey is a four-legged work animal, similar to a horse, but smaller and with longer ears.

  • A mule is the sterile offspring of a male donkey and a female horse.
  • Mules are very strong animals and so they are valuable work animals.
  • Both donkeys and mules are used for carrying burdens and people when traveling.
  • In Bible times, kings would ride a donkey in times of peace, rather than a horse, which was used for times of war.
  • Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a young donkey a week before he was crucified there.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0860, H2543, H3222, H5895, H6167, H6501, H6505, H6506, G36780, G36880, G52680

Proverbs References:

26:3

doorpost

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: doorpost

Definition:

The “doorpost” is a vertical beam on either side of a door, which supports the top of the door frame.

  • Just before God helped the Israelites escape from Egypt, he instructed them to kill a lamb and put its blood on their doorposts.
  • In the Old Testament, a slave who desired to serve his master the rest of his life would place his ear on the doorpost of his master’s house to have a nail hammered through his ear into the doorpost.
  • This could also be translated as “wooden post on either side of a door” or “sides of a wooden doorframe” or “wood beams on the sides of a doorway.”

(See also: Egypt, Passover)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0352, H4201

Proverbs References:

8:34

drunk, drunkard

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: drunk, drunkard

Definition:

The term “drunk” means to be intoxicated from drinking too much of an alcoholic beverage.

  • A “drunkard” is a person who is often drunk. This kind of person could also be referred to as an “alcoholic.”
  • The Bible tells believers not to be drunk with alcoholic drinks, but to be controlled by God’s Holy Spirit.
  • The Bible teaches that drunkenness is unwise and influences a person to sin in other ways.
  • Other ways to translate “drunk” could include “inebriated” or “intoxicated” or “having too much alcohol” or “filled with fermented drink.”

(See also: wine)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5433, H7301, H7910, H7937, H7941, H7943, H8354, H8358, G31780, G31820, G31830, G31840, G36300, G36320

Proverbs References:

26:9

eagle

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: eagle

Definition:

An eagle is a very large, powerful bird of prey that eats small animals such as fish, mice, snakes, and chickens.

  • The Bible compares the speed and strength of an army to how fast and suddenly an eagle swoops down to catch its prey.
  • Isaiah states that those who trust in the Lord will soar as an eagle does. This is figurative language used to describe the freedom and strength that comes from trusting and obeying God.
  • In the book of Daniel, King Nebuchadnezzar’s hair length was compared to the length of an eagle’s feathers, which can be more than 50 centimeters long.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: Daniel, free, Nebuchadnezzar, power)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5403, H5404, G01050

Proverbs References:

23:5; 30:19

earth, land

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: earth, land

Definition:

The term “earth” refers to the world on which human beings and other living things live. In the Bible, this term is sometimes translated as “land” when used in a general way to refer to the ground or the soil, or when used in a specific way to refer to a particular geographical area, usually a country or nation.

  • In the Bible, the term “earth” is often paired with the term “heaven” as a way of indicating the abode of humankind on the earth in contrast with the abode of God in heaven.
  • This term is usually translated “land” when paired with the name of people group to denote the territory belonging to those people, such as “the land of Canaan.”
  • The term “earthly” is sometimes used to refer to things that are physical and/or visible in contrast to things that are non-physical and/or invisible.

Translation Suggestions:

  • This term can be translated by the word or phrase that the local language or nearby national languages use to refer to the planet earth on which we live.

  • Depending on the context, “earth” could also be translated as “world” or “land” or “dirt” or “soil.”

  • Ways to translate “earthly” could include “physical” or “things of this earth” or “visible.”

(See also: world, heaven)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0127, H0772, H0776, H0778, H2789, H3007, H3335, H6083, H7494, G10930, G19190, G27090, G28860, G36250, G45780, G55170

Proverbs References:

2:21; 2:22; 3:19; 8:23; 8:26; 8:29; 8:31; 10:30; 11:31; 17:24; 21:19; 25:3; 25:25; 28:2; 29:4; 30:4; 30:14; 30:16; 30:21; 30:24; 31:23

Egypt, Egyptian

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Egypt, Egyptian

Definition:

Egypt is a country in the northeast part of Africa, to the southwest of the land of Canaan. An Egyptian is a person who is from the country of Egypt.

  • In ancient times, Egypt was a powerful and wealthy country.
  • Ancient Egypt was divided into two parts, Lower Egypt (northern part where the Nile River flowed downward into the sea) and Upper Egypt (southern part). In the Old Testament, these parts are referred to as “Egypt” and “Pathros” in the original language text.
  • Several times when there was little food in Canaan, Israel’s patriarchs traveled to Egypt to buy food for their families.
  • For several hundred years, the Israelites were slaves in Egypt.
  • Joseph and Mary went down to Egypt with the young child Jesus, to escape from Herod the Great.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Herod the Great, Joseph (NT), Nile River, patriarchs)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 8:4 The slave traders took Joseph to Egypt. Egypt was a large, powerful country located along the Nile River.
  • 8:8 Pharaoh was so impressed with Joseph that he appointed him to be the second most powerful man in all of Egypt!
  • 8:11 So Jacob sent his older sons to __Egypt __ to buy food.
  • 8:14 Even though Jacob was an old man, he moved to Egypt with all of his family, and they all lived there.
  • 9:1 After Joseph died, all of his relatives stayed in Egypt.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4713, H4714, G01240, G01250

Proverbs References:

7:16

elder

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: elder

Definition:

The term “elder” refers to people (in the Bible, usually men) who have grown old enough to become mature adults and leaders within a community and to be respected for their wisdom and experience.

  • The term “elder” came from the fact that elders were originally older men who, because of their age and experience, had greater wisdom.
  • In the Old Testament, the elders helped lead the Israelites in matters of justice and the Law of Moses.
  • In the New Testament, Jewish “elders” continued to be leaders in their communities and also were judges for the people.
  • In the early Christian churches, Christian “elders” gave spiritual leadership to the local assemblies of believers. Elders in these churches sometimes included young men who were spiritually mature.
  • This term could be translated as “respected leaders” or “spiritually mature men leading the church.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1419, H2205, H7868, G10870, G31870, G42440, G42450, G48500

Proverbs References:

31:23

endure, endurance

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: endure, endurance

Definition:

The term “endure” means to last a long time or to bear something difficult with patience.

  • It also means to stand firm when times of testing come, without giving up.
  • The term “endurance” can mean “patience” or “bearing up under a trial” or “persevering when being persecuted.”
  • The encouragement to Christians to “endure to the end” is telling them to obey Jesus, even if this causes them to suffer.
  • To “endure suffering” can also mean to “experience suffering.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways to translate the term “endure” could include “persevere” or “keep believing” or “continue to do what God wants you to do” or “stand firm.”
  • In some contexts, to “endure” could be translated as to “experience” or to “go through.”
  • With the meaning of lasting for a long time, the term “endure” could also be translated as “last” or “continue.” The phrase “will not endure” could be translated as “will not last” or “will not continue to survive.”
  • Ways to translate “endurance” could include “perseverance” or “continuing to believe” or “remaining faithful.”

(See also: persevere)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0386, H3201, H3557, H5331, H5375, H5975, G04300, G09070, G15260, G20050, G20760, G25940, G33060, G47220, G52780, G52810, G52970, G53420

Proverbs References:

18:14; 28:2

envy, covet, jealous, jealousy

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: envy, covet, jealous, jealousy

Definition:

The terms “envy” and “envious” refer to being jealous of someone because of what that person possesses or because of that person’s admirable qualities or abilities. The term “covet” means to strongly desire to have something.

  • Envy is normally a negative feeling of resentment because of another person’s success, good fortune, possessions, or abilities.
  • Coveting is a strong desire to have someone else’s property, or even someone else’s spouse.
  • In some contexts the terms “jealous” and “jealousy” can mean “envy.”

Translation Suggestions

  • When the terms “jealous” and “jealousy” refer to being wrongfully “envious” of someone the terms “envious” or “envy” could be used if the context permits.

(See also: jealous)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0183, H1214, H1215, H2530, H3415, H5869, H7065, H7068, G08660, G19370, G22050, G22060, G37130, G37880, G41230, G41240, G41900, G53540, G53550, G53660

Proverbs References:

3:31; 14:30; 23:17; 24:1; 24:19

eternity, everlasting, eternal, forever

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: eternity, everlasting, eternal, forever

Definition:

The terms “everlasting” and “eternal” have very similar meanings and refer to something that will always exist or that lasts forever.

  • The term “eternity” refers to a state of being that has no beginning or end. It can also refer to life that never ends.
  • After this present life on earth, humans will spend eternity either in heaven with God or in hell apart from God.
  • The terms “eternal life” and “everlasting life” are used in the New Testament to refer to living forever with God in heaven.

The term “forever” refers to never-ending time.

  • The phrase “forever and ever” has the idea of time that never ends and expresses what eternity or eternal life is like. It emphasizes that something will always happen or exist. It refers to time that never ends.
  • God said that David’s throne would last “forever.” This is referred to the fact that David’s descendant Jesus will reign as king forever.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Other ways to translate “eternal” or “everlasting” could include “unending” or “never stopping” or “always continuing.”

  • The terms “eternal life” and “everlasting life” could also be translated as “life that never ends” or “life that continues without stopping” or “the raising up of our bodies to live forever.”

  • Depending on the context, different ways to translate “eternity” could include “existing outside of time” or “unending life” or “life in heaven.”

  • Also consider how this word is translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language. (See: How to Translate Unknowns)

  • “Forever” could also be translated by “always” or “never ending.”

  • The phrase “will last forever” could also be translated as “always exist” or “will never stop” or “will always continue.”

  • The emphatic phrase “forever and ever” could also be translated as “for always and always” or “not ever ending” or “which never, ever ends.”

  • David’s throne lasting forever could be translated as “David’s descendant will reign forever” or “a descendant of David will always be reigning.”

(See also: David, reign, life)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 27:1 One day, an expert in the Jewish law came to Jesus to test him, saying, “Teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?”
  • 28:1 One day, a rich young ruler came up to Jesus and asked him, “Good Teacher, what must I do to have eternal life?” Jesus said to him, “Why do you ask me about what is good? There is only One who is good, and that is God. But if you want to have eternal life, obey God’s laws.”
  • 28:10 Jesus answered, “Everyone who has left houses, brothers, sisters, father, mother, children, or property for my name’s sake, will receive 100 times more and will also receive eternal life.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3117, H4481, H5331, H5703, H5705, H5769, H5865, H5957, H6924, G01260, G01650, G01660, G13360

Proverbs References:

8:23; 10:25; 10:30; 27:24

evil, wicked, unpleasant

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: evil, wicked, unpleasant

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “evil” can refer either to the concept of moral wickedness or emotional unpleasantness. The context will usually make it clear which meaning is intended in the specific instance of the term.

  • While “evil” may describe a person’s character, “wicked” may refer more to a person’s behavior. However, both terms are very similar in meaning.
  • The term “wickedness” refers to the state of being that exists when people do wicked things.
  • The results of evil are clearly shown in how people mistreat others by killing, stealing, slandering and being cruel and unkind.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, the terms “evil” and “wicked” can be translated as “bad” or “sinful” or “immoral.”
  • Other ways to translate these could include “not good” or “not righteous” or “not moral.”
  • Make sure the words or phrases that are used to translate these terms fit the context that is natural in the target language.

(See also: disobey, sin, good, righteous, demon)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 2:4 “God just knows that as soon as you eat it, you will be like God and will understand good and evil like he does.”
  • 3:1 After a long time, many people were living in the world. They had become very wicked and violent.
  • 3:2 But Noah found favor with God. He was a righteous man living among wicked people.
  • 4:2 God saw that if they all kept working together to do evil, they could do many more sinful things.
  • 8:12 “You tried to do evil when you sold me as a slave, but God used the evil for good!”
  • 14:2 They (Canaanites) worshiped false gods and did many evil things.
  • 17:1 But then he (Saul) became a wicked man who did not obey God, so God chose a different man who would one day be king in his place.
  • 18:11 In the new kingdom of Israel, all the kings were evil.
  • 29:8 The king was so angry that he threw the wicked servant into prison until he could pay back all of his debt.
  • 45:2 They said, “We heard him (Stephen) speak evil things about Moses and God!”
  • 50:17 He (Jesus) will wipe away every tear and there will be no more suffering, sadness, crying, evil, pain, or death.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0205, H0605, H1100, H1681, H1942, H2154, H2162, H2254, H2617, H3399, H3415, H4209, H4849, H5753, H5766, H5767, H5999, H6001, H6090, H7451, H7455, H7489, H7561, H7562, H7563, H7564, G00920, G01130, G04590, G09320, G09870, G09880, G14260, G25490, G25510, G25540, G25550, G25560, G25570, G25590, G25600, G26350, G26360, G41510, G41890, G41900, G41910, G53370

exalt, exalted, exaltation

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: exalt, exalted, exaltation

Definition:

To exalt is to highly praise and honor someone. It can also mean to put someone in a high position.

  • In the Bible, the term “exalt” is most often used for exalting God.
  • When a person exalts himself, it means he is thinking about himself in a proud or arrogant way.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways to translate “exalt” could include “highly praise” or “honor greatly” or “extol” or “speak highly of.”
  • In some contexts it could be translated by a word or phrase that means “put in a higher position” or “give more honor to” or “talk about proudly.”
  • “Do not exalt yourself” could also be translated as “Do not think of yourself too highly” or “Do not brag about yourself.”
  • “Those that exalt themselves” could also be translated as “Those who think proudly about themselves” or “Those who boast about themselves.”

(See also: praise, worship, glory, boast, proud)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1361, H4984, H5375, H5549, H5927, H7311, H7426, H7682, G18690, G52290, G52510, G53110, G53120

Proverbs References:

4:8; 11:11; 14:29; 18:12

faithful, faithfulness, trustworthy

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: faithful, faithfulness, trustworthy

Definition:

To be “faithful” to God means to consistently live according to God’s teachings. It means to be loyal to him by obeying him. The state or condition of being faithful is “faithfulness.”

  • A person who is faithful can be trusted to always keep his promises and to always fulfill his responsibilities to other people.
  • A faithful person perseveres in doing a task, even when it is long and difficult.
  • Faithfulness to God is the consistent practice of doing what God wants us to do.

Translation Suggestions:

  • In many contexts, “faithful” can be translated as “loyal” or “dedicated” or “dependable.”
  • In other contexts, “faithful” can be translated by a word or phrase that means “continuing to believe” or “persevering in believing and obeying God.”
  • Ways that “faithfulness” could be translated could include “persevering in believing” or “loyalty” or “trustworthiness” or “believing and obeying God.”

(See also: believe, faith, believe)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 8:5 Even in prison, Joseph remained faithful to God, and God blessed him.
  • 14:12 Even so, God was still faithful to His promises to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.
  • 15:13 The people promised to remain faithful to God and follow his laws.
  • 17:9 David ruled with justice and faithfulness for many years, and God blessed him. However, toward the end of his life he sinned terribly against God.
  • 35:12 “The older son said to his father, ‘All these years I have worked faithfully for you!’”
  • 49:17 But God is faithful and says that if you confess your sins, he will forgive you.
  • 50:4 “If you remain faithful to me to the end, then God will save you.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0529, H0530, H0539, H0540, H0571, H0898, H2181, H4603, H4604, H4820, G05690, G05710, G41030

Proverbs References:

2:8; 8:30; 11:13; 12:17; 12:22; 13:17; 14:5; 20:6; 25:13; 27:6; 28:20

faithless, unfaithful, unfaithfulness

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: faithless, unfaithful, unfaithfulness

Definition:

The term “faithless” means to not have faith or to not believe.

  • This word is used to describe people who do not believe in God. Their lack of belief is seen by the immoral way they act.
  • The prophet Jeremiah accused Israel of being faithless and disobedient to God.
  • They worshiped idols and followed other ungodly customs of people groups who did not worship or obey God.

The term “unfaithful” describes people who do not do what God has commanded them to do. The condition or practice of being unfaithful is “unfaithfulness.”

  • The people of Israel were called “unfaithful” when they began to worship idols and when they disobeyed God in other ways.
  • In marriage, someone who commits adultery is “unfaithful” to his or her spouse.
  • God used the term “unfaithfulness” to describe Israel’s disobedient behavior. They were not obeying God or honoring him.

Translation Suggestions

  • Depending on the context, the term “faithless” could be translated as “unfaithful” or “unbelieving” or “disobedient to God” or “not believing.”
  • The term “faithlessness” could be translated as “unbelief” or “unfaithfulness” or “rebellion against God.”
  • The phrase “the unfaithful” could be translated as “people who are not faithful (to God)” or “unfaithful people” or “those who disobey God” or “people who rebel against God.”
  • In some languages, the term “unfaithful” is related to the word for “unbelief.”

(See also: How to Translate Names)

(See also: believe, faithful, disobey, adultery)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: G05710

Proverbs References:

16:10

favor, favorable, favoritism

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: favor, favorable, favoritism

Definition:

The term “favor” generally means approval. Someone who favors another person regards that person positively and approves of them.

  • Jesus grew up “in favor with” God and men. This means that both God and others approved of his character and behavior.
  • The expression “find favor” with someone means that someone is approved of by that person.
  • When a king shows favor to someone, it often means that he approves of that person’s request and grants it.
  • A “favor” can also be a gesture or action towards or for another person for their benefit.
  • The term “favoritism” means an attitude of acting favorably toward some people but not others. It means the inclination to pick one person over another or one thing over another because the person or item is preferred. Generally, favoritism is considered unfair.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Other ways to translate the term “favor” could include “approval” or “blessing” or “benefit.”
  • The “favorable year of Yahweh” could be translated as “the year (or time) when Yahweh will bring great blessing.”
  • The term “favoritism” could be translated as “partiality” or “being prejudiced” or “unjust treatment.” This word is related to the word “favorite,” which means to prefer above all others.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0995, H1156, H1293, H1779, H1921, H2580, H2603, H2896, H5278, H5375, H5414, H5922, H6213, H6437, H6440, H7521, H7522, H7965, G11840, G36850, G43800, G43820, G54850, G54860

Proverbs References:

1:9; 3:4; 3:22; 3:34; 4:9; 8:35; 10:32; 11:27; 12:2; 13:15; 14:9; 14:21; 14:31; 16:15; 17:8; 18:22; 19:12; 19:17; 21:10; 22:1; 28:8; 28:23

fear, afraid, frighten

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: fear, afraid, frighten

Definition:

The terms “fear” often refers to the unpleasant emotion a person feels when experiencing a potential threat to their safety or well-being. In the Bible, however, the term “fear” can also mean an attitude of worship, respect, awe, or obedience toward another person, usually someone powerful such as God or a king.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, the term “fear” can be translated in various ways. Some possibilities include: “be afraid;” “deeply respect,” or “deep respect;” “revere,” or “reverence;” or perhaps “be in awe of.”
  • The sentence “The fear of God fell on all of them” might be translated in various ways. Some possibilities include: “Suddenly they all felt a deep awe and respect for God;” or “Immediately, they all felt very amazed and revered God deeply;” or “Right then, they all felt very afraid of God (because of his great power).”
  • The phrase “fear Yahweh” could be translated as “reverence Yahweh” or “deeply respect Yahweh.”
  • The phrase “fear not” could also be translated as “do not be afraid” or “stop being afraid.”

(See also: awe, Yahweh, Lord, marvel, power)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0367, H0926, H1204, H1481, H1672, H1674, H1763, H2119, H2296, H2727, H2729, H2730, H2731, H2844, H2849, H2865, H3016, H3025, H3068, H3372, H3373, H3374, H4032, H4034, H4035, H4116, H4172, H6206, H6342, H6343, H6345, H6427, H7264, H7267, H7297, H7374, H7461, H7493, H8175, G08700, G11670, G11680, G11690, G16300, G17190, G21240, G21250, G29620, G53980, G53990, G54000, G54010

Proverbs References:

1:7; 1:29; 2:5; 3:7; 3:25; 8:13; 9:10; 10:27; 13:13; 14:2; 14:16; 14:26; 14:27; 15:16; 15:33; 16:6; 19:23; 22:4; 23:17; 24:21; 31:21; 31:30

feast, feasting

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: feast, feasting

Definition:

The term “feast” is a very general term that refers to an event where people gather to celebrate something by eating a large meal together. In biblical times, a feast sometimes lasted for several days or more.

  • Often there are special kinds of food that are eaten at a certain feast.
  • The religious festivals that God commanded the Jews to celebrate usually included having a feast together. For this reason the festivals are often called “feasts.”
  • In biblical times, kings and other rich and powerful people often gave feasts to entertain their family or friends.
  • In the story about the lost son, the father had a special feast prepared to celebrate the return of his son.
  • The term to “feast” could also be translated as to “eat lavishly” or to “celebrate by eating lots of food” or to “eat a special, large meal.”
  • Depending on the context, “feast” could be translated as “celebrating together with a large meal” or “a meal with a lot of food” or “a celebration meal.”

(See also: festival, banquet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0398, H2077, H2282, H3899, H3900, H4150, H4797, H4960, H7646, H8057, H8354, G00260, G10620, G11730, G18590, G21650, G49100

Proverbs References:

15:15

fig

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: fig

Definition:

A fig is a small, soft, sweet fruit that grows on trees. When ripe, this fruit can be a variety of colors, including brown, yellow, or purple.

  • Fig trees can grow 6 meters in height and their large leaves provide pleasant shade. The fruit is about 3-5 centimeters long.
  • Adam and Eve used the leaves from fig trees to make clothing for themselves after they had sinned.
  • Figs can be eaten raw, cooked, or dried. People also chop them into small pieces and press them into cakes to eat later.
  • In Bible times, figs were important as a source of food and income.
  • The presence of fruitful fig trees is frequently mentioned in the Bible as a sign of prosperity.
  • Several times Jesus used fig trees as an illustration to teach his disciples spiritual truths.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1061, H1690, H6291, H8384, G36530, G48080, G48100

Proverbs References:

27:18

firstfruit, firstfruits

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: firstfruit, firstfruits

Definition:

The term “firstfruits” refers to a portion of the first crop of fruits and vegetables that was reaped during each harvest season.

  • The Israelites offered these first fruits to God as a sacrificial offering.
  • This term is also used figuratively in the Bible to refer to a firstborn son as being the first fruits of the family. That is, because he was the first son to be born into that family, he was the one who carried on the family name and honor.
  • Because Jesus rose from the dead, he is called the “firstfruits” of all believers in him, believers who have died but who will some day come back to life.
  • Believers in Jesus are also called the “firstfruits” of all creation, indicating the special privilege and position of those whom Jesus redeemed and called to be his people.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The literal use of this term could be translated as “first portion (of crops)” or “first part of the harvest.”
  • If possible, the figurative uses should be translated literally, to allow for different meanings in different contexts. This will also show the correlation between the literal meaning and the figurative uses.

(See also: firstborn)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1061, H6529, H7225, G05360

Proverbs References:

3:9

flock, herd

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: flock, herd

Definition:

In the Bible, “flock” refers to a group of sheep or goats and “herd” refers to a group of cattle or pigs.

  • Different languages may have different ways of naming groups of animals or birds.

Translation Suggestions

  • Consider what terms are used in your language to refer to different groups of animals, and use the appropriate term for each kind of animal.
  • If your language uses the same word to refer to both groups of sheep and cattle, then you may need to say “groups of sheep” where the Bible says only “flocks,” and “groups of cattle” where the Bible says only “herds.” Alternatively, if the Biblical context does not demand differentiation (if the text simply says “flocks and herds,” meaning all their domesticated animals) you may just use the one word once.

(See also: goat, cow, pig, sheep)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0951, H1241, H2835, H4029, H4735, H4830, H5349, H5739, H6251, H6629, H7399, H7462, G00340, G41670, G41680

Proverbs References:

27:23

fool, foolish, folly

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: fool, foolish, folly

Definition:

The term “fool” refers to a person who often makes wrong choices, especially choosing to disobey. The term “foolish” describes a person or behavior that is not wise.

  • In the Bible, the term “fool” usually refers to a person who does not believe or obey God. This is often contrasted to the wise person, who trusts in God and obeys God.
  • In the Psalms, David describes a fool as a person who does not believe in God, one who ignores all the evidence of God in his creation.
  • The Old Testament book of Proverbs also gives many descriptions of what a fool, or foolish person, is like.
  • The term “folly” refers to an action that is not wise because it is against God’s will. Often “folly” also includes the meaning of something that is ridiculous or dangerous.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “fool” could be translated as “foolish person” or “unwise person” or “senseless person” or “ungodly person.”
  • Ways to translate “foolish” could include “lacking understanding” or “unwise” or “senseless.”

(See also: wise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0191, H0196, H0200, H1198, H1984, H2973, H3684, H3687, H3688, H3689, H3690, H5014, H5034, H5036, H5039, H5528, H5529, H5530, H5531, H6612, H8417, H8602, H8604, G04530, G04540, G07810, G08010, G08770, G08780, G27570, G31500, G31540, G34710, G34720, G34730, G34740, G39120

forsake, forsaken, leave

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: forsake, forsaken, leave

Definition:

The term “forsake” means to abandon someone or to give up something. Someone who has been “forsaken” has been deserted or abandoned by someone else.

  • When people “forsake” God, they are being unfaithful to him by disobeying him.
  • When God “forsakes” people, he has stopped helping them and allowed them to experience suffering in order to cause them to turn back to him.
  • This term can also mean to forsake things, such as forsaking, or not following, God’s teachings.
  • The term “forsaken” can be used in the past tense, as in “he has forsaken you” or as in referring to someone who has “been forsaken.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • Other ways to translate this term could include “abandon” or “neglect” or “give up” or “go away from” or “leave behind,” depending on the context.
  • To “forsake” God’s law could be translated “disobey God’s law.” This could also be translated as “abandon” or “give up on” or “stop obeying” his teachings or his laws.
  • The phrase “be forsaken” can be translated as “be abandoned” or “be deserted.”
  • It more clearer to use different words to translate this term, depending on whether the text describes forsaking a thing or a person.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0488, H2308, H5203, H5428, H5800, H5805, H7503, G06460, G06570, G08630, G14590, G26410

Proverbs References:

1:8; 2:13; 2:17; 3:3; 4:2; 4:6; 6:20; 9:6; 15:10; 27:10; 28:4; 28:13

foundation, founder, founded

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: foundation, founder, founded

Definition:

Used in this sense, the verb “found” means build, create, or lay a base for. The phrase “founded on” means supported by or based on. A “foundation” is the base of support on which something is built or created.

  • The foundation of a house or building must be strong and dependable in order to support the entire structure.
  • The term “foundation” can also refer to the beginning of something or to the time when something was first created.
  • A “foundation stone” was a stone that was laid as part of the foundation. These stones were tested to make sure they were strong enough to support an entire building.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The phrase “before the foundation of the world” could be translated as “before the creation of the world” or “before the time when the world first existed” or “before everything was first created.”
  • The term “founded on” could be translated as “securely built on” or “firmly based on.”
  • Depending on the context, “foundation” could be translated as “strong base” or “solid support” or “beginning” or “creation.”

(See also: cornerstone, create)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0134, H0787, H2713, H3245, H3247, H3248, H4143, H4144, H4146, H4328, H4349, H4527, H8356, G23100, G23110, G26020

Proverbs References:

3:19; 8:29; 10:25

fountain, source, spring

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: fountain, source, spring

Definition:

The terms “fountain” and “spring” usually refer to a large amount of water that flows out naturally from the ground.

  • These words are also used figuratively in the Bible to refer to blessings flowing from God or to refer to something that cleanses and purifies.
  • In modern times, a fountain is often a manmade object that has water flowing out of it, such as a drinking fountain. Make sure that the translation of this term refers to a natural source of flowing water.
  • Compare the translation of this term with how the term “flood” is translated.

(See also: flood)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0953, H1530, H1543, H3222, H4002, H4161, H4456, H4599, H4726, H5033, H5869, H5927, H6524, H6779, H8444, H8666, G02420, G40770

Proverbs References:

5:16; 5:18; 8:24; 8:28; 10:11; 13:14; 14:27; 16:22; 18:4; 25:26

fruit, fruitful, unfruitful

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: fruit, fruitful, unfruitful

Definition:

The term “fruit” refers to the part of a plant that can be eaten. Something that is “fruitful” produces a lot of fruit. Something that is “unfruitful” does not produce fruit.

  • In general, the expression “fruit of” refers to anything that comes from or that is produced by something else. For example, the phrase “the fruit of every tree” refers to the fruit that comes from these trees.
  • The expression “fruit of the land” refers generally to everything that the land produces for people to eat. This includes not only fruits such as grapes or dates, but also vegetables, nuts, and grains.

Translation Suggestions:

  • When the term “fruit” refers to what a specific plant produces, the specific term for the fruit of that plant can be used, otherwise, use a general word for the edible things that plants produce, if possible. In many languages it may be more natural to use the plural “fruits” whenever it refers to more than one fruit.
  • When used literally, the term “fruitful” could be translated as “producing much fruit.”
  • The expression “fruit of the land” could also be translated as “food that the land produces” or “food crops that are growing in that region.”
  • When used literally, the expression “will be more fruitful” could also be translated as “will produce more fruit.”

(See also: descendant, grain, grape, Holy Spirit, vine, womb)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0004, H1061, H1063, H1069, H2233, H2981, H3581, H3759, H3899, H3978, H4022, H5108, H6509, H6529, H7019, H8393, H8570, G10810, G25900, G25920, G25930, G37030, G50520, G53520

Proverbs References:

1:31; 8:19; 11:30; 12:14; 13:2; 18:20; 18:21; 27:18; 31:16; 31:31

furnace

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: furnace

Definition:

A furnace was a very large oven used for heating objects to a high temperature.

  • In ancient times, most furnaces were used for melting metals to make objects such as cooking pots, jewelry, weapons, and idols.
  • Furnaces were also used in the making of clay pottery.
  • Sometimes a furnace is referred to figuratively to explain that something is very hot.

(See also: false god, image)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0861, H3536, H3564, H5948, H8574, G25750

Proverbs References:

27:21

gate, gate bar, gatekeeper, gatepost, gateway

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: gate, gate bar, gatekeeper, gatepost, gateway

Definition:

The term “gate” refers to an access point in a fence, wall, or other kind of barrier that surrounds a house, property, city, etc.

  • A city gate could be opened to allow people, animals, and cargo to travel in and out of the city.
  • To protect the city, its walls and gates were thick and strong. Gates were closed and locked with a metal or wooden bar to prevent enemy soldiers from entering the city.
  • A “bar” for a gate refers to a wood or metal bar that can be moved into place so that the doors of the gate cannot be opened from the outside.
  • In Bible times, a city gate was often the social center for that town or city. It was a place where news of current events was exchanged between people, where business transactions occurred, and where civil judgments were made.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, other ways to translate “gate” could be “door” or “wall opening” or “barrier” or “entranceway.”
  • The phrase “bars of the gate” could be translated as “gate bolts” or “wooden beams to lock the gate” or “metal locking rods of the gate.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1817, H5592, H6607, H8179, G23740, G44390, G44400

Proverbs References:

1:21; 8:3; 14:19; 18:19; 22:22; 24:7; 31:23; 31:31

generation

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: generation

Definition:

The term “generation” in this sense refers to a period of time approximately equal to the lifetime of a person. This could be as long as 100 years. This period of time also came to be measured by the time between the adulthood of one person and the adulthood of his or her offspring, or a 30–40-year time span.

Translation Suggestions

  • When referring to the past, “generations” could be translated as “during the times of our ancestors” or “when people lived before us.”
  • When referring to the future, “generations” could be translated as “lifespans” or “times of people who will come afterwards” or “when our descendants are living.”
  • The phrase “in his own generation” could be translated as “while he lived” or “during his time”
  • The expression “from generation to generation” or “from one generation to the next” could be translated as “from the time of people living now and for always” or “as long as people live on the earth” or “from now to all future time periods” or “for all time.”

(See also: descendant, ancestor)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1755, H8435, G01650, G10740

Proverbs References:

27:24; 30:11; 30:12; 30:13; 30:14

gird, girded, wrapped around, tied up, belt, tuck in belt, put belt around

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: gird, girded, wrapped around, tied up, belt, tuck in belt, put belt around

Definition:

The term “gird” means to fasten something around something else. It often refers to using a belt or sash around the waist to keep a robe or tunic in place.

  • The common biblical phrase, “gird up the loins” refers to tucking the bottom of a garment into a belt to allow a person to move more freely, usually to do work.
  • This phrase can also mean “get ready to work” or to be prepared to do something difficult.
  • The expression “gird up the loins” could be translated using an expression in the target language that has the same meaning. Or it could be translated figuratively as “prepare yourself for action” or “get yourself ready.”
  • The term “girded with” could be translated as “encircled by” or “wrapped with” or “belted with.”

(See also: loins)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0640, H0247, H2290, H2296, H8151, G03280, G12410, G40240

Proverbs References:

30:31; 31:17

glory, glorious, glorify

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: glory, glorious, glorify

Definition:

The term “glory” is a general term for a family of concepts including value, worth, importance, honor, splendor, or majesty. The term “glorify” means to ascribe glory to someone or something, or to show or tell how glorious something or someone is.

  • In the Bible, the term “glory” is especially used to describe God, who is more valuable, more worthy, more important, more honorable, more splendid, and more majestic than anyone or anything in the universe. Everything about his character reveals his glory.
  • People can glorify God by telling about the wonderful things he has done. They can also glorify God by living in accordance with God’s character, because doing so shows to others his value, worth, importance, honor, splendor, and majesty.
  • The expression to “glory in” means to boast about or take pride in something.

Old Testament

  • The specific phrase “the glory of Yahweh” in the Old Testament usually refers to some perceptible manifestation of Yahweh’s presence in a particular location.

New Testament

  • God the Father will glorify God the Son by revealing to all people the full extent of how glorious Jesus is.
  • Everyone who believes in Christ will be glorified with him. This use of the term “glorify” carries a unique meaning. It means that when people who believe in Christ are raised to life, they will be changed physically to be like Jesus as he appeared after his resurrection.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, different ways to translate “glory” could include “splendor” or “majesty” or “awesome greatness” or “extreme value.”
  • The term “glorious” could be translated as “full of glory” or “extremely valuable” or “brightly shining” or “awesomely majestic.”
  • The expression “give glory to God” could be translated as “honor God’s greatness” or “praise God because of his splendor” or “tell others how great God is.”
  • The expression “glory in” could also be translated as “praise” or “take pride in” or “boast about” or “take pleasure in.”
  • “Glorify” could also be translated as “give glory to” or “bring glory to” or “cause to appear great.”
  • The phrase “glorify God” could also be translated as “praise God” or “talk about God’s greatness” or “show how great God is” or “honor God (by obeying him).”
  • The term “be glorified” could also be translated as “be shown to be very great” or “be praised” or “be exalted.”

(See also: honor, majesty, exalt, obey, praise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 23:7 Suddenly, the skies were filled with angels praising God, saying, “Glory to God in heaven and peace on earth to the people he favors!”
  • 25:6 Then Satan showed Jesus all the kingdoms of the world and all their glory and said, “I will give you all this if you bow down and worship me.”
  • 37:1 When Jesus heard this news, he said, “This sickness will not end in death, but it is for the glory of God.”
  • 37:8 Jesus responded, “Did I not tell you that you would see God’s glory if you believe in me?”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0117, H0142, H0155, H0215, H1342, H1921, H1926, H1935, H1984, H3367, H3513, H3519, H3520, H6286, H6643, H7623, H8597, G13910, G13920, G17400, G17410, G27440, G48880

Proverbs References:

25:2

goat, goatskin, scapegoat, kid

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: goat, goatskin, scapegoat, kid

Definition:

A goat is a medium-sized, four-legged animal which is similar to a sheep and is raised primarily for its milk and meat. A baby goat is called a “kid.”

  • Like sheep, goats were important animals of sacrifice, especially at Passover.

  • Although goats and sheep can be very similar, these are some ways that they are different:

    • Goats have coarse hair; sheep have wool.
    • The tail of a goat stands up; the tail of a sheep hangs down.
    • Sheep usually like to stay with their herd, but goats are more independent and tend to wander away from their herd.
  • In Bible times, goats were often the main source of milk in Israel.

  • Goat skins were used for tent coverings and to make bags for holding wine.

  • In both the Old and New Testaments, the goat was used as a symbol for unrighteous people, perhaps because of its tendency to wander away from the one taking care of it.

  • The Israelites also used goats as symbolic sin bearers. When one goat was sacrificed, the priest would lay his hands on a second, live goat, and send it into the desert as a symbol that the animal was bearing the people’s sins.

(See also: flock, sacrifice, sheep, righteous, wine)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0689, H1423, H1429, H3277, H3629, H5795, H5796, H6260, H6629, H6842, H7716, H8163, H8166, H8495, G01220, G20550, G20560, G51310

Proverbs References:

5:19; 27:26; 27:27; 30:31

God

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: God

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “God” refers to the eternal being who created the universe out of nothing. God exists as Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. God’s personal name is “Yahweh.”

  • God has always existed; he existed before anything else existed, and he will continue to exist forever.
  • He is the only true God and has authority over everything in the universe.
  • God is perfectly righteous, infinitely wise, holy, sinless, just, merciful, and loving.
  • He is a covenant-keeping God, who always fulfills his promises.
  • People were created to worship God and he is the only one they should worship.
  • God revealed his name as “Yahweh,” which means “he is” or “I am” or “the One who (always) exists.”
  • The Bible also teaches about false “gods,” which are nonliving idols that people wrongly worship.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways to translate “God” could include “Deity” or “Creator” or “Supreme Being” or “Supreme Creator” or “Infinite Sovereign Lord” or “Eternal Supreme Being.”
  • Consider how God is referred to in a local or national language. There may also already be a word for “God” in the language being translated. If so, it is important to make sure that this word fits the characteristics of the one true God as described above.
  • Many languages capitalize the first letter of the word for the one true God, to distinguish it from the word for a false god. Another way to make this distinction would be to use different terms for “God” and “god.” NOTE: In the biblical text, when a person who does not worship Yahweh speaks about Yahweh and uses the word “god,” it is acceptable to render the term without a capital letter in reference to Yahweh (see Jonah 1:6, 3:9).
  • The phrase “I will be their God and they will be my people” could also be translated as “I, God, will rule over these people and they will worship me.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: create, false god, God the Father, Holy Spirit, false god, Son of God, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 1:1 God created the universe and everything in it in six days.
  • 1:15 God made man and woman in his own image.
  • 5:3 “I am God Almighty. I will make a covenant with you.”
  • 9:14 God said, “I AM WHO I AM. Tell them, ‘I AM has sent me to you.’ Also tell them, ‘I am Yahweh, the God of your ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. This is my name forever.’”
  • 10:2 Through these plagues, God showed Pharaoh that he is more powerful than Pharaoh and all of Egypt’s gods.
  • 16:1 The Israelites began to worship the Canaanite gods instead of Yahweh, the true God.
  • 22:7 “You, my son, will be called the prophet of the Most High God who will prepare the people to receive the Messiah!”
  • 24:9 There is only one God. But John heard God the Father speak, and saw Jesus the Son and the Holy Spirit when he baptized Jesus.
  • 25:7 “Worship only the Lord your God and only serve him.”
  • 28:1 “There is only one who is good, and that is God.”
  • 49:9 But God loved everyone in the world so much that he gave his only Son so that whoever believes in Jesus will not be punished for his sins, but will live with God forever.
  • 50:16 But some day God will create a new heaven and a new earth that will be perfect.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0136, H0305, H0410, H0426, H0430, H0433, H2486, H2623, H3068, H3069, H3863, H4136, H6697, G01120, G05160, G09320, G09350, G10960, G11400, G20980, G21240, G21280, G21500, G21520, G21530, G22990, G23040, G23050, G23120, G23130, G23140, G23150, G23160, G23170, G23180, G23190, G23200, G33610, G37850, G41510, G52070, G53770, G54630, G55370, G55380

Proverbs References:

2:5; 2:17; 3:4; 25:2; 30:5; 30:9

gold, golden

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: gold, golden

Definition:

Gold is a yellow, high quality metal that was used for making jewelry and religious objects. It was the most valuable metal in ancient times.

  • In Bible times, many different kinds of objects were made out of solid gold or were covered with a thin layer of gold.
  • These objects included earrings and other jewelry, and idols, altars, and other objects used in the tabernacle or temple, such as the ark of the covenant.
  • In Old Testament times, gold was used as a means of exchange in buying and selling. It was weighed on a scale to determine its value.
  • Later on, gold and other metals such as silver were used to make coins to use in buying and selling
  • When referring to something that is not solid gold, but only has a thin covering of gold, the term “golden” or “gold-covered” or “gold-overlaid” could also be used.
  • Sometimes an object is described as “gold-colored,” which means it has the yellow color of gold, but may not actually be made of gold.

(See also: altar, ark of the covenant, false god, silver, tabernacle, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1220, H1722, H2091, H2742, H3800, H5458, H6884, H6885, G55520, G55530, G55540, G55570

Proverbs References:

3:14; 8:10; 8:19; 11:22; 16:16; 17:3; 20:15; 22:1; 25:11; 25:12; 27:21

good, right, pleasant, better, best

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: good, right, pleasant, better, best

Definition:

The term “good” generally refers to a positive evaluation of the quality of something or someone, often in a moral or emotional sense. However, the term conveys various nuances throughout the Bible depending on the context.

  • Something that is “good” could be emotionally pleasant, morally right, excellent, helpful, suitable, or profitable.
  • In the Bible, the general meaning of “good” is often contrasted with “evil.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • The general term for “good” in the target language should be used wherever this general meaning is accurate and natural, especially in contexts where it is contrasted to evil.
  • Depending on the context, other ways to translate this term could include “kind” or “excellent” or “pleasing to God” or “righteous” or “morally upright” or “profitable.”
  • “Good land” could be translated as “fertile land” or “productive land”; a “good crop” could be translated as a “plentiful harvest” or “large amount of crops.”
  • The phrase “do good to” means to do something that benefits others and could be translated as “be kind to” or “help” or “benefit” someone or “cause someone to prosper.”
  • To “do good on the Sabbath” means to “do things that help others on the Sabbath.”
  • Depending on the context, ways to translate the term “goodness” could include “blessing” or “kindness” or “moral perfection” or “righteousness” or “purity.”

(See also: righteous, prosper, evil)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 1:4 God saw that what he had created was good.
  • 1:11 God planted the tree of the knowledge of good and evil.
  • 1:12 Then God said, “It is not good for man to be alone.”
  • 2:4 “God just knows that as soon as you eat it, you will be like God and will understand good and evil like he does.”
  • 8:12 “You tried to do evil when you sold me as a slave, but God used the evil for good!”
  • 14:15 Joshua was a good leader because he trusted and obeyed God.
  • 18:13 Some of these kings were good men who ruled justly and worshiped God.
  • 28:1Good teacher, what must I do to have eternal life?” Jesus said to him, “Why do you call me ‘good?’ There is only one who is good, and that is God.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0117, H0145, H0155, H0202, H0239, H0410, H1580, H1926, H1935, H2532, H2617, H2623, H2869, H2895, H2896, H2898, H3190, H3191, H3276, H3474, H3788, H3966, H4261, H4399, H5232, H5750, H6287, H6643, H6743, H7075, H7368, H7399, H7443, H7999, H8231, H8232, H8233, H8389, H8458, G00140, G00150, G00180, G00190, G05150, G07440, G08650, G09790, G13800, G20950, G20970, G21060, G21070, G21080, G21090, G21140, G21150, G21330, G21400, G21620, G21630, G21740, G22930, G25650, G25670, G25700, G25730, G28870, G29860, G31400, G36170, G37760, G41470, G46320, G46740, G48510, G52230, G52240, G53580, G55420, G55430, G55440

grace, gracious

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: grace, gracious

Definition:

The word “grace” refers to help or blessing that is given to someone who has not earned it. The term “gracious” describes someone who shows grace to others.

  • God’s grace toward sinful human beings is a gift that is freely given.
  • The concept of grace also refers to being kind and forgiving to someone who has done wrong or hurtful things.
  • The expression to “find grace” is an expression that means to receive help and mercy from God. Often it includes the meaning that God is pleased with someone and helps him.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Other ways that “grace” could be translated include “divine kindness” or “God’s favor” or “God’s kindness and forgiveness for sinners” or “merciful kindness.”
  • The term “gracious” could be translated as “full of grace” or “kind” or “merciful” or “mercifully kind.”
  • The expression “he found grace in the eyes of God” could be translated as “he received mercy from God” or “God mercifully helped him” or “God showed his favor to him” or “God was pleased with him and helped him.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2580, H2587, H2589, H2603, H8467, G21430, G54850, G55430

Proverbs References:

5:19; 11:16; 22:11; 26:25

grain, grainfields

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: grain, grainfields

Definition:

The term “grain” usually refers to the seed of a food plant such as wheat, barley, corn, millet, or rice. It can also refer to the whole plant.

  • In the Bible, the main grains that are referred to are wheat and barley.
  • A head of grain is the part of the plant that holds the grain.
  • Note that some older Bible versions use the word “corn” to refer to grain in general. In modern English however, “corn” only refers to one type of grain.

(See also: head, wheat)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1250, H1430, H1715, H2233, H2591, H3759, H3899, H7054, H7383, H7641, H7668, G02480, G25900, G34500, G46210, G47190

Proverbs References:

11:26; 14:4; 27:22

guilt offering

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: guilt offering

Definition:

A guilt offering was an offering or sacrifice that God required an Israelite to make if he had accidentally done something wrong such as disrespect God or damage another person’s property.

  • This offering involved the sacrifice of an animal and the payment of a fine, with silver or gold money.
  • In addition, the person at fault was responsible to pay for any damage that was done.

(See also: burnt offering, grain offering, sacrifice, sin offering)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0817

Proverbs References:

14:9

guilt, guilty

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: guilt, guilty

Definition:

The term “guilt” refers to the fact of having sinned or committed a crime.

  • To “be guilty” means to have done something morally wrong, that is, to have disobeyed God.
  • The opposite of “guilty” is “innocent.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • Some languages might translate “guilt” as “the weight of sin” or “the counting of sins.”
  • Ways to translate to “be guilty” could include a word or phrase that means, to “be at fault” or “having done something morally wrong” or “having committed a sin.”

(See also: innocent, iniquity, punish, sin)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 39:2 They brought many witnesses who lied about him (Jesus). However, their statements did not agree with each other, so the Jewish leaders could not prove he was guilty of anything.
  • 39:11 After speaking with Jesus, Pilate went out to the crowd and said, “I find no guilt in this man.” But the Jewish leaders and the crowd shouted, “Crucify him!” Pilate replied, “He is not guilty.” But they shouted even louder. Then Pilate said a third time, “He is not guilty!”
  • 40:4 Jesus was crucified between two robbers. One of them mocked Jesus, but the other said, “Don’t you fear God? We are guilty, but this man is innocent.”
  • 49:10 Because of your sin, you are guilty and deserve to die.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0816, H0817, H0818, H5352, H5355, H7563, G03380, G17770, G37840, G52670

Proverbs References:

21:8; 30:10

hard, harder

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: hard, harder

Definition:

The term “hard” generally refers to something that is difficult, challenging, or requires great diligence and persistence to be done.

  • When used as a modifier, its meaning is similar to “great effort.”

Translation Suggestions

  • The term “hard” could also be translated as “difficult” or “persistent” or “diligently” or “challenging,” depending on the context.
  • In expressions such as “work hard” or “try hard,” the term “hard” could be translated as “with perseverance” or “diligently.”
  • The expression “press hard against” could also be translated as “shove with force” or “push strongly against.”
  • To “oppress people with hard labor” could be translated as “force people to work so hard that they suffer” or “cause people to suffer by forcing them to do very difficult work.”
  • Depending on context the term “harder” could also be translated as “more difficult” or “more diligently”
  • In some contexts “hard” could be translated as “heavy” or “heavily.”
  • A different kind of “hard labor” is experienced by a woman who is about to deliver a baby.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2388, H3515, H6381, H7185, H7186, G03180, G14190, G14220, G14230, G25320, G28730, G44560, G44570, G46410, G46420, G46430, G46450, G49120

Proverbs References:

28:14

harvest, reap

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: harvest, reap

Definition:

The term “harvest” refers to the gather the ripe fruits, vegetables, seeds, or grains from the plants on which they were growing. The term “reap” means to harvest crops.

  • The harvest time normally happens at the end of a growing season.
  • The Israelites held a “Festival of Harvest” or “Festival of Ingathering” to celebrate the reaping of the food crops. God commanded them to offer the first fruits of these crops as a sacrifice to him.
  • In biblical times, reapers usually harvested crops by hand, either pulling up the plants or cutting them with a sharp cutting tool.

Translation Suggestions:

  • It is best to translate the concept with the word that is commonly used in the language to refer to the harvesting of crops.
  • The event of harvesting could be translated as “time of gathering in” or “crop gathering time” or “fruit picking time.”
  • The verb to “harvest” could be translated as to “gather in” or to “pick up” or to “collect.”

(See also: firstfruits, festival, good news)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2758, H4395, H4672 H7105, H7114, H7938, G02700, G23250, G23260, G23270

Proverbs References:

6:8; 10:5; 20:4; 22:8; 25:13; 26:1

heaven, sky, heavens, heavenly

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: heaven, sky, heavens, heavenly

Definition:

The term that is translated as “heaven” usually refers to where God lives. The same word can also mean “sky,” depending on the context.

  • The term “heavens” refers to everything we see above the earth, including the sun, moon, and stars. It also includes the heavenly bodies, such as far-off planets, that we cannot directly see from the earth.
  • The term “sky” refers to the blue expanse above the earth that has clouds and the air we breathe. Often the sun and moon are also said to be “up in the sky.”
  • In some contexts in the Bible, the word “heaven” could refer to either the sky or the place where God lives.

Translation Suggestions:

  • For “kingdom of heaven” in the book of Matthew, it is best to keep the word “heaven” since this is distinctive to Matthew’s gospel.
  • The terms “heavens” or “heavenly bodies” could also be translated as “sun, moon, and stars” or “all the stars in the universe.”
  • The phrase, “stars of heaven” could be translated as “stars in the sky” or “stars in the galaxy” or “stars in the universe.”

(See also: kingdom of God)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 4:2 They even began building a tall tower to reach heaven.
  • 14:11 He (God) gave them bread from heaven, called “manna.”
  • 23:7 Suddenly, the skies were filled with angels praising God, saying, “Glory to God in heaven and peace on earth to the people he favors!”
  • 29:9 Then Jesus said, “This is what my heavenly Father will do to every one of you if you do not forgive your brother from your heart.”
  • 37:9 Then Jesus looked up to heaven and said, “Father, thank you for hearing me.”
  • 42:11 Then Jesus went up to heaven, and a cloud hid him from their sight.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1534, H6160, H6183, H7834, H8064, H8065, G09320, G20320, G33210, G37700, G37710, G37720

Proverbs References:

3:19; 8:27; 23:5; 25:3; 30:4; 30:19

Hezekiah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Hezekiah

Definition:

Hezekiah was the 13th king over the kingdom of Judah. He was a king who trusted and obeyed God.

  • Unlike his father Ahaz, who had been an evil king, King Hezekiah was a good king who destroyed all the places of idol worship in Judah.
  • One time when Hezekiah became very sick and almost died, he earnestly prayed that God would spare his life. God healed him and allowed him to live 15 more years.
  • As a sign to Hezekiah that this would happen, God performed a miracle and caused the sun to move backwards in the sky.
  • God also answered Hezekiah’s prayer to save his people from King Sennacherib of Assyria, who was attacking them.

(See also: Ahaz, Assyria, false god, Judah, Sennacherib)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2396, H3169, G14780

Proverbs References:

25:1

Holy One

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Holy One

Definition:

The term “Holy One” is a title in the Bible that almost always refers to God.

  • In the Old Testament, this title often occurs in the phrase “Holy One of Israel.”
  • In the New Testament, Jesus is also referred to as the “Holy One.”
  • The term “holy one” is sometimes used in the Bible to refer to an angel.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The literal term is “the Holy” (with “One” being implied.) Many languages (like English) will translate this with the implied noun included (such as “One” or “God”).
  • This term could also be translated as “God, who is holy” or “the Set Apart One.”
  • The phrase “the Holy One of Israel” could be translated as “the Holy God whom Israel worships” or “the Holy One who rules Israel.”
  • It is best to translate this term using the same word or phrase that is used to translate “holy.”

(See also: holy, God)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2623, H0376, H6918, G00400, G37410

Proverbs References:

9:10; 30:3

holy, holiness, unholy, sacred

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: holy, holiness, unholy, sacred

Definition:

The terms “holy” and “holiness” refer to the character of God that is totally set apart and separated from everything that is sinful and imperfect.

  • Only God is absolutely holy. He makes people and things holy.
  • A person who is holy belongs to God and has been set apart for the purpose of serving God and bringing him glory.
  • An object that God has declared to be holy is one that he has set apart for his glory and use, such as an altar that is for the purpose of offering sacrifices to him.
  • People cannot approach him unless he allows them to, because he is holy and they are merely human beings, sinful and imperfect.
  • In the Old Testament, God set apart the priests as holy for special service to him. They had to be ceremonially cleansed from sin in order to approach God.
  • God also set apart as holy certain places and things that belonged to him or in which he revealed himself, such as his temple.

Literally, the term “unholy” means “not holy.” It describes someone or something that does not honor God.

  • This word is used to describe someone who dishonors God by rebelling against him.
  • A thing that is called “unholy” could be described as being common, profane or unclean. It does not belong to God.

The term “sacred” describes something that relates to worshiping God or to the pagan worship of false gods.

  • In the Old Testament, the term “sacred” was often said to describe the stone pillars and other objects used in the worship of false gods. This could also be translated as “religious.”
  • “Sacred songs” and “sacred music” refer to music that was sung or played for God’s glory. This could be translated as “music for worshiping Yahweh” or “songs that praise God.”
  • The phrase “sacred duties” referred to the “religious duties” or “rituals” that a priest performed to lead people in worshiping God. It could also refer to the rituals performed by a pagan priest to worship a false god

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways to translate “holy” might include “set apart for God” or “belonging to God” or “completely pure” or “perfectly sinless” or “separated from sin.”

  • To “make holy” is often translated as “sanctify” in English. It could also be translated as “set apart (someone) for God’s glory.”

  • Ways to translate “unholy” could include “not holy” or “not belonging to God” or “not honoring to God” or “not godly.”

  • In some contexts, “unholy” could be translated as “unclean.”

(See also: Holy Spirit, consecrate, sanctify, set apart)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 1:16 He (God) blessed the seventh day and made it holy, because on this day he rested from his work.
  • 9:12 “You are standing on holy ground.”
  • 13:2 “If you will obey me and keep my covenant, you will be my prized possession, a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation.”
  • 13:5 “Always be sure to keep the Sabbath day holy.”
  • 22:5 “So the baby will be holy, the Son of God.”
  • 50:2 As we wait for Jesus to return, God wants us to live in a way that is holy and that honors him.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0430, H2455, H2623, H4676, H4720, H6918, H6922, H6942, H6944, H6948, G00370, G00380, G00400, G00400, G00410, G00420, G04620, G18590, G21500, G24120, G24130, G28390, G37410, G37420

Proverbs References:

20:25

honey, honeycomb

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: honey, honeycomb

Definition:

“Honey” is the sweet, sticky, edible substance that honeybees make out of flower nectar. Honeycomb is the waxy frame where the bees store honey.

  • Depending on the kind, honey can be yellowish or brownish in color.
  • Honey can be found in the wild, such as in the hollow of a tree, or wherever bees make a nest. People also raise bees in hives in order to produce honey to eat or sell, but probably the honey mentioned in the Bible was wild honey.
  • Three people that the Bible specifically mentions as eating wild honey were Jonathan, Samson, and John the Baptist.
  • This term is often used figuratively to describe something that is sweet or very pleasurable. For example, God’s words and decrees are said to be “sweeter than honey.” (See also: Simile, Metaphor)
  • Sometimes a person’s words are described as seeming sweet like honey, but instead result in deceiving and harming others.

(See also: John (the Baptist), Jonathan, Philistines, Samson)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1706, H3293, H3295, H5317, H6688, G31920

Proverbs References:

5:3; 16:24; 24:13; 25:16; 25:27; 27:7

honor

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: honor

Definition:

The terms “honor” and “to honor” refer to giving someone respect, esteem, or reverence.

  • Honor is usually given to someone who is of higher status and importance, such as a king or God.
  • God instructs Christians to honor others.
  • Children are instructed to honor their parents in ways that include respecting them and obeying them.
  • The terms “honor” and “glory” are often used together, especially when referring to Jesus. These may be two different ways of referring to the same thing.
  • Ways of honoring God include thanking and praising him, and showing him respect by obeying him and living in a way that shows how great he is.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Other ways to translate “honor” could include “respect” or “esteem” or “high regard.”
  • The term to “honor” could be translated as to “show special respect to” or to “cause to be praised” or to “show high regard for” or to “highly value.”

(See also: dishonor, glory, praise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1420, H1921, H1922, H1923, H1926, H1927, H1935, H2082, H2142, H3366, H3367, H3368, H3372, H3373, H3374, H3444, H3513, H3519, H3655, H3678, H5081, H5375, H5457, H6213, H6286, H6437, H6942, H6944, H6965, H7236, H7613, H7812, H8597, H8416, G08200, G13910, G13920, G17840, G21510, G25700, G31700, G44110, G45860, G50910, G50920, G50930, G53990

Proverbs References:

3:16; 3:35; 4:8; 8:18; 11:16; 12:9; 13:18; 14:31; 15:33; 18:12; 20:3; 21:21; 22:4; 25:6; 25:27; 26:1; 26:8; 27:18; 29:23

hope, hoped

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: hope, hoped

Definition:

Hope is strongly desiring something to happen. Hope can imply either certainty or uncertainty regarding a future event.

  • In the Bible, the term “hope” also has the meaning of “trust,” as in “my hope is in the Lord.” It refers to a sure expectation of receiving what God has promised his people.
  • Sometimes the ULT translates the term in the original language as “confidence.” This happens mostly in the New Testament in situations where people who believe in Jesus as their Savior have the assurance (or confidence or hope) of receiving what God has promised.
  • To have “no hope” means to have no expectation of something good happening. It means that it is actually very certain that it will not happen.

Translation Suggestions:

  • In some contexts, the term to “hope” could also be translated as to “wish” or to “desire” or to “expect.”
  • The expression “nothing to hope for” could be translated as “nothing to trust in” or “no expectation of anything good”
  • To “have no hope” could be translated as “have no expectation of anything good” or “have no security” or “be sure that nothing good will happen.”
  • The expression “have set your hopes on” could also be translated as “have put your confidence in” or “have been trusting in.”
  • The phrase “I find hope in your Word” could also be translated as “I am confident that your Word is true” or “Your Word helps me trust in you” or “When I obey your Word, I am certain to be blessed.”
  • Phrases such as “hope in” God could also be translated a, “trust in God” or “know for sure that God will do what he has promised” or “be certain that God is faithful.”

(See also: bless, confidence, good, obey, trust, word of God)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0982, H0983, H0986, H2620, H2976, H3175, H3176, H3689, H4009, H4268, H4723, H7663, H7664, H8431, H8615, G00910, G05600, G16790, G16800, G20700

Proverbs References:

10:28; 11:7; 11:23; 13:12; 19:18; 23:18; 24:14; 26:12; 29:20

horse, warhorse, horseback, stallion, steed, mare

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: horse, warhorse, horseback, stallion, steed, mare

Definition:

A horse is a large, four-legged animal that in Bible times was mostly used for war and for transporting people. A stallion is a male horse and a mare is a female horse. “Steed” is a poetic word referring to a horse that is powerful or fast.

  • Some horses were used to pull carts or chariots, while others were used to carry individual riders.
  • In the Bible, horses were considered to be valuable possessions and a measure of wealth, mainly because of their use in war. For example, part of King Solomon’s great wealth was the thousands of horses and chariots that he had.
  • Animals that are similar to the horse are the donkey and the mule.
  • Horses often wear a bit and bridle on their heads so they can be guided.

(See also: chariot, donkey, Solomon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0047, H5483, H5484, H6571, H7409, G24620

Proverbs References:

21:31; 26:3

house

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: house

Definition:

The term “house” refers to a small building, shelter, or tent, usually the place where a family sleeps.

  • When referring to a building where people live and sleep the term “house” could be translated as “dwelling place” or “dwelling structure” or with another term that expresses the meaning.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1004, H1005, H1035, H1397, G36140, G36240

humble, humbled, humility

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: humble, humbled, humility

Definition:

The term “humble” describes a person who does not think of himself as better than others. He is not proud or arrogant. Humility is the quality of being humble.

  • To be humble before God means to understand one’s weakness and imperfection in comparison with his greatness, wisdom and perfection.
  • When a person humbles himself, he puts himself in a position of lower importance.
  • Humility is caring about the needs of others more than one’s own needs.
  • Humility also means serving with a modest attitude when using one’s gifts and abilities.
  • The phrase “be humble” could be translated as “do not be prideful.”
  • “Humble yourself before God” could be translated as “Submit your will to God, recognizing his greatness.”

(See also: proud)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 17:2 David was a humble and righteous man who trusted and obeyed God.
  • 34:10 “God will humble everyone who is proud, and he will lift up whoever humbles himself.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1792, H3665, H6031, H6035, H6038, H6041, H6800, H6819, H7511, H7807, H7812, H8213, H8214, H8215, H8217, H8467, G08580, G42360, G42390, G42400, G50110, G50120, G50130, G53910

Proverbs References:

3:34; 6:3; 15:33; 18:12; 22:4; 25:7

incense

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: incense

Definition:

The term “incense” refers to a mixture of fragrant spices that is burned to produce smoke that has a pleasant smell.

  • God told the Israelites to burn incense as an offering to him.
  • The incense had to be made by mixing equal amounts of five specific spices exactly as God directed. This was a sacred incense, so they were not allowed to use it for any other purpose.
  • The “altar of incense” was a special altar that was only used for burning incense.
  • The incense was offered at least four times a day, at each hour of prayer. It was also offered every time a burnt offering was made.
  • The burning of incense represents prayer and worship rising up to God from his people.
  • Other ways to translate “incense” could include “fragrant spices” or “good-smelling plants.”

(See also: altar of incense, burnt offering, frankincense)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2553, H3828, H4196, H4289, H5208, H6988, H6999, H7002, H7004, H7381, G23680, G23690, G23700, G23790, G30310

Proverbs References:

27:9

inherit, inheritance, heir

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: inherit, inheritance, heir

Definition:

The term “inherit” refers to receiving something valuable from a parent after a parent dies. The term can also refer to receiving something valuable from some other person because of a special relationship with that person. An “inheritance” is the things that are received, and an “heir” is a person who receives an inheritance.

  • A physical inheritance that is received may be money, land, or other kinds of property.
  • God promised Abraham and his descendants that they would inherit the land of Canaan, that it would belong to them forever.

Translation Suggestions:

  • As always, consider first whether there are already terms in the target language for the concept of an heir or an inheritance, and use those terms.
  • Depending on the context, other ways that the term “inherit” could be translated might include “receive” or “possess” or “come into possession of.”
  • Ways to translate “inheritance” could include “promised gift” or “secure possession.”
  • The term “heir” could be translated with a word or phrase that means “privileged child who receives the father’s possessions.”
  • The term “heritage” could be translated as “inherited blessings.”

(See also: heir, Canaan, Promised Land, possess)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 4:6 When Abram arrived in Canaan God said, “Look all around you. I will give to you and your descendants all the land that you can see as an inheritance.”
  • 27:1 One day, an expert in the Jewish law came to Jesus to test him, saying, “Teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?”
  • 35:3 “There was a man who had two sons. The younger son told his father, ‘Father, I want my inheritance now!’ So the father divided his property between the two sons.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2490, H2506, H3423, H3425, H4181, H5157, H5159, G28160, G28170, G28190, G28200

Proverbs References:

3:35; 8:21; 11:29; 13:22; 14:18; 17:2; 19:14; 20:21; 28:10

iniquity

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: iniquity

Definition:

The term “iniquity” is a word that is very similar in meaning to the term “sin,” but may more specifically refer to conscious acts of wrongdoing or great wickedness.

  • The word “iniquity” literally means a twisting or distorting (of the law). It refers to major injustice.
  • Iniquity could be described as deliberate, harmful actions against other people.
  • Other definitions of iniquity include “perversity” and “depravity,” which are both words that describe conditions of terrible sin.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “iniquity” could be translated as “wickedness” or “perverse actions” or “harmful acts.”
  • Often, “iniquity” occurs in the same text as the word “sin” and “transgression” so it is important to have different ways of translating these terms.

(See also: sin, transgress, trespass)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0205, H1942, H5753, H5758, H5766, H5771, H5932, H5999, H7562, G00920, G00930, G04580, G38920, G41890

Proverbs References:

5:22; 6:12; 6:18; 10:29; 12:21; 16:6; 17:4; 19:28; 30:20

innocent

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: innocent

Definition:

The term “innocent” means to not be guilty of a crime or other wrongdoing. It can also refer more generally to people who are not involved in evil things.

  • A person accused of doing something wrong is innocent if he has not committed that wrong.
  • Sometimes the term “innocent” is used to refer to people who have done nothing wrong to deserve the bad treatment they are receiving, as in an enemy army attacking “innocent people.”
  • In the Bible, “blood” can represent “killing,” so “innocent blood” refers to “killing people who did not deserve to die.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • In most contexts, the term “innocent” can be translated as “not guilty” or “not responsible” or “not to blame” for something.
  • When referring in general to innocent people, this term could be translated as “who have done nothing wrong” or “who are not involved in evil.”
  • “To shed innocent blood” can be translated as “to kill people who did not deserve to die.”

(See also: guilt)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 8:6 After two years, Joseph was still in prison, even though he was innocent.
  • 40:4 One of them mocked Jesus, but the other said, “Do you have no fear of God? We are guilty, but this man is innocent.”
  • 40:8 When the soldier guarding Jesus saw everything that happened, he said, “Certainly, this man was innocent. He was the Son of God.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2136, H2600, H2643, H5352, H5355, H5356, G01210

Proverbs References:

1:11; 6:17

instruct, instruction, instructor

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: instruct, instruction, instructor

Definition:

The terms “instruct” and “instruction” refer to giving specific directions about what to do.

  • To “give instructions” means to tell someone specifically what he is supposed to do.
  • When Jesus gave the disciples the bread and fish to distribute to the people, he gave them specific instructions about how to do it.
  • Depending on the context, the term “instruct” could also be translated as “tell” or “direct” or “teach” or “give instructions to.”
  • The term “instructions” could be translated as “directions” or “explanations” or “what he has told you to do.”
  • When God gives instructions, this term is sometimes translated as “commands” or “orders.”

(See also: command, decree, teach)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0241, H0376, H0559, H0631, H1004, H1696, H1697, H3256, H3289, H3384, H4148, H4156, H4687, H4931, H4941, H6098, H6310, H6490, H6680, H7919, H8451, G12560, G12990, G13190, G13210, G13780, G17810, G17850, G27270, G27530, G35590, G35600, G38110, G38520, G38530, G42640, G43670, G48220

integrity

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: integrity

Definition:

The term “integrity” refers to being honest, with strong moral principles and behavior is said to have integrity.

  • Having integrity also means choosing to do what is honest and right even when nobody else is watching.
  • Certain characters in the Bible, such as Joseph and Daniel, showed integrity when they refused to do evil and chose to obey God.
  • The book of Proverbs says that it is better to be poor and have integrity than to be rich and corrupt or dishonest.

Translation Suggestions

  • The term “integrity” could also be translated as “honesty” or “moral uprightness” or “behaving truthfully” or “acting in a trustworthy, honest manner.”

(See also: Daniel, Joseph (OT))

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3476, H6664, H6666, H8535, H8537, H8537, H8538, H8549, G45870

Proverbs References:

2:7; 10:9; 10:29; 11:3; 19:1; 20:7; 28:6

Israel, Israelites

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Israel, Israelites

Definition:

The term “Israel” is the name that God gave to Jacob. Often it refers to the nation that is descended from him.

  • The name Israel probably means “He struggles with God.”
  • The descendants of Jacob became known as the “sons of Israel” or the “people of Israel” or the “nation of Israel” or the “Israelites.”
  • God formed his covenant with the people of Israel. They were his chosen people.
  • The nation of Israel consisted of twelve tribes.
  • Soon after King Solomon died, Israel was divided into two kingdoms: the southern kingdom, called “Judah,” and the northern kingdom, called “Israel.”
  • Often the term “Israel” can be translated as “the people of Israel” or “the nation of Israel,” depending on the context.

(See also: Jacob, kingdom of Israel, Judah, nation, twelve tribes of Israel)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 8:15 The descendants of the twelve sons became the twelve tribes of Israel.
  • 9:3 The Egyptians forced the Israelites to build many buildings and even whole cities.
  • 9:5 A certain Israelite woman gave birth to a baby boy.
  • 10:1 They said, “This is what the God of Israel says, ‘Let my people go!’”
  • 14:12 But despite all this, the people of __Israel __ complained and grumbled against God and against Moses.
  • 15:9 God fought for Israel that day. He caused the Amorites to be confused and he sent large hailstones that killed many of the Amorites.
  • 15:12 After this battle, God gave each tribe of __Israel __ its own section of the Promised Land. Then God gave Israel peace along all its borders.
  • 16:16 So God punished __Israel __ again for worshiping idols.
  • 43:6 “Men of Israel, Jesus was a man who did many mighty signs and wonders by the power of God, as you have seen and already know.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3478, H3479, H3481, H3482, G09350, G24740, G24750

Proverbs References:

1:1

jealous, jealousy

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: jealous, jealousy

Definition:

The terms “jealous” and “jealousy” in this sense refer to a strong desire to protect the purity of a relationship. They can also refer to a strong desire to keep possession of something or someone (See Numbers 11:29).

  • The term “jealous” is used to describe the angry feeling that a person has toward their spouse when they suspect that their spouse has been unfaithful in their marriage (See Numbers 5:14).
  • The terms “jealous” and “jealousy” are often used to describe God’s strong desire that his covenant people love him, remain spiritually faithful to him, and keep him foremost in their affections.
  • When used in the Bible, these terms often refer to God’s strong desire for his people to remain pure and unstained by sin.
  • God is “jealous” for his glory, desiring that he be treated with honor and reverence.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways to translate “jealous” could include “strong protective desire” or “possessive desire.”
  • The term “jealousy” could be translated as “strong protective feeling” or “possessive feeling.”
  • When talking about God, make sure the translation of these terms does not give a negative meaning of being resentful or envious of someone else.

(See also: envy)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H7065, H7067, H7068, H7072, G22050, G22060, G38630

Proverbs References:

6:34; 27:4

joy, joyful, rejoice, glad

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: joy, joyful, rejoice, glad

Definition:

joy

The term “joy” refers to a feeling of delight or deep satisfaction. The related term “joyful” describes a person who feels very glad and is full of deep happiness.

  • A person feels joy when he has a deep sense that what he is experiencing is very good.
  • God is the one who gives true joy to people.
  • Having joy does not depend on pleasant circumstances. God can give people joy even when very difficult things are happening in their lives.
  • Sometimes places are described as joyful, such as houses or cities. This means that the people who live there are joyful.

rejoice

The term “rejoice” means to be full of joy and gladness.

  • This term often refers to being very happy about the good things that God has done.
  • It could be translated as “be very happy” or “be very glad” or “be full of joy.”
  • When Mary said “my soul rejoices in God my Savior,” she meant “God my Savior has made me very happy” or “I feel so joyful because of what God my Savior has done for me.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “joy” could also be translated as “gladness” or “delight” or “great happiness.”
  • The phrase, “be joyful” could be translated as “rejoice” or “be very glad” or it could be translated “be very happy in God’s goodness.”
  • A person who is joyful could be described as “very happy” or “delighted” or “deeply glad.”
  • A phrase such as “make a joyful shout” could be translated as “shout in a way that shows you are very happy.”
  • A “joyful city” or “joyful house” could be translated as “city where joyful people live” or “house full of joyful people” or “city whose people are very happy.” (See: metonymy)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 33:7 “The rocky ground is a person who hears God’s word and accepts it with joy.”
  • 34:4 “The kingdom of God is also like hidden treasure that someone hid in a field… Another man found the treasure and then buried it again. He was so filled with joy, that he went and sold everything he had and used the money to buy that field.”
  • 41:7 The women were full of fear and great joy. They ran to tell the disciples the good news.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1523, H1524, H1525, H2302, H2304, H2305, H2654, H2898, H4885, H5937, H5947, H5965, H5970, H6342, H6670, H7440, H7442, H7444, H7445, H7797, H7832, H8055, H8056, H8057, H8342, H8643, G00200, G00210, G21650, G21670, G27440, G46400, G47960, G49130, G54630, G54790

Judah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Judah

Definition:

Judah was Jacob’s fourth son. He was Leah’s fourth son. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

  • The tribe descended from him was known as the “tribe of Judah” or “Judah.”
  • His name sounds similar to the Hebrew word meaning “praise.”
  • The tribe of Judah settled in the southern part of Canaan, including the mountainous area to the south of the city of Jerusalem. When used as the name of a region of land, the term “Judah” refers to the land given to the tribe of Judah.
  • In the Old Testament, the name Judah is sometimes used to refer to the whole southern kingdom of Israel (similar to how the name Ephraim is sometimes used to refer to the whole northern kingdom).
  • King David, King Solomon, and all the kings of the southern kingdom were descendants of Judah. Jesus, too, was a descendant of Judah.
  • The words “Jew” and “Judea” come from the name “Judah.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: twelve tribes of Israel, Judah (kingdom), Jew, Judea, Jacob, Leah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3063

Proverbs References:

25:1

judge

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: judge

Definition:

A judge is a person who decides what is right or wrong when there are disputes between people, usually in matters that pertain to the law.

  • In the Bible, God is often referred to as a judge because he is the one perfect judge who makes the final decisions about what is right or wrong.
  • After the people of Israel entered the land of Canaan and before they had kings to rule them, God appointed leaders called “judges” to lead them in times of trouble. Often these judges were military leaders who rescued the Israelites by defeating their enemies.
  • The term “judge” could also be called “decision-maker” or “leader” or “deliverer” or “governor,” depending on the context.

(See also: governor, judge, law)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0148, H0430, H1777, H1778, H1779, H1781, H1782, H6414, H6416, H6419, H8199, G03500, G12520, G13480, G29190, G29220, G29230

Proverbs References:

8:16

judge, judgment

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: judge, judgment

Definition:

The terms “judge” and “judgment” often refer to making a decision about whether or not something is good, wise, or right. However, these terms can also refer to actions performed by a person as the result of a decision, usually in the context of deciding that something is bad, wrong, or evil.

  • The terms “judge” and “judgment” can also mean “to cause harm to” (usually because God has decided a person or nation’s actions are wicked).
  • The “judgment of God” often refers to his decision to condemn something or someone as sinful.
  • God’s judgment usually includes punishing people for their sin.
  • The term “judge” can also mean “condemn.” God instructs his people not to judge each other in this way.
  • Another meaning is “arbitrate between” or “judge between,” as in deciding which person is right in a dispute between them.
  • In some contexts, God’s “judgments” are what he has decided is right and just. They are similar to his decrees, laws, or precepts.
  • “Judgment” can refer to wise decision-making ability. A person who lacks “judgment” does not have the wisdom to make wise decisions.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, ways to translate to “judge” could include to “decide” or to “condemn” or to “punish” or to “decree.”
  • The term “judgment” could be translated as “punishment” or “decision” or “verdict” or “decree” or “condemnation.”
  • In some contexts, the phrase “in the judgment” could also be translated as “on judgment day” or “during the time when God judges people.”

(See also: decree, judge, judgment day, just, law, law)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 19:16 The prophets warned the people that if they did not stop doing evil and start obeying God, then God would judge them as guilty, and he would punish them.
  • 21:8 A king is someone who rules over a kingdom and judges the people. The Messiah would come would be the perfect king who would sit on the throne of his ancestor David. He would reign over the whole world forever, and who would always judge honestly and make the right decisions.
  • 39:4 The high priest tore his clothes in anger and shouted to the other religious leaders, “We do not need any more witnesses! You have heard him say that he is the Son of God. What is your judgment?”
  • 50:14 But God will judge everyone who does not believe in Jesus. He will throw them into hell, where they will weep and grind their teeth in anguish forever.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0148, H0430, H1777, H1778, H1779, H1780, H1781, H1782, H2940, H4055, H4941, H6414, H6415, H6416, H6417, H6419, H6485, H8196, H8199, H8201, G01440, G03500, G09680, G11060, G12520, G13410, G13450, G13480, G13490, G29170, G29190, G29200, G29220, G29230, G42320

Proverbs References:

16:10; 16:33; 18:5; 20:8; 22:10; 24:23; 29:14; 31:9

just, justice, unjust, injustice, justify, justification

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: just, justice, unjust, injustice, justify, justification

Definition:

“Just” and “justice” refer to treating people fairly according to God’s laws. Human laws that reflect God’s standard of right behavior toward others are also just.

  • To be “just” is to act in a fair and right way toward others. It also implies honesty and integrity to do what is morally right in God’s eyes.
  • To act “justly” means to treat people in a way that is right, good, and proper according to God’s laws.
  • To receive “justice” means to be treated fairly under the law, either being protected by the law or being punished for breaking the law.
  • Sometimes the term “just” has the broader meaning of “righteous” or “following God’s laws.”

The terms “unjust” and “unjustly” refer to treating people in an unfair and often harmful manner.

  • An “injustice” is something bad that is done to someone that the person did not deserve. It refers to treating people unfairly.
  • Injustice also means that some people are treated badly while others are treated well.
  • Someone who is acting in an unjust way is being “partial” or “prejudiced” because he is not treating people equally.

The terms “justify” and “justification” refer to causing a guilty person to be righteous. Only God can truly justify people.

  • When God justifies people, he forgives their sins and makes it as though they have no sin. He justifies sinners who repent and trust in Jesus to save them from their sins.
  • “Justification” refers to what God does when he forgives a person’s sins and declares that person to be righteous in his sight.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, other ways to translate “just” could include “morally right” or “fair.”

  • The term “justice” could be translated as “fair treatment” or “deserved consequences.”

  • To “act justly” could be translated as “treat fairly” or “behave in a just way.”

  • In some contexts, “just” could be translated as “righteous” or “upright.”

  • Depending on the context, “unjust” could also be translated as “unfair” or “partial” or “unrighteous.”

  • The phrase “the unjust” could be translated as “the unjust ones” or “unjust people” or “people who treat others unfairly” or “unrighteous people” or “people who disobey God.”

  • The term “unjustly” could be translated as “in an unfair manner” or “wrongly” or “unfairly.”

  • Ways to translate “injustice” could include, “wrong treatment” or “unfair treatment” or “acting unfairly.” (See: abstractnouns)

  • Other ways to translate “justify” could include “declare (someone) to be righteous” or “cause (someone) to be righteous.”

  • The term “justification” could be translated as “being declared righteous” or “becoming righteous” or “causing people to be righteous.”

  • The phrase “resulting in justification” could be translated as “so that God justified many people” or “which resulted in God causing people to be righteous.”

  • The phrase “for our justification” could be translated as “in order that we could be made righteous by God.”

(See also: forgive, guilt, judge, righteous, righteous)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 17:9 David ruled with justice and faithfulness for many years, and God blessed him.
  • 18:13 Some of these kings (of Judah) were good men who ruled justly and worshiped God.
  • 19:16 They (the prophets) all told the people to stop worshiping idols and to start showing justice and mercy to others.
  • 50:17 Jesus will rule his kingdom with peace and justice, and he will be with his people forever.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0205, H2555, H3477, H4941, H5765, H5766, H5767, H6662, H6663, H6664, H6666, H8003, H8264, H8636, G00910, G00930, G00940, G13420, G13440, G13450, G13460, G13470, G17380

Proverbs References:

1:3; 2:8; 2:9; 8:20; 12:5; 12:17; 13:23; 16:8; 16:11; 17:23; 19:28; 21:2; 21:3; 21:7; 21:15; 22:8; 28:5; 29:4; 29:26; 29:27

kin, kinfolk, kindred, kinsman

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: kin, kinfolk, kindred, kinsman

Definition:

The term “kin” refers to a person’s blood relatives, considered as a group. The word “kinsman” refers specifically to a male relative.

  • “Kin” can only refer to a person’s close relatives, such as parents and siblings, or it can also include more distant relatives, such as an aunts, uncles, or cousins.
  • In ancient Israel, if a man died, his nearest male relative was expected to marry his widow, manage his property, and help carry on his family name. This relative was called a “kinsman-redeemer.”
  • This term “kin” could also be translated as “relative” or “family member.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0251, H1350, H4129, H4130, H7138, H7607, G47730

Proverbs References:

7:4

king, kingship

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: king, kingship

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “king” refers to a man who is the supreme ruler of a particular group of people or a particular region of land (or both).

  • In biblical times, a king was usually chosen to rule on the basis of family relation to the previous king(s). When a king died, usually his oldest son became the next king.
  • The Bible often refers to God is as a king who rules over the entire universe (in a general sense) and over his people (in a specific sense).
  • The New Testament refers to Jesus as a king in various ways, including: “king of the Jews;” “king of Israel;” and “king of kings.”
  • Depending on the context, the term “king” might also be translated as “supreme chief” or “sovereign ruler.”
  • The phrase “king of kings” might be translated as “king who rules over all other kings” or “supreme ruler who has authority over all other rulers.”

(See also: authority, Herod Antipas, kingdom, kingdom of God)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 8:6 One night, the Pharaoh, which is what the Egyptians called their kings, had two dreams that disturbed him greatly.
  • 16:1 The Israelites had no king, so everyone did what they thought was right for them.
  • 16:18 Finally, the people asked God for a king like all the other nations had.
  • 17:5 Eventually, Saul died in battle, and David became king of Israel. He was a good king, and the people loved him.
  • 21:6 God’s prophets also said that the Messiah would be a prophet, a priest, and a king.
  • 48:14 David was the king of Israel, but Jesus is the king of the entire universe!

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4427, H4428, H4430, G09350, G09360

kiss

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: kiss

Definition:

A kiss is an action in which one person puts his lips to another person’s lips or face. This term can also be used figuratively.

  • Some cultures kiss each other on the cheek as a form of greeting or to say goodbye.
  • A kiss can communicate deep love between two people, such as a husband and wife.
  • The expression to “kiss someone farewell” means to say goodbye with a kiss.
  • Sometimes the word “kiss” is used to mean “say goodbye to.” When Elisha said to Elijah, “Let me first go and kiss my father and mother,” he wanted to say goodbye to his parents before leaving them to follow Elijah.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5390, H5401, G27050, G53680, G53700

Proverbs References:

7:13; 24:26; 27:6

know, knew, knowledge, known, unknown, distinguish

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: know, knew, knowledge, known, unknown, distinguish

Definition:

Used in this sense the term “know” and “knowledge” mean generally to understand something. It can also mean to be aware of a fact. The expression “to make known” means to tell information.

  • The term “knowledge” refers to information that people know. It can apply to knowing physical concepts or abstract concepts.
  • To “know about” God means to understand facts about him because of what he has revealed to us.
  • To “know the Law” means to be aware of what God has commanded or to understand what God has instructed in the laws he gave to Moses.
  • Sometimes “knowledge” is used as a synonym for “wisdom,” which includes living in a way that is pleasing to God.
  • The “knowledge of God” is sometimes used as a synonym for the “fear of Yahweh.”

Translation Suggestions

  • Depending on the context, ways to translate “know” could include “understand” or “be familiar with” or “be aware of” or “be acquainted with.”
  • In the context of understanding the difference between two things, the term is usually translated as “distinguish.” When used in this way, the term is often followed by the preposition “between.”
  • The term “make known” could be translated as “cause people to know” or “reveal” or “tell about” or “explain.”
  • To “know about” something could be translated as “be aware of” or “be familiar with.”
  • The expression “know how to” means to understand the process or method of getting something done. It could also be translated as “be able to” or “have the skill to.”
  • The term “knowledge” could also be translated as “what is known” or “wisdom” or “understanding,” depending on the context.
  • Some languages have two different words for “know,” one for knowing facts and one for knowing a person and having a relationship with that person. The word for knowing facts should be used when translating this sense of the word “know.”

(See also: know-relationship, law, reveal, understand, wise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1844, H1847, H3045, H3046, H3318, G00500, G00560, G03190, G10970, G11070, G11080, G11100, G14920, G19210, G19220, G19870, G42670

labor, labors, labored, laboring, laborer, work, hard work

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: labor, labors, labored, laboring, laborer, work, hard work

Definition:

The term “labor” refers to doing hard work of any kind.

  • In general, labor is any task which uses energy. It is often implied that the task is difficult.
  • A laborer is a person who does any type of labor.
  • Ways to translate “labor” could include “work” or “toil” or “hard work” or “difficult work” or to “work hard.”

(See also: hard)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3021, H4399, H4522, H4639, H5647, H5656, H5998, H6001, H6089, G20380, G20400, G20410, G28720, G28730

Proverbs References:

5:10; 12:24; 16:26; 23:4

lamb, Lamb of God

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: lamb, Lamb of God

Definition:

The term “lamb” refers to a young sheep. Sheep are four-legged animals with thick, woolly hair, used for sacrifices to God. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins.

  • These animals are easily led astray and need protecting. God compares human beings to sheep.
  • God instructed his people to sacrifice physically perfect sheep and lambs to him.
  • Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” who was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. He was a perfect, unblemished sacrifice because he was completely without sin.

Translation Suggestions:

  • If sheep are known in the language area, the name for their young should be used to translate the terms “lamb” and “Lamb of God.”
  • “Lamb of God” could be translated as “God’s (sacrificial) Lamb,” or “Lamb sacrificed to God” or “(sacrificial) Lamb from God.”
  • If sheep are not known, this term could be translated as “a young sheep” with a footnote that describes what sheep are like. The note could also compare sheep and lambs to an animal from that area that lives in herds, that is timid and defenseless, and that often wanders away.
  • Also consider how this term is translated in a Bible translation of a nearby local or national language.

(See: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: sheep, shepherd)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 5:7 As Abraham and Isaac walked to the place of the sacrifice Isaac asked, “Father, we have wood for the sacrifice, but where is the lamb?”
  • 11:2 God provided a way to save the firstborn son of anyone who believed in him. Each family had to choose a perfect lamb or goat and kill it.
  • 24:6 The next day, Jesus came to be baptized by John. When John saw him, he said, “Look! There is the Lamb of God who will take away the sin of the world.”
  • 45:8 He read, “They led him like a lamb to be killed, and as a lamb is silent, he did not say a word.”
  • 48:8 When God told Abraham to offer his son, Isaac, as a sacrifice, God provided a lamb for the sacrifice instead of his son, Isaac. We all deserve to die for our sins! But God provided Jesus, the Lamb of God, as a sacrifice to die in our place.
  • 48:9 When God sent the last plague on Egypt, he told each Israelite family to kill a perfect lamb and spread its blood around the tops and sides of their door frames.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H7716, G07210, G23160

Proverbs References:

27:26

lamp

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: lamp

Definition:

The term “lamp” generally refers to something that produces light. The lamps used in Bible times were usually oil lamps.

The type of lamp that was used in Bible times is a small container with a fuel source, usually oil, that gives light when it burns.

  • An ordinary oil lamp usually consisted of a common piece of pottery filled with olive oil, with a wick placed in the oil to burn.
  • For some lamps, the pot or jar was oval, with one end pinched close together to hold the wick.
  • An oil lamp could be carried or placed on a stand so that its light could fill a room or house.
  • In scripture, lamps are used in several figurative ways as symbols of light and life.

(See also: lampstand, life, light)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3940, H3974, H4501, H5215, H5216, G29850, G30880

Proverbs References:

6:23; 13:9; 20:20; 20:27; 21:4; 31:18

lion, lioness

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: lion, lioness

Definition:

A lion is a large, cat-like, that has animal, with powerful teeth and claws for killing and tearing apart its prey.

  • Lions have powerful bodies and great speed to catch their prey. Their fur is short and golden-brown.
  • Male lions have a mane of hair that encircles their heads.
  • Lions kill other animals to eat them and can be dangerous to human beings.
  • When King David was a boy, he killed lions that tried to attack the sheep he was caring for.
  • Samson also killed a lion, with his bare hands.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: David, leopard, Samson, sheep)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0738, H0739, H0744, H3715, H3833, H3918, H7826, H7830, G30230

Proverbs References:

19:12; 20:2; 22:13; 26:13; 28:1; 28:15; 30:30

livestock, animals

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: livestock, animals

Definition:

The term “livestock” refers to animals which are raised to provide food and other useful products. Some types of livestock are also trained as work animals.

  • Kinds of livestock include sheep, cattle, goats, horses, and donkeys.
  • In Biblical times, wealth was partly measured by how much livestock a person had.
  • Livestock are used to produce items such as wool, milk, cheese, housing materials, and clothing.
  • This term could also be translated as “farm animals.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: cow, ox, donkey, goat, horse, sheep)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0929, H4399, H4735

Proverbs References:

12:10; 27:23

locust

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: locust

Definition:

The term “locust” refers to a type of large, flying grasshopper that sometimes flies with many other of its kind in a very destructive swarm that eats all vegetation.

  • Locusts and other grasshoppers are large, straight-winged insects with long, jointed back legs that give them the ability to jump a long distance way.
  • In the Old Testament, swarming locusts were referred to figuratively as a symbol or picture of the overwhelming devastation that would come as a result of Israel’s disobedience.
  • God sent locusts as one of the ten plagues against the Egyptians.
  • The New Testament says that locusts were a main source of food for John the Baptist while he was living in the desert.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: captive, Egypt, Israel, John (the Baptist), plague)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0697, H1357, H1462, H1501, H2284, H3218, H5556, H6767, G02000

Proverbs References:

30:27

loins

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: loins

Definition:

The term “loins” refers to the part of the body of an animal or person that is between the lower ribs and the hip bones, also known as the lower abdomen.

  • The expression “gird up the loins” refers to preparing to work hard. It comes from the custom of tucking the bottom of one’s robe into a belt around the waist in order to move with ease.
  • The term “loins” is often used in the Bible to refer to the lower back part of an animal that was sacrificed.
  • In the Bible, the term “loins” often refers figuratively and euphemistically to a man’s reproductive organs as the source of his descendants. (See: euphemism)
  • The expression “will come from your loins” could also be translated as “will be your offspring” or “will be born from your seed” or “God will cause to come from you.” (See: euphemism)
  • When referring to a part of the body, this could also be translated as “abdomen” or “hips” or “waist,” depending on the context.

(See also: descendant, gird, children)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2504, H3409, H3689, H4975, G37510

Proverbs References:

3:26; 30:31; 31:17

lord, Lord, master, sir

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: lord, Lord, master, sir

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “lord” generally refers to someone who has ownership or authority over other people. In the Bible, however, the term is used to address many different kinds of people, including God.

  • This word is sometimes translated as “master” when addressing Jesus or when referring to someone who owns slaves.
  • Some English versions translate this as “sir” in contexts where someone is politely addressing someone of higher status.

When “Lord” is capitalized, it is a title that refers to God. (Note, however, that when it is used as a form of addressing someone or it occurs at the beginning of a sentence it may be capitalized and have the meaning of “sir” or “master.”)

  • In the Old Testament, this term is also used in expressions such as “Lord God Almighty” or “Lord Yahweh” or “Yahweh our Lord.”

  • In the New Testament, the apostles used this term in expressions such as “Lord Jesus” and “Lord Jesus Christ,” which communicate that Jesus is God.

  • The term “Lord” in the New Testament is also used alone as a direct reference to God, especially in quotations from the Old Testament. For example, the Old Testament text has “Blessed is he who comes in the name of Yahweh” and the New Testament text has “Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.”

  • In the ULT and UST, the title “Lord” is only used to translate the actual Hebrew and Greek words that mean “Lord.” It is never used as a translation of God’s name (Yahweh), as is done in many translations.

  • Some languages translate “Lord” as “Master” or “Ruler” or some other term that communicates ownership or supreme rule.

  • In the appropriate contexts, many translations capitalize the first letter of this term to make it clear to the reader that this is a title referring to God.

  • For places in the New Testament where there is a quote from the Old Testament, the term “Lord God” could be used to make it clear that this is a reference to God.

Translation Suggestions:

  • This term can be translated with the equivalent of “master” when it refers to a person who owns slaves. It can also be used by a servant to address the person he works for.
  • When it refers to Jesus, if the context shows that the speaker sees him as a religious teacher, it can be translated with a respectful address for a religious teacher, such as “master.”
  • If the person addressing Jesus does not know him, “lord” could be translated with a respectful form of address such as “sir.” This translation would also be used for other contexts in which a polite form of address to a man is called for.
  • When referring to God the Father or to Jesus, this term is considered a title, written as “Lord” (capitalized) in English.

(See also: God, Jesus, ruler, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 25:5 But Jesus replied to Satan by quoting from the Scriptures. He said, “In God’s word, he commands his people, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’”
  • 25:7 Jesus replied, “Get away from me, Satan! In God’s word he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God and only serve him.’”
  • 26:3 This is the year of the Lord’s favor.
  • 27:2 The law expert replied that God’s law says, “Love the Lord your God with all your heart, soul, strength, and mind.”
  • 31:5 Then Peter said to Jesus, “Master, if it is you, command me to come to you on the water”
  • 43:9 “But know for certain that God has caused Jesus to become both Lord and Messiah!”
  • 47:3 By means of this demon she predicted the future for people, she made a lot of money for her masters as a fortuneteller.
  • 47:11 Paul answered, “Believe in Jesus, the Master, and you and your family will be saved.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0113, H0136, H1167, H1376, H4756, H7980, H8323, G02030, G06340, G09620, G12030, G29620

Proverbs References:

12:4; 25:13; 27:18; 30:10

lots, casting lots

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: lots, casting lots

Definition:

In the Bible, a “lot” is a marked object(s) used as a way of making a fair and/or random decision, usually for the purpose of selecting a specific person within a group. “Casting lots” refers to the process of using “lots” to make a fair and/or random decision.

  • In modern times, some cultures “draw” or “pull out” lots using a bunch of straws. Someone holds the straws so that no one can see how long they are. Each person pulls out a straw and the one who picks the longest (or shortest) straw is the one who is chosen.
  • In biblical times, the objects cast (the “lots”) were probably small marked stones. It is unknown how the “lots” actually indicated a decision, but it probably involved dropping or throwing marked stones on the ground.
  • The phrase “casting lots” can be translated as “tossing lots” or “throwing lots” or “rolling lots.” The translation of “cast” should not sound like the lots were being thrown a long distance.
  • If a decision is made “by lot,” this could be translated as “by casting lots” or “by throwing lots,” etc.

(See also: Elizabeth, priest, Zechariah (OT), Zechariah (NT))

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1486, H5307, G28190, G29750

Proverbs References:

1:14; 16:33; 18:18

love, beloved

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: love, beloved

Definition:

To love another person is to care for that person and do things that will benefit him. There are different meanings for “love” some languages may express using different words:

  1. The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. God himself is love and is the source of true love.

    • Jesus showed this kind of love by sacrificing his life in order to rescue us from sin and death. He also taught his followers to love others sacrificially.
    • When people love others with this kind of love, they act in ways that show they are thinking of what will cause the others to thrive. This kind of love especially includes forgiving others.
    • In the ULT, the word “love” refers to this kind of sacrificial love, unless a Translation Note indicates a different meaning.
  2. Another word in the New Testament refers to brotherly love, or love for a friend or family member.

    • This term refers to natural human love between friends or relatives.
    • The term can also be used in such contexts as, “They love to sit in the most important seats at a banquet.” This means that they “like very much” or “greatly desire” to do that.
  3. The word “love” can also refer to romantic love between a man and a woman.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Unless indicated otherwise in a Translation Note, the word “love” in the ULT refers to the kind of sacrificial love that comes from God.
  • Some languages may have a special word for the kind of unselfish, sacrificial love that God has. Ways to translate this might include, “devoted, faithful caring” or “care for unselfishly” or “love from God.” Make sure that the word used to translate God’s love can include giving up one’s own interests to benefit others and loving others no matter what they do.
  • Sometimes the English word “love” describes the deep caring that people have for friends and family members. Some languages might translate this with a word or phrase that means “like very much” or “care for” or “have strong affection for.”
  • In contexts where the word “love” is used to express a strong preference for something, this could be translated by “strongly prefer” or “like very much” or “greatly desire.”
  • Some languages may also have a separate word that refers to romantic or sexual love between a husband and wife.
  • Many languages must express “love” as an action. So for example, they might translate “love is patient, love is kind” as, “when a person loves someone, he is patient with him and kind to him.”

(See also: covenant, death, sacrifice, save, sin)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 27:2 The law expert replied that God’s law says, “Love the Lord your God with all your heart, soul, strength, and mind. And love your neighbor as yourself.”
  • 33:8 “The thorny ground is a person who hears God’s word, but, as time passes, the cares, riches, and pleasures of life choke out his love for God.”
  • 36:5 As Peter was talking, a bright cloud came down on top of them and a voice from the cloud said, “This is my Son whom I love.”
  • 39:10 “Everyone who loves the truth listens to me.”
  • 47:1 She (Lydia) loved and worshiped God.
  • 48:1 When God created the world, everything was perfect. There was no sin. Adam and Eve loved each other, and they loved God.
  • 49:3 He (Jesus) taught that you need to love other people the same way you love yourself.
  • 49:4 He (Jesus) also taught that you need to love God more than you love anything else, including your wealth.
  • 49:7 Jesus taught that God loves sinners very much.
  • 49:9 But God loved everyone in the world so much that he gave his only Son so that whoever believes in Jesus will not be punished for his sins, but will live with God forever.
  • 49:13 God loves you and wants you to believe in Jesus so he can have a close relationship with you.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0157, H0158, H0159, H0160, H2245, H2617, H2836, H3039, H4261, H5689, H5690, H5691, H7355, H7356, H7453, H7474, G00250, G00260, G53600, G53610, G53620, G53630, G53650, G53670, G53680, G53690, G53770, G53810, G53820, G53830, G53880

lust, lustful, passion, desire

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: lust, lustful, passion, desire

Definition:

Lust is a very strong desire, usually in the context of wanting something sinful or immoral. To lust is to have lust.

  • In the Bible, “lust” usually referred to sexual desire for someone other than one’s own spouse.
  • Sometimes this term was used in a figurative sense to refer to worshiping idols.
  • Depending on the context, “lust” could be translated as “wrong desire” or “strong desire” or “wrongful sexual desire” or “strong immoral desire” or to “strongly desire to sin.”
  • The phrase to “lust after” could be translated as to “wrongly desire” or to “think immorally about” or to “immorally desire.”

(See also: adultery, false god)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0183, H0185, H0310, H1730, H2181, H2183, H2530, H5178, H5375, H5689, H5691, H5869, H7843, G07660, G19370, G19390, G22370, G37150, G38060

Proverbs References:

6:25; 13:4

mercy, merciful

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: mercy, merciful

Definition:

The terms “mercy” and “merciful” refer to helping people who are in need, especially when they are in a lowly or humbled condition.

  • The term “mercy” can also include the meaning of not punishing people for something they have done wrong.
  • A powerful person such as a king is described as “merciful” when he treats people kindly instead of harming them.
  • Being merciful also means to forgive someone who has done something wrong against us.
  • We show mercy when we help people who are in great need.
  • God is merciful to us, and he wants us to be merciful to others.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, “mercy” could be translated as “kindness” or “compassion” or “pity.”
  • The term “merciful” could be translated as “showing pity” or “being kind to” or “forgiving.”
  • To “show mercy to” or “have mercy on” could be translated as “treat kindly” or “be compassionate toward.”

(See also: compassion, forgive)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 19:16 They (the prophets) all told the people to stop worshiping idols and to start showing justice and mercy to others.
  • 19:17 He (Jeremiah) sank down into the mud that was in the bottom of the well, but then the king had mercy on him and ordered his servants to pull Jeremiah out of the well before he died.
  • 20:12 The Persian Empire was strong but merciful to the people it conquered.
  • 27:11 Then Jesus asked the law expert, “What do you think? Which one of the three men was a neighbor to the man who was robbed and beaten?” He replied, “The one who was merciful to him.”
  • 32:11 But Jesus said to him, “No, I want you to go home and tell your friends and family about everything that God has done for you and how he has had mercy on you.”
  • 34:9 “But the tax collector stood far away from the religious ruler, did not even look up to heaven. Instead, he pounded on his chest and prayed, ‘God, please be merciful to me because I am a sinner.’”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2551, H2603, H2604, H2616, H2617, H2623, H3722, H3727, H4627, H4819, H5503, H5504, H5505, H5506, H6014, H7349, H7355, H7356, H7359, G16530, G16550, G16560, G24330, G24360, G36280, G36290, G37410, G46980

Proverbs References:

28:13

messenger

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: messenger

Definition:

The term “messenger” refers to someone who is given a message to tell others.

  • In ancient times, a messenger would be sent from the battlefield to tell people back in the city what was happening.
  • An angel is a special kind of messenger whom God sends to give people messages. Some translations translate “angel” as “messenger.”
  • John the Baptist was called a messenger who came before Jesus to announce the Messiah’s coming and to prepare people to receive him.
  • Jesus’ apostles were his messengers to go share with other people the good news about the kingdom of God.

(See also: angel, apostle, John (the Baptist))

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1319, H4397, H4398, H5046, H5894, H6735, H6737, H7323, H7971, G00320, G06520

Proverbs References:

13:17; 16:14; 17:11; 25:13

might, mighty, mighty works

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: might, mighty, mighty works

Definition:

The terms “mighty” and “might” refer to having great strength or power.

  • Often the word “might” is another word for “strength.” When talking about God, it can mean “power.”
  • The phrase “mighty men” often refers to men who are courageous and victorious in battle. David’s band of faithful men who helped protect and defend him were often called “mighty men.”
  • God is also referred to as the “mighty one.”
  • The phrase “mighty works” usually refers to the amazing things God does, especially miracles.
  • This term is related to the term “almighty,” which is a common description for God, meaning that he has complete power.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, the term “mighty” could be translated as “powerful” or “amazing” or “very strong.”
  • The phrase “his might” could be translated as “his strength” or “his power.”
  • In Acts 7, Moses is described as a man who was “mighty in word and deed.” This could be translated as “Moses spoke powerful words from God and did miraculous things” or “Moses spoke God’s word powerfully and did many amazing things.”
  • Depending on the context, “mighty works” could be translated as “amazing things that God does” or “miracles” or “God doing things with power.”
  • The term “might” could also be translated as “power” or “great strength.”
  • Do not confuse this term with the English word that is used to express a possibility, as in “It might rain.”

(See also: Almighty, miracle, power, strength)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0046, H0047, H0117, H0202, H0386, H0410, H0430, H0533, H0650, H1219, H1368, H1369, H1396, H1397, H1419, H2220, H2389, H2428, H3201, H3524, H3581, H3966, H4101, H5794, H5797, H6099, H6105, H6108, H6184, H7227, H7580, H8623, H8624, G14110, G14150, G14980, G24780, G24790, G29000, G29040, G31670, G31730

Proverbs References:

16:32; 18:18; 21:22; 30:26; 30:30

mock, mocker, mockery, ridicule, scoff at, laughingstock

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: mock, mocker, mockery, ridicule, scoff at, laughingstock

Definition:

The terms “mock,” “ridicule,” and “scoff at” all refer to making fun of someone, especially in a cruel way.

  • Mocking often involves imitating people’s words or actions with the intent to embarrass them or show contempt for them.
  • The Roman soldiers mocked or ridiculed Jesus when they put a robe on him and pretended to honor him as king.
  • A group of young people ridiculed or scoffed at Elisha when they called him a name, making fun of his bald head.
  • The term “scoff at” can also refer to ridiculing an idea that is not considered believable or important.
  • A “mocker” is someone who mocks and ridicules consistently.

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 21:12 Isaiah prophesied that people would spit on, mock, and beat the Messiah.
  • 39:5 The Jewish leaders all answered the high priest, “He deserves to die!” Then they blindfolded Jesus, spit on him, hit him, and mocked him.
  • 39:12 The soldiers whipped Jesus, and put a royal robe and a crown made of thorns on him. Then they mocked him by saying, “Look, the King of the Jews!”
  • 40:4 Jesus was crucified between two robbers. One of them mocked Jesus, but the other said, “Do you have no fear of God?”
  • 40:5 The Jewish leaders and the other people in the crowd mocked Jesus. They said to him, “If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross and save yourself! Then we will believe you.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1422, H2048, H2049, H2778, H2781, H3213, H3887, H3931, H3932, H3933, H3934, H3944, H3945, H4167, H4485, H4912, H5058, H5607, H6026, H6711, H7046, H7048, H7814, H7832, H8103, H8148, H8437, H8595, G15920, G17010, G17020, G17030, G23010, G26060, G34560, G55120

Proverbs References:

1:22; 1:26; 3:34; 9:7; 9:8; 9:12; 13:1; 14:6; 14:9; 15:12; 17:5; 19:25; 19:28; 19:29; 20:1; 21:11; 21:24; 22:10; 24:9; 29:8; 30:17

multiply, multiplied, multiplication

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: multiply, multiplied, multiplication

Definition:

The term “multiply” means to greatly increase in number. It can also mean to cause something to increase in amount, such as causing pain to multiply.

  • God told animals and human beings to “multiply” and fill the earth. This was a command to reproduce many more of their own kind.
  • Jesus made the bread and fish multiply in order to feed the 5,000 people. The amount of food kept increasing so that there was more than enough food to feed everyone.
  • Depending on the context, this term could also be translated as “increase” or “cause to increase” or “greatly increase in number” or “become greater in number” or “become more numerous.”
  • The phrase “greatly multiply your pain” could also be translated as “cause your pain to become more severe” or “cause you to experience much more pain.”
  • To “multiply horses” means to “greedily keep acquiring more horses” or to “get large numbers of horses.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3254, H3527, H6280, H7231, H7233, H7235, H7680, G40520, G41290

Proverbs References:

4:10; 6:35; 9:9; 10:27; 11:24; 13:11; 16:21; 16:23; 22:16; 28:28; 29:2; 29:16

myrrh

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: myrrh

Definition:

Myrrh is an oil or spice that is made from the resin of a myrrh tree that grows in Africa and Asia. It is related to frankincense.

  • Myrrh was also used to make incense, perfume, and medicine, and to prepare dead bodies for burial.
  • Myrrh was one of the gifts that the learned men gave to Jesus when he was born.
  • Jesus was offered wine mixed with myrrh in order to ease the pain when he was crucified.

(See also: frankincense, learned men)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3910, H4753, G34640, G46660, G46690

Proverbs References:

7:17

nation

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: nation

Definition:

In the Bible, a nation is a large group of people who share a common identity and speak the same language. The people of a nation often have the same ancestors and share a common ethnicity.

  • In the Bible, a nation could be a country with an extensive government structure and defined boundaries (such as Egypt or Ethiopia), but usually it is more general and refers to a people group.
  • Nations in the Bible included the Israelites, the Philistines, the Assyrians, the Babylonians, the Canaanites, the Romans, and the Greeks, among many others.
  • Sometimes the word “nation” was used figuratively to refer to the ancestor of a certain people group, as when Rebekah was told by God that her unborn sons were “nations” that would fight against each other. This could be translated as “the founders of two nations” or the “ancestors of two people groups.”
  • When used in the plural in a general way, the word translated as “nations” often referred to the people who were not Israelites, that is, to Gentiles, the people who do not worship Yahweh. The context usually makes the meaning clear.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, the word “nation” could also be translated as “people group” or “people” or “country.”
  • If a language has a term for “nation” that is distinct from these other terms, then that term can be used wherever it occurs in the Bible text, as long as it is natural and accurate in each context.
  • The plural term “nations” can often be translated as “people groups.”
  • In certain contexts, this term could also be translated as “Gentiles” or “non-Jews.”

(See also: Assyria, Babylon, Canaan, Gentile, Greek, people group, Philistines, Rome)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0523, H0524, H0776, H1471, H3816, H4940, H5971, G02460, G10740, G10850, G14840

Proverbs References:

14:34; 24:24; 30:25; 30:26

neighbor, neighborhood, neighboring

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: neighbor, neighborhood, neighboring

Definition:

The term “neighbor” usually refers to a person who lives nearby. It can also refer more generally to someone who lives in the same community or people group.

  • A “neighbor” is someone who would be protected and treated kindly because he is part of the same community.
  • In the New Testament parable of the Good Samaritan, Jesus used the term “neighbor” figuratively, expanding its meaning to include all human beings, even someone who is considered an enemy.
  • If possible, it is best to translate this term literally with a word or phrase that means “person who lives nearby.”

(See also: adversary, parable, people group, Samaria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5997, H7138, H7453, H7468, H7934, G10690, G20870, G40400, G41390

noble, nobleman, royal official

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: noble, nobleman, royal official

Definition:

The term “noble” refers to something that is excellent and of high quality. A “nobleman” is a person who belongs to a high political or social class. A man “of noble birth” is one who was born a nobleman.

  • A nobleman was often an officer of the state, a close servant to the king.
  • The term “nobleman” could also be translated by, “king’s official” or “government officer.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0117, H1419, H2715, H3358, H3513, H5057, H5081, H6440, H6579, H7261, H8282, H8269, G09370, G21040

Proverbs References:

8:6; 8:16; 17:26; 19:6; 25:7

oath, vow, swear, swearing, swear by

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: oath, vow, swear, swearing, swear by

Definition:

The term “oath” in the Bible refers to a formal promise, usually made in a legal or religious context, in which the person making the oath accepts some kind of accountability or punishment if he does not fulfill his promise. In the Bible, the term “swear” means to make an oath. A “vow” is a solemn promise or oath that a person makes to God.

  • In a court of law, a witness often gives an oath to promise that whatever he says will be true and factual.
  • In modern times, one meaning of the word “swear” is to use foul or vulgar language. This is never its meaning in the Bible.
  • The term “swear by” means to use the name of something or someone as the basis or power on which the oath is made.
  • Abraham and Abimelech swore an oath when they made a covenant together concerning the use of a well.
  • Abraham told his servant to swear (formally promise) that he would find Isaac a wife from among Abraham’s relatives.
  • God also made oaths in which he made promises to his people.
  • If a person in ancient Israel made a vow to God, that person was obligated to fulfill the vow. The ancient Israelites believed that God might punish a person who did not fulfill a vow that he made.
  • In ancient Israel, sometimes a person would ask God to protect him or provide for him in exchange for making the vow. However, the ancient Israelites did not believe that God was obligated to fulfill these requests.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, “an oath” could also be translated as “a pledge” or “a solemn promise.”
  • To “swear” could be translated as to “formally promise” or to “pledge” or to “commit to do something.”
  • Other ways to translate “swear by my name” could include “make a promise using my name to confirm it.”
  • To “swear by heaven and earth” could be translated as to, “promise to do something, stating that heaven and earth will confirm it.”
  • Make sure the translation of “swear” or “oath” does not refer to cursing. In the Bible it does not have that meaning.
  • Depending on the context, the term “vow” can be translated as “solemn promise” or “solemn oath” or “promise made to God.”

(See also: Abimelech, covenant, promise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0422, H0423, H3027, H5375, H7621, H7650, G03320, G36600, G37270, G37280, H5087, H5088, G21710

Proverbs References:

29:24

oil

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: oil

Definition:

Oil is a thick, clear liquid that can be taken from certain plants. In Bible times, oil usually came from olives.

  • Olive oil was used for cooking, anointing, sacrifice, lamps, and medicine.
  • In ancient times, olive oil was highly prized, and the possession of oil was considered a measurement of wealth.
  • Make sure the translation of this term refers to the kind of oil that can be used in cooking, not motor oil. Some languages have different words for these different kinds of oil.

(See also: olive, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2091, H3323, H4887, H6671, H7246, H8081, G16370, G34640

Proverbs References:

5:3; 21:17; 21:20; 27:9; 27:16

palace, house

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: palace, house

Definition:

The term “palace” refers to the building or house where a king lived, along with his family members and servants.

  • The high priest also lived in a palace complex, as mentioned in the New Testament.
  • Palaces were very ornate, with beautiful architecture and furnishings.
  • The buildings and furnishings of a palace were constructed of stone or wood, and often were overlaid with expensive wood, gold, or ivory.
  • Many other people also lived and worked in the palace complex, which usually included several buildings and courtyards.

(See also: courtyard, high priest, king)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0759, H1002, H1004, H1055, H1406, H1964, H1965, G08330, G09330, G42320

Proverbs References:

30:28

peace offering

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: peace offering

Definition:

A “peace offering” was one of several sacrificial offerings that God commanded the Israelites to make. It is sometimes called the “thanksgiving offering” or “fellowship offering.”

  • This offering involved sacrificing an animal that had no defects, sprinkling the animal’s blood on the altar, and burning the animal’s fat, as well as the rest of the animal separately.
  • Added to this sacrifice was an offering of both unleavened and leavened bread, which was burned on top of the burnt offering.
  • The priest and one who offered the sacrifice were permitted to share in eating the food that was offered.
  • This offering symbolizes the fellowship of God with his people.

(See also: burnt offering, fellowship, fellowship offering, grain offering, priest, sacrifice, unleavened bread)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H8002

Proverbs References:

7:14

peace, peaceful, peacemaker

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: peace, peaceful, peacemaker

Definition:

The term “peace” refers to a state of being or a feeling of having no conflict, anxiety, or fearfulness. A person who is “peaceful” feels calm and assured of being safe and secure.

  • In the Old Testament, the term “peace” often means a general sense of a person’s welfare, wellness, or wholeness.
  • “Peace” can also refer to a time when people groups or countries are not at war with each other. These people are said to have “peaceful relations.”
  • To “make peace” with a person or a group of people means to take actions to cause fighting to stop.
  • A “peacemaker” is someone who does and says things to influence people to live at peace with each other.
  • To be “at peace” with other people means being in a state of not fighting against those people.
  • A good or right relationship between God and people happens when God saves people from their sin. This is called having “peace with God.”
  • The greeting “grace and peace” was used by the apostles in their letters to their fellow believers as a blessing.
  • The term “peace” can also refer to being in a good relationship with other people or with God.

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 15:6 God had commanded the Israelites not to make a peace treaty with any of the people groups in Canaan.
  • 15:12 Then God gave Israel peace along all its borders.
  • 16:3 Then God provided a deliverer who rescued them from their enemies and brought peace to the land.
  • 21:13 He (Messiah) would die to receive the punishment for other people’s sin. His punishment would bring peace between God and people.
  • 48:14 David was the king of Israel, but Jesus is the king of the entire universe! He will come again and rule his kingdom with justice and peace, forever.
  • 50:17 Jesus will rule his kingdom with peace and justice, and he will be with his people forever.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5117, H7961, H7962, H7965, H7999, H8001, H8002, H8003, H8252, G02690, G15140, G15150, G15160, G15170, G15180, G22720

Proverbs References:

3:2; 3:17; 12:20; 16:7

perish

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: perish

Definition:

The term “perish” means to die or be destroyed, usually as the result of violence or disaster. In the New Testament, it often has the spiritual meaning of being lost or separated from the people of God.

Spiritual Meaning of “Perish:”

  • People who are “perishing” are those who have refused to trust in Jesus for their salvation.
  • Those who “perish” will not live eternally with God in heaven. Instead, they will live eternally in hell under God’s punishment.
  • Everyone will die physically, but only those who do not trust in Jesus for their salvation will perish eternally.
  • When “perish” is used in a spiritual sense, make sure that your translation expresses this differently than dying physically.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, ways to translate this term could include “be lost from God’s people,” “die eternally,” “be punished in hell,” or “be destroyed.”
  • Try to use a term or expression that does not only mean “die physically” or “cease to exist.”

(See also: death, everlasting)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0006, H0007, H0008, H1478, H1820, H1826, H5486, H5595, H6544, H8045, G05990, G06220, G06840, G08530, G13110, G27040, G48810, G53560

Proverbs References:

1:32; 10:28; 11:7; 11:10; 19:9; 21:28; 28:28; 31:6

persecute

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: persecute

Definition:

The terms “persecute” and “persecution” refer to continually treating a person or a certain group of people in a harsh way that causes harm to them.

  • Persecution can be against one person or many people and usually involves repeated, persistent attacks.
  • The Israelites were persecuted by many different people groups Who attacked them, captured them, and stole things from them.
  • People often persecute other people who have different religious beliefs or who are weaker.
  • The Jewish religious leaders persecuted Jesus because they did not like what he was teaching.
  • After Jesus went back to heaven, the Jewish religious leaders and the Roman government persecuted his followers.
  • The term “persecute” could also be translated as “keep oppressing” or “treat harshly” or “continually mistreat.”
  • Ways to translate “persecution” could include, “harsh mistreatment” or “oppression” or “persistent hurtful treatment”

(See also: Christian, church, oppress, Rome)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 33:7 “The rocky ground is a person who hears God’s word and accepts it with joy. But when he experiences hardship or persecution, he falls away.”
  • 45:6 That day many people in Jerusalem started persecuting the followers of Jesus, so the believers fled to other places.
  • 46:2 Saul heard someone say, “Saul! Saul! Why do you persecute me?” Saul asked, “Who are you, Master?” Jesus replied to him, “I am Jesus. You are persecuting me!”
  • 46:4 But Ananias said, “Master, I have heard how this man has persecuted the believers.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1814, H7291, H7852, G13750, G13760, G13770, G15590, G23470

Proverbs References:

13:21

perverse, perversion, pervert, depraved, malicious, devious, dishonest, distortion

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: perverse, perversion, pervert, depraved, malicious, devious, dishonest, distortion

Definition:

The term “perverse” is used to describe a person or action that is morally crooked or twisted. The term “perversely” means “in a perverse manner.” To “pervert” something means to twist it or turn it away from what is right or good.

  • Someone or something that is perverse has deviated from what is good and right.
  • In the Bible, the Israelites acted perversely when they disobeyed God. They often did this by worshiping false gods.
  • Any action which is against God’s standards or behavior is considered perverse.
  • Ways to translate “perverse” could include “morally twisted” or “immoral” or “turning away from God’s straight path,” depending on the context.
  • “Perverse speech” could be translated as “speaking in an evil way” or “deceitful talk” or “immoral way of talking.”
  • “Perverse people” could be described as “immoral people” or “people who are morally deviant” or “people who continually disobey God.”
  • The phrase “acting perversely” could be translated as “behaving in an evil way” or “doing things against God’s commands” or “living in a way that rejects God’s teachings.”
  • The term “pervert” could also be translated as “cause to be corrupt” or “turn into something evil.”

(See also: corrupt, deceive, disobey, evil, turn)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1942, H2015, H3868, H4297, H5186, H5557, H5558, H5753, H5766, H5773, H5791, H6140, H6141, H8138, H8397, H8419, G12940

Proverbs References:

2:12; 2:14; 3:32; 4:24; 6:14; 8:8; 8:13; 10:31; 10:32; 11:20; 16:28; 16:30; 17:20; 19:1; 19:3; 22:5; 23:33; 28:6; 31:5

pig, pork, swine

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: pig, pork, swine

Definition:

A pig is a type of four-legged, hoofed animal that is raised for meat. Its meat is called “pork.” The general term for pigs and related animals is “swine.”

  • God told the Israelites not to eat pig meat and to consider it unclean. Jews today still view pigs as unclean and do not eat pork.
  • Pigs are raised on farms to be sold to other people for their meat.
  • There is a kind of swine that is not raised on farms but rather lives out in the wild; it is called a “wild boar.” Wild boars have tusks and are considered to be very dangerous animals.
  • Sometimes large pigs are referred to as “hogs.”

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: clean)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2386, G55190

Proverbs References:

11:22

pit, pitfall, trench, cistern

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: pit, pitfall, trench, cistern

Definition:

A pit is a deep hole that has been dug in the ground.

  • A “cistern” was a hole dug in order to hold water.
  • People dig pits for the purpose of trapping animals or finding water.
  • A pit can also be used as a temporary place to hold a prisoner.
  • Sometimes the phrase “the pit” refers to the grave or to hell. Other times it may refer to “the abyss.”
  • The term “pit” is also used figuratively in phrases such as, “pit of destruction” which describes being trapped in a disastrous situation or being deeply involved in sinful, destructive practices.

(See also: abyss, hell, prison)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0875, H0953, H1356, H1475, H2352, H4087, H4113, H4379, H6354, H7585, H7745, H7816, H7825, H7845, H7882, G00120, G09990, G54210

Proverbs References:

1:12; 22:14; 23:27; 26:27; 28:10

plea, plead, please, beg, implore

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: plea, plead, please, beg, implore

Definition:

The terms “plead” and “pleading” refer to urgently asking someone to do something. A “plea” is an urgent request.

  • Pleading often implies that the person feels in very great need or strongly desires help.
  • People can plead or make an urgent appeal to God for mercy or to ask him to grant something, either for themselves or someone else.
  • Other ways to translate this could include “beg” or “implore” or “urgently ask.”
  • The term “plea” could also be translated as “urgent request” or “strong urging.”
  • Make sure it is clear in the context that this term does not refer to begging for money.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1777, H2603, H3198, H4941, H4994, H6279, H6293, H6664, H6419, H7378, H7379, H7775, H8199, H8467, H8469, G11890, G17930, G20650, G38700

Proverbs References:

18:23; 22:23

pledge

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: pledge

Definition:

The term “pledge” refers to formally and solemnly promising to do something or give something.

  • In the Old Testament the officials of Israel pledged to be loyal to King David.
  • To “pledge” could be translate as to “formally commit to” or to “strongly promise.”
  • The term “pledge” can also refer to an object given as a guarantee or promise that a debt will be paid.
  • The object given as a pledge would be returned to its owner when the promise was fulfilled.
  • Ways to translate “a pledge” could include “a solemn promise” or “a formal commitment” or “a guarantee” or “a formal assurance,” depending on the context.

(See also: promise, oath, vow)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0781, H2254, H2258, H5667, H5671, H6148, H6161, H6162

Proverbs References:

6:1; 11:15; 13:13; 17:18; 20:16; 22:26; 27:13

plow, plower, plowman, plowmen, plowshare, unplowed

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: plow, plower, plowman, plowmen, plowshare, unplowed

Definition:

A “plow” is a farm tool that is used for breaking up soil to prepare a field for planting.

  • Plows have sharp, pointed prongs that dig into the soil. They usually have handles that the farmer uses to guide the plow.
  • In Bible times, plows were usually pulled by a pair of oxen or other work animals.
  • Most plows were made of hard wood, except for the sharp points which were made of a metal, such as bronze or iron.

(See also: bronze, ox)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0406, H0855, H2758, H2790, H5215, H5647, H5656, H5674, H6213, H6398, G07220, G07230

Proverbs References:

13:23; 20:4

possess, possessed, possession, dispossess

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: possess, possessed, possession, dispossess

Definition:

The terms “possess” and “possession” usually refer to owning something. They can also mean to gain control over something or occupy an area of land.

  • In the Old Testament, this term is often used in the context of “possessing” or “taking possession of” an area of land.
  • When Yahweh commanded the Israelites to “possess” the land of Canaan, it meant that they should go into the land and live there. This involved first conquering the Canaanite peoples who were living on that land.
  • Yahweh told the Israelites that he had given them the land of Canaan as “their possession.” This could also be translated as “their rightful place to live.”
  • The people of Israel were also called Yahweh’s “special possession.” This means that they belonged to him as his people whom he had specifically called to worship and serve him.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “possess” could also be translated as “own” or “have” or “have charge over.”
  • The phrase “take possession of” could be translated as “take control of” or “occupy” or “live on,” depending on the context.
  • When referring to things that people own, “possessions” could be translated as “belongings” or “property” or “owned things” or “things they owned.”
  • When Yahweh calls the Israelites, “my special possession” this could also be translated as “my special people” or “people who belong to me” or “my people whom I love and rule.”
  • The sentence, “they will become their possession” when referring to land, means “they will occupy the land” or “the land will belong to them.”
  • The expression, “found in his possession” could be translated as “that he was holding” or “that he had with him.”
  • The phrase “as your possession” could also be translated as “as something that belongs to you” or “as a place where your people will live.”
  • The phrase, “in his possession” could be translated as “that he owned” or “which belonged to him.”

(See also: Canaan, worship, inherit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0270, H0272, H0834, H2505, H2631, H3027, H3423, H3424, H3425, H3426, H4180, H4181, H4672, H4735, H4736, H5157, H5159, H5459, H7069, G11390, G21920, G26970, G27220, G29320, G29330, G29350, G40470, G52240, G55640

Proverbs References:

8:22; 30:9; 30:23

praise, praised, praiseworthy

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: praise, praised, praiseworthy

Definition:

To praise someone is to express admiration and honor for that person.

  • People praise God because of how great he is and because of all the amazing things he has done as the Creator and Savior of the world.
  • Praise for God often includes being thankful for what he has done.
  • Music and singing is often used as a way to praise God.
  • Praising God is part of what it means to worship him.
  • The term to “praise” could also be translated as to “speak well of” or to “highly honor with words” or to “say good things about.”
  • The noun “praise” could be translated as “spoken honor” or “speech that honors” or “speaking good things about.”

(See also: worship)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 12:13 The Israelites sang many songs to celebrate their new freedom and to praise God because he saved them from the Egyptian army.
  • 17:8 When David heard these words, he immediately thanked and praised God because he had promised David this great honor and many blessings.
  • 22:7 Zechariah said, “Praise God, because he has remembered his people!”
  • 43:13 They (disciples) enjoyed praising God together and they shared everything they had with each other.
  • 47:8 They put Paul and Silas in the most secure part of the prison and even locked up their feet. Yet in the middle of the night, they were singing songs of praise to God.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1319, H7121, H8416, G29800, G38530

Proverbs References:

12:8; 27:2; 27:21; 28:4; 31:28; 31:30; 31:31

pray, prayer

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: pray, prayer

Definition:

The terms “pray” and “prayer” refer to talking with God. These terms are also used to refer to people trying to talk to a false god.

  • People can pray silently, talking to God with their thoughts, or they can pray aloud, speaking to God with their voice. Sometimes prayers are written down, such as when David wrote his prayers in the Book of Psalms.
  • Prayer can include asking God for mercy, for help with a problem, and for wisdom in making decisions.
  • Often people ask God to heal people who are sick or who need his help in other ways.
  • People also thank and praise God when they are praying to him.
  • Praying includes confessing our sins to God and asking him to forgive us.
  • Talking to God is sometimes called “communing” with him as our spirit communicates with his spirit, sharing our emotions and enjoying his presence.
  • This term could be translated as “talking to God” or “communicating with God.” The translation of this term should be able to include praying that is silent.

(See also: false god, forgive, praise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 6:5 Isaac prayed for Rebekah, and God allowed her to get pregnant with twins.
  • 13:12 But Moses prayed for them, and God listened to his prayer and did not destroy them.
  • 19:8 Then the prophets of Baal prayed to Baal, “Hear us, O Baal!”
  • 21:7 Priests also prayed to God for the people.
  • 38:11 Jesus told his disciples to pray that they would not enter into temptation.
  • 43:13 The disciples continually listened to the teaching of the apostles, spent time together, ate together, and prayed with each other.
  • 49:18 God tells you to pray, to study his word, to worship him with other Christians, and to tell others what he has done for you.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0559, H0577, H1156, H2470, H3863, H3908, H4994, H6279, H6293, H6419, H6739, H7592, H7878, H7879, H7881, H8034, H8605, G01540, G11620, G11890, G17830, G20650, G21710, G21720, G38700, G43350, G43360

Proverbs References:

15:8; 15:29; 28:9

preach, preaching, preacher, proclaim, proclamation

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: preach, preaching, preacher, proclaim, proclamation

Definition:

To “preach” means to speak to a group of people, teaching them about God and urging them to obey him. To “proclaim” means to announce or declare something publicly and boldly.

  • Often preaching is done by one person to a large group of people. It is usually spoken, not written.
  • “Preaching” and “teaching” are similar, but are not exactly the same.
  • “Preaching” mainly refers to publicly proclaiming spiritual or moral truth, and urging the audience to respond. “Teaching” is a term that emphasizes instruction, that is, giving people information or teaching them how to do something.
  • The term “preach” is usually used with the word “gospel.”
  • What a person has preached to others can also be referred to in general as his “teachings.”
  • Often in the Bible, “proclaim” means to announce publicly something that God has commanded, or to tell others about God and how great he is.
  • In the New Testament, the apostles proclaimed the good news about Jesus to many people in many different cities and regions.
  • The term “proclaim” can also be used for decrees made by kings or for denouncing evil in a public way.
  • Other ways to translate “proclaim” could include “announce” or “openly preach” or “publicly declare.”
  • The term “proclamation” could also be translated as “announcement” or “public preaching.”

(See also: declare, good news, Jesus, kingdom of God)

Strong‘s for preach: H1319, H7121, H7150, G12290, G20970, G26050, G27820, G27830, G27840, G29800, G42830

Strong‘s for proclaim: H1319, H1696, H1697, H2199, H3045, H3745, H4161, H5046, H5608, H6963, H7121, H7440, H8085, G51800, G59100, G12290, G18610, G20970, G26050, G27820, G27840, G29800, G31420, G41350

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 24:2 He (John) preached to them, saying, “Repent, for the Kingdom of God is near!”
  • 30:1 Jesus sent his apostles to preach and to teach people in many different villages.
  • 38:1 About three years after Jesus first began preaching and teaching publicly, Jesus told his disciples that he wanted to celebrate this Passover with them in Jerusalem, and that he would be killed there.
  • 45:6 But in spite of this, they preached about Jesus everywhere they went.
  • 45:7 He (Philip) went to Samaria where he preached about Jesus and many people were saved.
  • 46:6 Right away, Saul began preaching to the Jews in Damascus, saying, “Jesus is the Son of God!”
  • 46:10 Then they sent them off to preach the good news of Jesus in many other places.
  • 47:14 Paul and other Christian leaders traveled to many cities, preaching and teaching people the good news about Jesus.
  • 50:2 When Jesus was living on earth he said, “My disciples will preach the good news about the kingdom of God to people everywhere in the world, and then the end will come.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1319, H7121, H7150, H1319, H1696, H1697, H2199, H3045, H3745, H4161, H5046, H5608, H6963, H7121, H7440, H8085, G12290, G20970, G26050, G27820, G27830, G27840, G29800, G42830, G51800, G59100, G12290, G18610, G20970, G26050, G27820, G27840, G29800, G31420, G41350

Proverbs References:

20:6

profit, profits, profited, profitable

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: profit, profits, profited, profitable

Definition:

Used in this sense, the terms “profit” and “profitable” refer to gaining some material thing through doing certain actions or behaviors. Something is “profitable” to someone if it enables them to earn or attain good material things.

  • More specifically, the term “profit” often refers to money that is gained from doing business. A business is “profitable” if it gains more money than it spends.
  • Actions are profitable if they cause material things to be gained for people.

(See also: worthy,profit-spiritual)

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, the term “profit” could also be translated as “benefit” or “help” or “gain.”
  • Depending on context, the term “profits” could be translated as “earnings” when referring to wages earned by working.
  • The term “profitable” could be translated as “useful” or “beneficial” or “helpful.”
  • The term “profited” could be translated as “gained.”
  • To “profit from” something could be translated as “benefit from” or “gain money from.”
  • In the context of a business, “profit” could be translated with a word or phrase that means “money gained” or “surplus of money” or “extra money.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1215, H3276, H4195, G12810, G20390, G27700, G27710, G36850, G37860, G48510, G48525, G55390, G56220, G56230, G56240

Proverbs References:

10:2; 11:4; 14:23

prosper, prosperity, prosperous

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: prosper, prosperity, prosperous

Definition:

The term “prosper” generally refers to living well, whether it be physically, morally, emotionally, etc. This term often expresses the idea of being wealthy or successful in life.

  • The term “prosperous” often refers to success in owning money and property or in producing everything needed for people to live well.
  • In the Bible, the term “prosperous” also includes good health and being blessed with children.
  • A “prosperous” city or country is one that has many people, good production of food, and businesses that bring in plenty of money.
  • The Bible teaches that a person will prosper spiritually when he obeys God’s teachings. He will also experience the blessings of joy and peace. God does not always give people a lot of material wealth, but he will always prosper them spiritually as they follow his ways.
  • Depending on the context, the term “prosper” could also be translated as “succeed spiritually” or “be blessed by God” or “experience good things” or “live well.”
  • The term “prosperous” could also be translated as “successful” or “wealthy” or “spiritually fruitful.”
  • “Prosperity” could also be translated as “well-being” or “wealth” or “success” or “abundant blessings.”

(See also: bless, good, fruit, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1129, H1767, H1878, H1879, H2428, H2896, H2898, H3027, H3190, H3444, H3498, H3787, H4195, H5381, H6500, H6509, H6555, H6743, H6744, H7230, H7487, H7919, H7951, H7961, H7963, H7965

Proverbs References:

13:22; 17:8; 28:13

prostitute, harlot, whored

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: prostitute, harlot, whored

Definition:

The terms “prostitute” and “harlot” both refer to a person who performs sexual acts for money or for religious rites. Prostitutes or harlots were usually female, but some were male.

  • In the Bible, the word “prostitute” is sometimes used figuratively to refer to a person who worships false gods or who practices witchcraft.
  • The expression “play the harlot” means to act like a harlot by being sexually immoral. This expression is also used in the Bible to refer to a person who worships idols.
  • To “prostitute oneself” to something means to be sexually immoral or when used figuratively, to be unfaithful to God by worshiping false gods.
  • In ancient times, some pagan temples used male and female prostitutes as part of their rituals.
  • This term could be translated by the word or phrase that is used in the project language to refer to a prostitute. Some languages may have a euphemistic term that is used for this. (See: euphemism)

(See also: adultery, false god, sexual immorality, false god)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2154, H2181, H2183, H2185, H6945, H6948, H8457, G42040

Proverbs References:

6:26; 7:10; 23:27; 29:3

proud, pride, prideful, boast, boastful, boasting

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: proud, pride, prideful, boast, boastful, boasting

Definition:

The terms “proud” and “pride,” in this sense, refer to a person thinking too highly of themself, and especially, thinking that he is better than other people. The term “boast,” when used with this sense, means to talk proudly about something or someone. Often it means to brag about oneself.

  • A proud person often does not admit his own faults. He is not humble.
  • Pride can lead to disobeying God in other ways.
  • The term “prideful” is always negative, with the meaning of being “arrogant” or “conceited” or “self-important.”
  • The term “boastful” is always negative, and refers to a person who brags about themself or what they possess or have done or can do.
  • Someone who is “boastful” frequently talks about himself in a proud way.
  • God rebuked the Israelites for “boasting in” their idols. They arrogantly worshiped false gods instead of the true God.
  • The Bible also talks about people boasting in such things as their wealth, their strength, their fruitful fields, and their laws. This means that they were proud about these things and did not acknowledge that God is the one who provided these things.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The noun “pride” could be translated as “arrogance” or “conceit” or “self-importance.”
  • Other ways to translate “boast” could include “brag” or “talk proudly” or “be proud.”
  • The term “boastful” could be translated by a word or phrase that means “full of prideful talk” or “prideful” or “talking proudly about oneself.”

(See also: arrogant, humble, proud positive sense)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 4:2 They were very proud, and they did not care about what God said.
  • 34:10 Then Jesus said, “I tell you the truth, God heard the tax collector’s prayer and declared him to be righteous. But he did not like the prayer of the religious leader. God will humble everyone who is proud, and he will lift up whoever humbles himself.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1343, H1344, H1346, H1347, H1364, H1431, H2087, H2102, H3093, H4994, G51870, G52430, G52440, G53080, G53090, G54260, G54500

Proverbs References:

8:13; 11:2; 13:10; 14:3; 15:25; 16:18; 16:19; 21:24; 29:23

proverb

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: proverb

Definition:

A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth.

  • Proverbs are powerful because they are easy to remember and repeat.
  • Often a proverb will include practical examples from everyday life.
  • Some proverbs are very clear and direct, while others are more difficult to understand.
  • King Solomon was known for his wisdom and wrote over 1,000 proverbs.
  • Jesus often used proverbs or parables when he taught people.
  • Ways to translate “proverb” could include “wise saying” or “true word.”

(See also: Solomon, true, wise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2420, H4911, H4912, G38500, G39420

Proverbs References:

1:1; 1:6; 10:1; 25:1; 26:7; 26:9

prudence, prudent

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: prudence, prudent

Definition:

The term “prudent” describes a person who thinks carefully about his actions and makes wise decisions.

  • Often “prudence” refers to the ability to make wise decisions about practical, physical matters, such as in managing money or property.
  • Although “prudence” and “wisdom” are similar in meaning, often “wisdom” is more general and focuses on spiritual or moral matters.
  • Depending on the context, “prudent” could also be translated as “shrewd” or “careful” or “wise.”

(See also: shrewd, spirit, wise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0995, H5843, H6175, H6191, H6195, H7919, H7922

pure, purify, purification

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: pure, purify, purification

Definition:

To be “pure” means to have no flaw or to have nothing mixed in that is not supposed to be there. To purify something is to cleanse it and remove anything that contaminates or pollutes it.

  • In regard to Old Testament laws, “purify” and “purification” refer mainly to the cleansing from things that make an object or a person ritually unclean, such as disease, body fluids, or childbirth.
  • The Old Testament also had laws telling people how to be purified from sin, usually by the sacrifice of an animal. This was only temporary and the sacrifices had to be repeated over and over again.
  • In the New Testament, to be purified often refers to being cleansed from sin.
  • The only way that people can be completely and permanently purified from sin is through repenting and receiving God’s forgiveness, through trusting in Jesus and his sacrifice.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “purify” could be translated as “make pure” or “cleanse” or “cleanse from all contamination” or “get rid of all sin.”
  • A phrase such as “when the time for their purification was over” could be translated as “when they had purified themselves by waiting the required number of days.”
  • The phrase “provided purification for sins” could be translated as “provided a way for people to be completely cleansed from their sin.”
  • Other ways to translate “purification” could include “cleansing” or “spiritual washing” or “becoming ritually clean.”

(See also: atonement, clean, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1249, H1252, H1253, H1305, H1865, H2134, H2135, H2141, H2212, H2398, H2403, H2561, H2889, H2890, H2891, H2892, H2893, H3795, H3800, H4795, H5343, H5462, H6337, H6884, H6942, H8562, G00480, G00490, G00530, G00540, G15060, G25110, G25120, G25130, G25140

Proverbs References:

15:26; 16:2; 20:9; 20:11; 22:11; 30:12

purple

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: purple

Definition:

The term “purple” is the name of a color that is a mixture of blue and red.

  • In ancient times, purple was a rare and highly valuable color of dye that was used to dye the clothing of kings and other high officials.
  • Because it was costly and time-consuming to produce this dye, purple clothing was considered a sign of wealth, distinction, and royalty.
  • Purple was also one of the colors used for the curtains in the tabernacle and temple, and for the ephod worn by the priests.
  • Purple dye was extracted from a kind of sea snail by either crushing or boiling the snails or by causing them to release the dye while still alive. This was an expensive process.
  • Roman soldiers put a purple royal robe on Jesus before his crucifixion, to mock him for his claim to be King of the Jews.
  • Lydia from the town of Philippi was a woman who made her living by selling purple cloth.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: ephod, Philippi, royal, tabernacle, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0710, H0711, H0713, G42090, G42100, G42110

Proverbs References:

31:22

rage

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: rage

Definition:

The term “rage” refers to intense anger. Often, the term is used to describe an angry person who is out of control in some way.

  • When used as a verb, the term “rage” can mean to move powerfully, such as in descriptions of a “raging” storm or ocean waves that “rage.”
  • To be “filled with rage” means to have an overwhelming feeling of extreme anger.

(See also: self-control)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0398, H1348, H1984, H1993, H2121, H2195, H2196, H2197, H2534, H2734, H2740, H3491, H3820, H5590, H5678, H7264, H7265, H7266, H7267, H7283, H7857, G16930, G28300, G37100, G54330

Proverbs References:

19:3; 19:12

ransom, ransomed

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: ransom, ransomed

Definition:

The term “ransom” refers to a sum of money or other payment that is demanded or paid for the release of a person who is held captive.

  • As a verb, to “ransom” means to make a payment or to do something self-sacrificially in order to rescue someone who has been captured, enslaved or imprisoned. This meaning of “buy back” is similar to the meaning of “redeem.”
  • Jesus allowed himself to be killed as a ransom to free sinful people from their enslavement to sin. This act of God buying back his people through paying the penalty of their sin is also called “redemption” in the Bible.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term to “ransom” could also be translated as to “pay to release” or to “pay a price to free” or to “buy back.”
  • The phrase to “pay a ransom” could be translated as to “pay the price (of freedom)” or to “pay the penalty (to free people)” or to “make the required payment.”
  • The noun “ransom” could be translated as “a buying back” or “a penalty paid” or “the price paid” (to free or buy back people or land).
  • The terms a “ransom” and a “redemption” have the same meaning in English but are sometimes used slightly differently. Other languages may have only one term for this concept.
  • Make sure this is translated differently from “atonement.”

(See also: atonement, redeem)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1350, H3724, H6299, H6306, G04870, G30830

Proverbs References:

6:35; 13:8; 21:18

rebel, rebellion, rebellious, rebelliousness

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: rebel, rebellion, rebellious, rebelliousness

Definition:

The term “rebel” means to refuse to submit to someone’s authority. A “rebellious” person often disobeys and does evil things. This kind of person is called “a rebel.”

  • A person is rebelling when he does something the authorities over him have told him not to do.
  • A person can also rebel by refusing to do what the authorities have commanded him to do.
  • Sometimes people rebel against their government or leader who is ruling over them.
  • The term to “rebel” could also be translated as to “disobey” or to “revolt,” depending on the context.
  • “Rebellious” could also be translated as “continually disobedient” or “refusing to obey.”
  • The term “rebellion” means “refusal to obey” or “disobedience” or “law-breaking.”
  • The phrase “the rebellion” or “a rebellion” can also refer to an organized group of people who publicly rebel against ruling authorities by breaking the law and attacking leaders and other people. Often they try to get other people to join them in rebelling.

(See also: authority, governor)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 14:14 After the Israelites had wandered in the wilderness for forty years, all of them who had rebelled against God were dead.
  • 18:7 Ten of the tribes of the nation of Israel rebelled against Rehoboam.
  • 18:9 Jeroboam rebelled against God and caused the people to sin.
  • 18:13 Most of the people of Judah also rebelled against God and worshiped other gods.
  • 20:7 But after a few years, the king of Judah rebelled against Babylon.
  • 45:3 Then he (Stephen) said, “You stubborn and rebellious people always reject the Holy Spirit, just as your ancestors always rejected God and killed his prophets.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H4775, H4776, H4777, H4779, H4780, H4784, H4805, H5327, H5627, H5637, H6586, H6588, H7846, G38930, G49550

Proverbs References:

7:11; 17:11; 28:21

rebuke, reprove

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: rebuke, reprove

Definition:

The term “rebuke” refers to correcting someone verbally, usually with sternness or force.

  • The New Testament commands Christians to rebuke other believers when they are clearly disobeying God.
  • The book of Proverbs instructs parents to rebuke their children when they are disobedient.
  • A rebuke is typically given to prevent those who committed a wrong from further involving themselves in sin.
  • This could be translated by “sternly correct” or “admonish.”
  • The phrase “a rebuke” could be translated by “a stern correction” or “a strong criticism.”
  • “Without rebuke” could be translated as “without admonishing” or “without criticism.”

(See also admonish, disobey)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1605, H1606, H2778, H2781, H3198, H4045, H4148, H8156, H8433, G16490, G16510, G19690, G20080, G36790

redeem, redeemer, redemption

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: redeem, redeemer, redemption

Definition:

The term “redeem” refers to buying back something or someone that has been previously owned or held captive. A “redeemer” is someone who redeems something or someone.

  • God gave laws to the Israelites about how to redeem people or things. For example, someone could redeem a person who was in slavery by paying the price so that the slave could go free. The word “ransom” also refers to this practice.
  • If someone’s land had been sold, a relative of that person could “redeem” or “buy back” that land so that it would stay in the family.
  • These practices show how God redeems people who are in slavery to sin. When he died on the cross, Jesus paid the full price for people’s sins and redeemed all those who trust in him for salvation. People who have been redeemed by God are set free from sin and its punishment.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, the term “redeem” could also be translated as “buy back” or “pay to free (someone)” or “ransom.”
  • The term “redemption” could be translated as “ransom” or “freedom payment” or “buying back.”
  • The words “ransom” and “redeem” have basically the same meaning, so some languages may have only one term to translate both these words. The word “ransom,” however, can also mean the payment necessary to “redeem” something or someone. The term “redeem” never refers to the actual payment itself.

(See also: free, ransom)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1350, H1353, H6299, H6302, H6304, H6306, H6561, H7069, G00590, G06290, G18050, G30840, G30850

Proverbs References:

23:11

refuge, refugee, shelter, sheltered

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: refuge, refugee, shelter, sheltered

Definition:

The term “refuge” refers to a place or condition of safety and protection. A “refugee” is someone who is seeking a safe place. A “shelter” refers to a place that can protect from weather or danger.

  • In the Bible, God is often referred to as a refuge where his people can be safe, protected, and cared for.
  • The term “city of refuge” in the Old Testament referred to one of several cities where a person who accidentally killed someone could go for protection from people who would attack them in revenge.
  • A “shelter” is often a physical structure such as a building or roof that can provide protection to people or animals.
  • Sometimes “shelter” means “protection,” as when Lot said that his guests were “under the shelter” of his roof. He was saying that they should be safe because he was taking responsibility to protect them as members of his household.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “refuge” could be translated as “safe place” or “place of protection.”
  • “Refugees” are people leaving their home to escape from a dangerous situation, and could be translated as “aliens,” “homeless people,” or “exiles.”
  • Depending on the context, the term “shelter” could be translated as “something that protects” or “protection” or “protected place.”
  • If it refers to a physical structure, “shelter” could also be translated as “protective building” or “house of safety.”
  • The phrase “into safe shelter” could be translated as “into a safe place” or “into a place that will protect.”
  • To “find shelter” or to “take shelter” or to “take refuge” could be translated as to “find a place of safety” or to “put oneself in a protected place.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2620, H4268, H4498, H4585, H4733, H4869

Proverbs References:

14:26; 14:32; 30:5

reign, rule

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: reign, rule

Definition:

The term to “reign” means to rule over the people of a particular country or kingdom. The reign of a king is the time period during which he is ruling.

  • The term “reign” is also used to refer to God reigning as king over the entire world.
  • God allowed human kings to reign over Israel after the people rejected him as their king.
  • When Jesus Christ returns, he will openly reign as king over the whole world, and Christians will reign with Him.
  • This term could also be translated as “absolute rule” or “rule as king.”

(See also: kingdom)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3427, H4427, H4437, H4438, H4467, H4468, H4475, H4791, H4910, H6113, H7287, H7786, G07570, G09360, G22310, G48210

Proverbs References:

8:15

reject, rejected, rejection

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: reject, rejected, rejection

Definition:

To “reject” someone or something means to refuse to accept that person or thing.

  • The term “reject” can also mean to “refuse to believe in” something.
  • To reject God also means to refuse to obey him.
  • When the Israelites rejected Moses’ leadership, it means that they were rebelling against his authority. They did not want to obey him.
  • The Israelites showed that they were rejecting God when they worshiped false gods.
  • The term “push away” is the literal meaning of this word. Other languages may have a similar expression that means to reject or refuse to believe someone or something.

Translation Suggestions

  • Depending on the context, the term “reject” could also be translated by “not accept” or “stop helping” or “refuse to obey” or “stop obeying.”
  • In the expression “stone that the builders rejected,” the term “rejected” could be translated as “refused to use” or “did not accept” or “threw away” or “got rid of as worthless.”
  • In the context of people who rejected God’s commandments, rejected could be translated as “refused to obey” his commands or “stubbornly chose to not accept” God’s laws.

(See also: command, disobey, obey, stiff-necked)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0947, H0959, H2186, H2310, H3988, H5006, H5034, H5186, H5203, H5307, H5541, H5800, G01140, G04830, G05500, G05790, G05800, G05930, G06830, G07200, G16090, G38680

Proverbs References:

3:11; 10:17

report, reported, tell, reputation

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: report, reported, tell, reputation

Definition:

The term to “report” means to tell people about something that happened, often giving details about that event. A “report” is what is told, and can be spoken or written.

  • “Report” could also be translated as “tell” or “explain” or “tell the details of.”
  • The expression “Report this to no one” could be translated as “Do not talk about this with anyone” or “Do not tell anyone about this.”
  • Ways to translate “a report” could include “an explanation” or “a story” or “a detailed account,” depending on the context.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1681, H1696, H1697, H5046, H7725, H8034, H8052, H8085, H8088, H8089, G01890, G01910, G03120, G05180, G09870, G12250, G13100, G18340, G20360, G21630, G30040, G30560, G31400, G33770

Proverbs References:

12:17; 29:24

restore, restoration

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: restore, restoration

Definition:

The terms “restore” and “restoration” refer to causing something to return to its original place or condition.

  • When a diseased body part is restored, this means it has been “healed.”
  • A broken relationship that is restored has been “reconciled.” God restores sinful people and brings them back to himself.
  • If people have been restored to their home country, they have been “brought back” or “returned” to that country.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, ways to translate “restore” could include “renew” or “repay” or “return” or “heal” or “bring back.”
  • Other expressions for this term could be “make new” or “make like new again.”
  • When property is “restored,” it has been “repaired” or “replaced” or “given back” to its owner.
  • Depending on the context, “restoration” could be translated as “renewal” or “healing” or “reconciliation.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H7725, H7999, H8421, G06000, G26750

Proverbs References:

6:31; 24:29; 25:13

reward, prize, deserve

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: reward, prize, deserve

Definition:

The term “reward” refers to what a person receives because of something he has done, either good or bad. To “reward” someone is to give someone something he deserves. However, this is different than the concept of “wages,” which refers to payment (often money) given in exchange for work performed.

  • A reward can be a good or positive thing that a person receives because he has done something well or because he has obeyed God.
  • Sometimes a reward can refer to negative things that may result from bad behavior, such as the statement “the reward of the wicked.” In this context “reward” refers to the punishment or negative consequences they receive because of their sinful actions.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, the term “reward” could be translated as “payment” or “something that is deserved” or “punishment.”
  • To “reward” someone could be translated by to “repay” or to “punish” or to “give what is deserved.”
  • Make sure the translation of this term does not refer to wages. A reward is not specifically about earning money as part of a job.

(See also: punish)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0319, H0866, H0868, H1576, H1578, H1580, H4909, H4991, H5023, H6118, H6468, H6529, H7938, H7939, H7999, G04690, G05140, G05910, G26030, G34050, G34060, G34080

Proverbs References:

11:17; 13:13; 20:22; 22:4; 25:22

righteous, righteousness, unrighteous, unrighteousness, upright, uprightness

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: righteous, righteousness, unrighteous, unrighteousness, upright, uprightness

Definition:

The term “righteousness” refers to God’s absolute goodness, justice, faithfulness, and love. Having these qualities makes God “righteous.” Because God is righteous, he must condemn sin.

  • These terms are also often used to describe a person who obeys God and is morally good. However, because all people have sinned, no one except God is completely righteous.
  • Examples of people the Bible who were called “righteous” include Noah, Job, Abraham, Zachariah, and Elisabeth.
  • When people trust in Jesus to save them, God cleanses them from their sins and declares them to be righteous because of Jesus’ righteousness.

The term “unrighteous” means to be sinful and morally corrupt. “Unrighteousness” refers to sin or the condition of being sinful.

  • These terms especially refer to living in a way that disobeys God’s teachings and commands.
  • Unrighteous people are immoral in their thoughts and actions.
  • Sometimes “the unrighteous” refers specifically to people who do not believe in Jesus.

The terms “upright” and “uprightness” refer to acting in a way that follows God’s laws.

  • The meaning of these words includes the idea of standing up straight and looking directly ahead.
  • A person who is “upright” is someone who obeys God’s rules and does not do things that are against his will.
  • Terms such as “integrity” and “righteous” have similar meanings and are sometimes used in parallelism constructions, such as “integrity and uprightness.” (See: parallelism)

Translation Suggestions:

  • When it describes God, the term “righteous” could be translated as “perfectly good and just” or “always acting rightly.”

  • God’s “righteousness” could also be translated as “perfect faithfulness and goodness.”

  • When it describes people who are obedient to God, the term “righteous” could also be translated as “morally good” or “just” or “living a God-pleasing life.”

  • The phrase “the righteous” could also be translated as “righteous people” or “God-fearing people.”

  • Depending on the context, “righteousness” could also be translated with a word or phrase that means “goodness” or “being perfect before God” or “acting in a right way by obeying God” or “doing perfectly good.”

  • The term “unrighteous” could simply be translated as “not righteous.”

  • Depending on the context, other ways to translate this could include “wicked” or “immoral” or “people who rebel against God” or “sinful.”

  • The phrase “the unrighteous” could be translated as “unrighteous people.”

  • The term “unrighteousness” could be translated as “sin” or “evil thoughts and actions” or “wickedness.”

  • If possible, it is best to translate this in a way that shows its relationship to “righteous, righteousness.”

  • Ways to translate “upright” could include “acting rightly” or “one who acts rightly” or “following God’s laws” or “obedient to God” or “behaving in a way that is right.”

  • The term “uprightness” could be translated as “moral purity” or “good moral conduct” or “rightness.”

  • The phrase “the upright” could be translated as “people who are upright” or “upright people.”

(See also: evil, faithful, good, holy, integrity, just, law, law, obey, pure, righteous, sin, unlawful)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 3:2 But Noah found favor with God. He was a righteous man, living among wicked people.
  • 4:8 God declared that Abram was righteous because he believed in God’s promise.
  • 17:2 David was a humble and righteous man who trusted and obeyed God.
  • 23:1 Joseph, the man Mary was engaged to, was a righteous man.
  • 50:10 Then the righteous ones will shine like the sun in the kingdom of God their Father.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0205, H1368, H2555, H3072, H3474, H3476, H3477, H3483, H4334, H4339, H4749, H5228, H5229, H5324, H5765, H5766, H5767, H5977, H6662, H6663, H6664, H6665, H6666, H6968, H8535, H8537, H8549, H8552, G00930, G00940, G04580, G13410, G13420, G13430, G13440, G13450, G13460, G21180, G37160, G37170

rod

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: rod

Definition:

The term “rod” refers to a narrow, solid, stick-like tool that was used in several different ways. It was probably at least a meter in length.

  • A wooden rod was used by a shepherd to defend the sheep from other animals. It was also thrown toward a wandering sheep to bring it back to the the flock.
  • In Psalm 23, King David used the terms “rod” and “staff” as metaphors to refer to God’s guidance and discipline for his people.
  • A shepherd’s rod was also used to count the sheep as they passed under it.
  • Another metaphorical expression, “rod of iron,” refers to God’s punishment for people who rebel against him and do evil things.
  • In ancient times, measuring rods made of metal, wood, or stone were used to measure the length of a building or object.
  • In the Bible, a wooden rod was also referred to as an instrument to discipline children.

(See also: staff, sheep, shepherd)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2415, H4294, H4731, H7626, G25630, G44630, G44640

Proverbs References:

10:13; 13:24; 14:3; 22:8; 22:15; 23:13; 23:14; 26:3; 29:15

ruin, ruins, ruined

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: ruin, ruins, ruined

Definition:

To “ruin” something means to spoil, destroy, or cause to be useless. The term “ruin” or “ruins” refers to the rubble and spoiled remains of something that has been destroyed.

  • The prophet Zephaniah spoke about the day of God’s wrath as a “day of ruin” when the world will be judged and punished.
  • The book of Proverbs says that ruin and destruction await those who are ungodly.
  • Depending on the context, to “ruin” could be translated as to “destroy” or to “spoil” or to “make useless” or to “break.”
  • The term “ruin” or “ruins” could be translated as “rubble” or “broken-down buildings” or “destroyed city” or “devastation” or “brokenness” or “destruction,” depending on the context.

(See also: devastated)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0006, H1197, H1530, H1820, H1942, H2034, H2040, H2717, H2719, H2720, H2723, H2930, H3510, H3765, H3782, H3832, H4072, H4288, H4384, H4654, H4876, H4889, H5221, H5327, H5557, H5754, H5856, H7451, H7489, H7582, H7591, H7612, H7701, H7703, H7843, H8047, H8074, H8077, H8414, H8510, G26790, G26920, G36390, G44850

Proverbs References:

10:14; 10:15; 10:29; 13:3; 14:28; 18:7; 23:8; 26:28

rule, reign, ruler, prefect, official, leader

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: rule, reign, ruler, prefect, official, leader

Definition:

The term “ruler” is a general reference to a person who has authority over other people, such as a leader of a country, kingdom, or religious group. A ruler is one who “rules,” and his authority is his “rule.”

  • In the Old Testament, a king was sometimes referred to generally as a “ruler,” as in the phrase “appointed him ruler over Israel.”
  • God was referred to as the ultimate ruler, who rules over all other rulers.
  • In the New Testament, the leader of a synagogue was called a “ruler.”
  • Another type of ruler in the New Testament was a “governor.”
  • Depending on the context, “ruler” could be translated as “leader” or “person who has authority over.”
  • The action to “rule” means to “lead” to “have authority over.” It means the same thing as “reign” when it refers to the ruling of a king.

(See also: authority, governor, king, synagogue)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0995, H1166, H1167, H1404, H2708, H2710, H3027, H3548, H3920, H4043, H4410, H4427, H4428, H4438, H4467, H4474, H4475, H4623, H4910, H4941, H5057, H5065, H5387, H5401, H5461, H5715, H6113, H6213, H6485, H6957, H7101, H7218, H7287, H7300, H7336, H7786, H7860, H7980, H7981, H7985, H7989, H7990, H8199, H8269, H8323, H8451, G07460, G07520, G07550, G07570, G07580, G09320, G09360, G10180, G12030, G12990, G17780, G17850, G18490, G22320, G22330, G25250, G25830, G28880, G29610, G35450, G38410, G41650, G41730, G42910

Proverbs References:

6:7; 8:16; 12:24; 17:2; 19:10; 22:7; 23:1; 25:15; 28:2; 28:15; 28:16; 29:2; 29:12; 29:26; 31:4

sacrifice, offering

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: sacrifice, offering

Definition:

In the Bible, the terms “sacrifice” and “offering” refer to special gifts given to God as an act of worshiping him. People also offered sacrifices to false gods.

sacrifice

  • Sacrifices to God often involved the killing of an animal.
  • Only the sacrifice of Jesus, God’s perfect sinless Son, can completely cleanse people from sin; animal sacrifices could never do that.

offering

  • The word “offering” generally refers to anything that is offered or given. The term “sacrifice” refers to something that is given or done at great cost to the giver.
  • Offerings to God were specific things that he commanded the Israelites to give in order to express devotion and obedience to him.
  • The names of the different offerings, such as “burnt offering” and “peace offering,” indicated what kind of offering was being given.

Translation Suggestions

  • The term “offering” could also be translated as “a gift to God” or “something given to God” or “something valuable that is presented to God.”
  • Depending on the context, the term “sacrifice” could also be translated as “something valuable given in worship” or “a special animal killed and presented to God.”
  • The action to “sacrifice” could be translated as to “give up something valuable” or to “kill an animal and give it to God.”
  • Another way to translate “present yourself as a living sacrifice” could be “as you live your life, offer yourself to God as completely as an animal is offered on an altar.”

(See also: altar, burnt offering, drink offering, false god, fellowship offering, freewill offering peace offering, priest, sin offering, worship)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 3:14 After Noah got off the boat, he built an altar and sacrificed some of each kind of animal which could be used for a sacrifice. God was happy with the sacrifice and blessed Noah and his family.
  • 5:6 “Take Isaac, your only son, and kill him as a sacrifice to me.” Again Abraham obeyed God and prepared to sacrifice his son.
  • 5:9 God had provided the ram to be the sacrifice instead of Isaac.
  • 13:9 Anyone who disobeyed God’s law could bring an animal to the Tent of Meeting as a sacrifice to God. A priest would kill the animal and burn it on the altar. The blood of the animal that was sacrificed covered the person’s sin and made that person clean in God’s sight.
  • 17:6 David wanted to build a temple where all the Israelites could worship God and offer him sacrifices.
  • 48:6 Jesus is the Great High Priest. Unlike other priests, he offered himself as the only sacrifice that could to take away the sin of all the people in the world.
  • 48:8 But God provided Jesus, the Lamb of God, as a sacrifice to die in our place.
  • 49:11 Because Jesus sacrificed himself, God can forgive any sin, even terrible sins.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0801, H0817, H0819, H1685, H1890, H1974, H2076, H2077, H2281, H2282, H2398, H2401, H2402, H2403, H2409, H3632, H4394, H4503, H4504, H5066, H5068, H5071, H5257, H5258, H5261, H5262, H5927, H5928, H5930, H6453, H6944, H6999, H7133, H7311, H8002, H8426, H8548, H8573, H8641, G02660, G03340, G10490, G14350, G14940, G23780, G23800, G36460, G43760, G54850

Proverbs References:

7:14; 15:8; 17:1; 21:27

save, saved, safe, salvation

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: save, saved, safe, salvation

Definition:

The term “save” refers to keeping someone from experiencing something bad or harmful. To “be safe” means to be protected from harm or danger.

  • In a physical sense, people can be saved or rescued from harm, danger, or death.
  • In a spiritual sense, if a person has been “saved,” then God, through Jesus’ death on the cross, has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished in hell for his sin.
  • People can save or rescue people from danger, but only God can save people from being punished eternally for their sins.

The term “salvation” refers to being saved or rescued from evil and danger.

  • In the Bible, “salvation” usually refers to the spiritual and eternal deliverance granted by God to those who repent of their sins and believe in Jesus.
  • The Bible also talks about God saving or delivering his people from their physical enemies.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways to translate “save” could include “deliver” or “keep from harm” or “take out of harm’s way” or “keep from dying.”

  • In the expression “whoever would save his life,” the term “save” could also be translated as “preserve” or “protect.”

  • The term “safe” could be translated as “protected from danger” or “in a place where nothing can harm.”

  • The term “salvation” could also be translated using words related to “save” or “rescue,” as in “God’s saving people (from being punished for their sins)” or “God’s rescuing his people (from their enemies).”

  • “God is my salvation” could be translated as “God is the one who saves me.”

  • “You will draw water from the wells of salvation” could be translated as “You will be refreshed as with water because God is rescuing you.”

(See also: cross, deliver, punish, sin, Savior)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 9:8 Moses tried to save his fellow Israelite.
  • 11:2 God provided a way to save the firstborn son of anyone who believed in him.
  • 12:5 Moses told the Israelites, “Stop being afraid! God will fight for you today and save you.”
  • 12:13 The Israelites sang many songs to celebrate their new freedom and to praise God because he saved them from the Egyptian army.
  • 16:17 This pattern repeated many times: the Israelites would sin, God would punish them, they would repent, and God would send a deliverer to save them.
  • 44:8 “You crucified Jesus, but God raised him to life again! You rejected him, but there is no other way to be saved except through the power of Jesus!”
  • 47:11 The jailer trembled as he came to Paul and Silas and asked, “What must I do to be saved?” Paul answered, “Believe in Jesus, the Master, and you and your family will be saved.”
  • 49:12 Good works cannot save you.
  • 49:13 God will save everyone who believes in Jesus and receives him as their Master. But he will not save anyone who does not believe in him.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0983, H2421, H2502, H3444, H3467, H3468, H4190, H4422, H4931, H5338, H6308, H6403, H7682, H7951, H7965, H8104, H8199, H8668, G08030, G08040, G08060, G12950, G15080, G49820, G49910, G49920, G51980

Proverbs References:

11:14; 20:22; 21:31; 24:6; 28:18

seed

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: seed

Definition:

A “seed” is the part of a plant that gets planted in the ground to reproduce more of the same kind of plant.

  • The term “seed” can also refer to what a man plants into a woman that allows them to reproduce.
  • Related to this, “seed” is also used to refer to a man‘s or woman‘s offspring or descendants.
  • This word often has a plural meaning, referring to more than one seed grain or more than one descendant.
  • In the parable of the farmer planting seeds, Jesus compared his seeds to the Word of God, which is planted in people’s hearts in order to produce good spiritual fruit.
  • The apostle Paul also uses the term “seed” to refer to the Word of God.

Translation Suggestions:

  • For the seed of a plant, use a general term that can apply to all plants, if possible.
  • When “seed” refers to people who are of the same family line, it may be more clear to use the word “descendant” or “descendants” instead of “seed.” Some languages may have a word that means “children and grandchildren.”
  • For a man or woman’s “seed,” consider how the target expresses this in a way that will not offend or embarrass people.

(See also: children, descendant)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2232, H2233, H3610, H6507, G46150, G46870, G46900, G47010, G47030

Proverbs References:

11:21

seek, search, look for

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: seek, search, look for

Definition:

The term “seek” means to look for something or someone. In the past tense, the verb is “sought.” This term is sometimes used figuratively, meaning to “attempt” or “make an effort” to do something or to ask for something.

  • To “seek” or “look for” an opportunity to do something can mean to “try to find a time” to do it.
  • To “seek Yahweh” means to “spend time and energy getting to know Yahweh and learning to obey him.”
  • To “seek protection” means to “try to find a person or place that will protect you from danger.”
  • To “seek justice” means to “make an effort to see that people are treated justly or fairly.”
  • To “seek the truth” means to “make an effort to find out what the truth is.”
  • To “seek favor” means to “urgently ask for favor” or to “do things to cause someone to help you.”

(See also: just, true)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0579, H1156, H1239, H1243, H1245, H1556, H1875, H2470, H2603, H2658, H2664, H3289, H7125, H7592, H7836, H8446, G03270, G15670, G19340, G20520, G22120

seize, seizure, capture

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: seize, seizure, capture

Definition:

The term “seize” means to take or capture someone or something by force. It can also mean to overpower and control someone.

  • When a city was taken by means of military force, the soldiers would seize the valuable property of the people they had conquered.
  • When used figuratively, a person can be described as being “seized with fear.” This means that the person was suddenly “overcome by fear.” If a person was “seized with fear” it could also be stated that the person “suddenly became very afraid.”
  • In the context of labor pains that “seize” a woman, the meaning is that the pains are sudden and overpowering. This could be translated by saying that the pains “overcome” or “suddenly come upon” the woman.
  • This term could also be translated as “take control of” or “suddenly take” or “grab.”
  • The expression “seized and slept with her” could be translated as “forced himself on her” or “violated her” or “raped her.” Make sure the translation of this concept is acceptable.

(See: euphemism)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0270, H1497, H2388, H3027, H3920, H3947, H4672, H5377, H5860, H6031, H7760, H8610, G07240, G19490, G26380, G29020, G29830, G48150, G48840

Proverbs References:

3:26; 5:22; 7:13; 11:6; 16:32; 30:9; 30:28

serpent, snake, viper

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: serpent, snake, viper

Definition:

These terms all refer to a kind of reptile that has a long, thin body and large, fanged jaws, and that moves by slithering back and forth across the ground. The term “serpent” usually refers to a large snake and “viper” refers to a type of snake that has venom which it uses to poison its prey.

  • This animal is also used figuratively to refer to a person who is evil, especially someone who is deceitful.
  • Jesus called the religious leaders “offspring of vipers” because they pretended to be righteous but deceived people and treated them unfairly.
  • In the garden of Eden, Satan took the form of a serpent when he talked to Eve and tempted her to disobey God.
  • After the serpent tempted Eve to sin, and both Eve and her husband Adam did sin, God cursed the snake, saying that from then on, all snakes would slither along the ground, implying that before then they had had legs.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: curse, deceive, disobey, Eden, evil, prey, Satan, sin, tempt)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0660, H2119, H5175, H6620, H6848, H8314, H8577, G21910, G20620, G37890

Proverbs References:

30:19

servant, serve, maidservant, young man, young women

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: servant, serve, maidservant, young man, young women

Definition:

A “servant” refers to a person who works for (or obeys) another person, either by choice or by force. A servant was under his master’s direction. In the Bible, “servant” and “slave” are mostly interchangeable terms. The term “serve” generally means to do work for someone, and the concept can be applied in a wide variety of contexts.

  • In the Bible the words “young man” or “young woman” often mean “servant” or “slave.” This meaning will be discerned from context. One indicator of this situation is if the possessive is used, eg. “her young women” which could be translated as “her servants” or “her slaves.”

Translation Suggestions

  • The term “serve” can also be translated as “minister to” or “work for” or “take care of” or “obey,” depending on the context.
  • To “serve God” can be translated as to “worship and obey God” or to “do the work that God has commanded.”
  • In the Old Testament, God’s prophets and other people who worshiped God were often called his “servants.”
  • In the New Testament, people who obeyed God through faith in Christ were often called his “servants.”
  • To “serve tables” means to bring food to people who are sitting at tables, or more generally, to “distribute food.”
  • In the context of a person serving guests, this term means “care for” or “serve food to” or “provide food for.” When Jesus told the disciples to “serve” the fish to the people, this could be translated as, “distribute” or “hand out” or “give.”
  • People who teach others about God are said to serve both God and the ones they are teaching.
  • The apostle Paul wrote to the Corinthian Christians about how they used to “serve” the old covenant. This refers to obeying the laws of Moses. Now they “serve” the new covenant. That is, because of Jesus’ sacrifice on the cross, believers in Jesus are enabled by the Holy Spirit to please God and live holy lives.
  • Paul talks about their actions in terms of their “service” to either the old or new covenant. This could be translated as “serving” or “obeying” or “devotion to.”
  • Often, when a person referred to himself as “your servant” he was showing respect to the person addressed. That person may have had higher social status, or the speaker may be showing humility. It did not mean that the person speaking was an actual servant.

(See also: enslave, works, obey, house, lord)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 6:1 When Abraham was very old and his son, Isaac, had grown to be a man, Abraham sent one of his servants back to the land where his relatives lived to find a wife for his son, Isaac.
  • 19:10 Then Elijah prayed, “O Yahweh, God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, show us today that you are the God of Israel and that I am your servant.”
  • 29:3 “Since the servant could not pay the debt, the king said, ‘Sell this man and his family as slaves to make payment on his debt.’”
  • 35:6 “All my father’s servants have plenty to eat, and yet here I am starving.”
  • 47:4 The slave girl kept yelling as they walked, “These men are servants of the Most High God.”
  • 50:4 Jesus also said, “A servant is not greater than his master.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s for Servant: H0519, H5288, H5647, H5649, H5650, H5657, H7916, H8198, H8334, G12490, G14010, G14020, G23240, G34070, G34110, G36100, G38160, G49830, G52570

Strong’s for Serve: H3547, H4929, H4931, H5647, H5656, H5673, H5975, H6213, H6399, H6402, H6440, H6633, H6635, H7272, H8104, H8120, H8199, H8278, H8334, G12470, G12480, G13980, G14020, G14380, G19830, G20640, G22120, G23230, G29990, G30000, G30090, G43370, G43420, G47540, G50870, G52560

Proverbs References:

9:3; 11:29; 12:9; 14:35; 17:2; 19:10; 22:7; 27:27; 29:12; 29:19; 29:21; 30:10; 30:22; 30:23; 31:15

shame, ashamed, disgrace, humiliate, reproach

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: shame, ashamed, disgrace, humiliate, reproach

Definition:

The term “shame” refers to the painful feeling of being disgraced or humiliated that a person feels when they do something that others consider dishonorable or improper.

  • Something that is “shameful” is “improper” or “dishonorable.”
  • The term “ashamed” describes how a person feels when he has done something improper or dishonorable.
  • The term “humiliate” means to cause someone to feel shamed or disgraced, usually publicly. The act of shaming someone is called “humiliation.”
  • To “reproach” someone means to criticize or disapprove of that person’s character or behavior.
  • The phrase “put to shame” means to defeat people or expose their actions so that they feel ashamed of themselves. The prophet Isaiah said that those who make and worship idols will be put to shame.
  • The term “disgraceful” can be used to describe a sinful act or the person who did it. When a person does something sinful, it can cause him to be in a state of disgrace or dishonor.
  • Sometimes a person who is doing good things is treated in a way that causes him disgrace or shame. For example, when Jesus was killed on a cross, this was a disgraceful way to die. Jesus had done nothing wrong to deserve this disgrace.
  • When God humbles someone, it means that he is causing a prideful person to experience failure to help him overcome his pride. This is different from humiliating someone, which is often done in order to hurt that person.
  • Saying that a person is “above reproach” or “beyond reproach” or “without reproach” means that this person behaves in a God-honoring way and there is little or nothing that could be said in criticism of him.

Translation Suggestions

  • Ways to translate “disgrace” could include “shame” or “dishonor.”
  • Ways to translate “disgraceful” could include “shameful” or “dishonoring.”
  • To “humiliate” could also be translated as to “shame” or to “cause to feel shame” or to “embarrass.”
  • Depending on the context, ways to translate “humiliation” could include “shame” or “degrading” or “disgrace.”
  • The word “reproach” could also be translated as “accusation” or “shame” or “disgrace.”
  • To “reproach” could also be translated as to “rebuke” or to “accuse” or to “criticize,” depending on the context.

(See also: dishonor, accuse, rebuke, false god, humble, Isaiah, worship)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0937, H0954, H0955, H1317, H1322, H1421, H1442, H1984, H2490, H2616, H2617, H2659, H2778, H2781, H2865, H3001, H3637, H3639, H3640, H3971, H5007, H5034, H5039, H6030, H6031, H6172, H6256, H7022, H7034, H7036, H7043, H7511, H7817, H8103, H8213, H8216, H8217, H8589, G01520, G01530, G04100, G04220, G04230, G08080, G08180, G08190, G08210, G17880, G17910, G18700, G26170, G30590, G36790, G36800, G36810, G38560, G50140, G51950, G51960, G54840

Proverbs References:

6:33; 9:7; 10:5; 11:2; 12:4; 13:5; 13:18; 14:34; 14:35; 17:2; 18:3; 18:13; 19:26; 25:8; 25:10; 28:7; 29:15

shepherd, herder, pastor

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: shepherd, herder, pastor

Definition:

A “shepherd” is a person who takes care of sheep. In the Old Testament, this word can also refer to a “herder” who takes care of other kinds of domestic livestock such as goats or cattle.

  • As a verb, the term “shepherd” means to lead sheep (or other livestock) to places with good food and water, protect them from wild animals, keep them from getting lost and other duties necessary to keep livestock alive and healthy.
  • In the Bible, this term is often used figuratively to refer to taking care of the needs of people (not only animals), both physical and spiritual.
  • In the Old Testament, God was called the “shepherd” of his people because he took care of them. In the New Testament, Jesus called himself the “good shepherd,” and in other places Jesus is called the “great shepherd” of the Church.
  • The term “shepherd” is also used in the New Testament to refer to a person who is a spiritual leader over other believers. The word translated as “pastor” is the same word that is translated as “shepherd.” Elders and overseers are also called shepherds.

Translation Suggestions

  • The noun “shepherd” can be translated as “person who takes care of sheep” or “sheep tender” or “sheep caregiver.”
  • When referring to someone who cares for livestock other than sheep, the term can be translated as “herder,” “tender of livestock” or “person who takes care of livestock.”
  • When used as a verb, the term “shepherd” could be translated as “take care of sheep” or “watch over sheep.”
  • In some contexts, the term “shepherd” could be translated as “leader” or “guide” or “caregiver.”
  • When used figuratively, the noun “shepherd” could be translated in different ways, including “spiritual shepherd” or “spiritual leader” or “one who is like a shepherd” or “one who cares for his people like a shepherd cares for his sheep” or “one who leads his people like a shepherd guides his sheep” or “one who takes care of God’s sheep.”
  • When used figuratively, the verb “shepherd” could be translated as to “take care of” or to “spiritually nourish” or to “guide and teach” or to “lead and take care of (like a shepherd cares for sheep).”

(See also: sheep, livestock, pastor)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 9:11 Moses became a shepherd in the wilderness far away from Egypt.to
  • 17:2 David was a shepherd from the town of Bethlehem. At different times while he was watching his father’s sheep, David had killed both a lion and a bear that had attacked the sheep.
  • 23:6 That night, there were some shepherds in a nearby field guarding their flocks.
  • 23:8 The shepherds soon arrived at the place where Jesus was and they found him lying in a feeding trough, just as the angel had told them.
  • 30:3 To Jesus, these people were like sheep without a shepherd.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H6629, H7462, H7469, H7473, G07500, G41650, G41660

Proverbs References:

10:21

shield

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: shield

Definition:

A shield was an object held by a soldier in battle to protect himself from being injured by the enemy’s weapons. To “shield” someone means to protect that person from harm.

  • Shields were often circular or oval, were made of materials such as leather, wood, or metal, and were sturdy and thick enough to keep a sword or arrow from piercing them.
  • Using this term as a metaphor, the Bible refers to God as a protective shield for his people. (See: Metaphor)
  • Paul talked about the “shield of faith,” which is a figurative way of saying that having faith in Jesus and living out that faith in obedience to God will protect believers from the spiritual attacks of Satan.

(See also: faith, obey, Satan, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2653, H3591, H4043, H5437, H5526, H6793, H7982, G23750

Proverbs References:

2:7; 6:11; 24:34; 30:5

silver

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: silver

Definition:

Silver is a shiny, gray precious metal used to make coins, jewelry, containers, and ornaments.

  • The various containers that are made from silver include silver cups and bowls, and other things used for cooking, eating, or serving.
  • Silver and gold were used in the building of the tabernacle and the temple. The temple in Jerusalem had containers made of silver.
  • In Bible times, a shekel was a unit of weight, and a purchase was often priced at a certain number of shekels of silver. By New Testament times there were silver coins of various weights that were measured in shekels.
  • Joseph’s brothers sold him as a slave for twenty shekels of silver.
  • Judas was paid thirty silver coins for betraying Jesus.
  • If your culture does not have silver you could translate this term as “precious metal”

(See also: tabernacle, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3701, H3702, H7192, G06930, G06940, G06950, G06960, G14060

Proverbs References:

2:4; 3:14; 7:20; 8:10; 8:19; 10:20; 16:16; 17:3; 22:1; 25:4; 25:11; 26:23; 27:21

sin, sinful, sinner, sinning

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: sin, sinful, sinner, sinning

Definition:

The term “sin” refers to actions, thoughts, and words that are against God’s will and laws. Sin can also refer to not doing something that God wants us to do.

  • Sin includes anything we do that does not obey or please God, even things that other people do not know about.
  • Thoughts and actions that disobey God’s will are called “sinful.”
  • Because Adam sinned, all human beings are born with a “sinful nature,” a nature that that controls them and causes them to sin.
  • A “sinner” is someone who sins, so every human being is a sinner.
  • Sometimes the word “sinners” was used by religious people like the Pharisees to refer to people who did not keep the law as well as the Pharisees thought they should.
  • The term “sinner” was also used for people who were considered to be worse sinners than other people. For example, this label was given to tax collectors and prostitutes.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “sin” could be translated with a word or phrase that means “disobedience to God” or “going against God’s will” or “evil behavior and thoughts” or “wrongdoing.”
  • To “sin” could also be translated as to “disobey God” or to “do wrong.”
  • Depending on the context “sinful” could be translated as “full of wrongdoing” or “wicked” or “immoral” or “evil” or “rebelling against God.”
  • Depending on the context the term “sinner” could be translated with a word or phrase that means “person who sins” or “person who does wrong things” or “person who disobeys God” or “person who disobeys the law.”
  • The term “sinners” could be translated by a word or phrase that means “very sinful people” or “people considered to be very sinful” or “immoral people.”
  • Ways to translate “tax collectors and sinners” could include “people who collect money for the government, and other very sinful people” or “very sinful people, including (even) tax collectors.”
  • Make sure the translation of this term can include sinful behavior and thoughts, even those that other people do not see or know about.
  • The term “sin” should be general, and different from the terms for “wickedness” and “evil.”

(See also: disobey, evil, flesh, tax collector)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 3:15 God said, “I promise I will never again curse the ground because of the evil things people do, or destroy the world by causing a flood, even though people are sinful from the time they are children.”
  • 13:12 God was very angry with them because of their sin and planned to destroy them.
  • 20:1 The kingdoms of Israel and Judah both sinned against God. They broke the covenant that God made with them at Sinai.
  • 21:13 The prophets also said that the Messiah would be perfect, having no sin. He would die to receive the punishment for other people’s sin.
  • 35:1 One day, Jesus was teaching many tax collectors and other sinners who had gathered to hear him.
  • 38:5 Then Jesus took a cup and said, “Drink this. It is my blood of the New Covenant that is poured out for the forgiveness of sins.”
  • 43:11 Peter answered them, “Every one of you should repent and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ so that God will forgive your sins.”
  • 48:8 We all deserve to die for our sins!
  • 49:17 Even though you are a Christian, you will still be tempted to sin. But God is faithful and says that if you confess your sins, he will forgive you. He will give you strength to fight against sin.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0817, H0819, H2398, H2399, H2400, H2401, H2402, H2403, H2408, H2409, H5771, H6588, H7683, H7686, G02640, G02650, G02660, G02680, G03610, G37810, G39000, G42580

Proverbs References:

1:10; 5:22; 8:36; 10:16; 11:31; 13:6; 13:22; 14:21; 14:34; 20:9; 21:4; 23:17; 24:9

slander, slanderer, revile, insult

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: slander, slanderer, revile, insult

Definition:

A slander consists of negative, defaming things spoken (not written) about another person. To say such things (not to write them) about someone is to slander that person. The person saying such things is a slanderer.

  • Slander may be a true report or a false accusation, but its effect is to cause others to think negatively of the person being slandered.
  • To “slander” could be translated as to “speak against” or to “spread an evil report” or to “defame.”
  • A slanderer is also called an “informer” or a “tale-bearer.”

(See also: blasphemy)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1681, H1696, H1848, H3960, H5791, H7270, H7400, H8267, G09870, G09880, G12280, G14260, G26360, G26370, G30590, G30600

Proverbs References:

11:13; 20:19; 25:10; 30:10

slaughter, slaughtered

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: slaughter, slaughtered

Definition:

The term “slaughter” refers to killing a large number of animals or people, or to killing in a violent way. It can also refer to killing an animal for the purpose of eating it. The act of slaughtering is also called “slaughter.”

  • When Abraham received three visitors at his tent in the desert, he ordered his servants to slaughter and cook a calf for his guests.
  • The prophet Ezekiel prophesied that God would send his angel to slaughter all those who would not follow His word.
  • 1 Samuel records a great slaughter in which 30,000 Israelites were killed by their enemies because of disobedience to God.
  • “Weapons of slaughter” could be translated as “weapons for killing.”
  • The expression “the slaughter was very great” could be translated as “a large number were killed” or “the number of deaths was very great” or “a terribly high number of people died.”
  • Other ways to translate “slaughter” could include “kill” or “slay” or “killing.”

(See also: angel, cow, disobey, Ezekiel, servant, slay)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2026, H2027, H2028, H2076, H2491, H2873, H2874, H2878, H4046, H4293, H4347, H4660, H5221, H6993, H7524, H7819, H7821, G28710, G49670, G49690

Proverbs References:

9:2; 24:11

slay, slain, slaughter, kill, murder

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: slay, slain, slaughter, kill, murder

Definition:

To “slay” a person or animal means to kill it. Often it means to kill it in a forceful or violent way. If a man has killed an animal he has “slain” it.

  • When referring to an animal or to a large number of people, the term “slaughter” is another term that is often used.
  • An act of slaughtering is also called a “slaughter.”
  • The phrase “the slain” could also be translated as “the slain people” or “the people who were killed.”

(See also: slaughter)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2026, H2076, H2491, H2717, H2763, H2873, H2874, H4191, H4194, H5221, H6991, H6992, H7523, H7819, G03370, G06150, G13150, G23800, G26950, G49680, G49690, G54070

Proverbs References:

1:32; 7:22; 7:26; 22:13

snare, ensnare, entrap, trap, trapped, pitfall

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: snare, ensnare, entrap, trap, trapped, pitfall

Definition:

The terms “snare” and “trap” refer to devices that are used to catch animals and keep them from escaping. To “snare” or “ensnare” is to catch with a snare, and to “trap” or “entrap” is to catch with a trap. In the Bible, these terms were also used figuratively to talk about how sin and temptation are like hidden traps that catch people and harm them.

  • A “snare” is a loop of rope or wire that suddenly pulls tight when an animal steps into it, ensnaring its leg.
  • A “trap” is usually made of metal or wood and has two parts that suddenly and powerfully close together, catching an animal so it can not get away. Sometimes a trap can be a deep hole that has been made in order to get something to fall into it.
  • Usually the snare or trap is hidden so that its prey is taken by surprise.
  • The phrase “set a trap” means to get a trap ready to capture something.
  • To “fall into a trap” refers to falling into a deep hole or pit that was dug and hidden in order to catch an animal.
  • A person who is starts sinning and cannot stop can be described as “ensnared by sin” in a figurative reference to the way an animal can be ensnared and cannot escape.
  • Just as an animal is endangered and hurt by being in a trap, so a person caught in the trap of sin is being harmed by that sin and needs to be set free.

(See also: free, prey, Satan, tempt)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2256, H3353, H3369, H3920, H3921, H4170, H4204, H4434, H4685, H4686, H4889, H5367, H5914, H6341, H6351, H6354, H6679, H6983, H7639, H7845, H8610, G00640, G23390, G23400, G38020, G38030, G39850, G46250

Proverbs References:

6:2; 7:23; 12:12; 12:13; 13:14; 14:27; 18:7; 20:25; 22:5; 22:25; 29:6; 29:25

snow

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: snow

Definition:

The term “snow” refers to white flakes of frozen water that can fall from clouds in places where the air temperature is cold.

  • Snow falls in places of higher elevation in Israel, but does not always stay on the ground very long before melting. The peaks of mountains tend to have snow that lasts longer. One example of a place mentioned in the Bible as having snow is Mount Lebanon.
  • Something that is very white often has its color compared to the color of snow. For example, in the book of Revelation Jesus’ clothing and hair were described as being “white as snow.”
  • The whiteness of snow also symbolizes purity and cleanliness. For example, the statement that our “sins will be as white as snow” means that God will completely cleanse his people from their sins.
  • Some languages might refer to snow as “frozen rain” or “flakes of ice” or “frozen flakes.”
  • “Snow water” refers to the water that comes from melted snow.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

(See also: Lebanon, pure)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H7949, H7950, H8517, G55100

Proverbs References:

25:13; 26:1; 31:21

Solomon

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Solomon

Definition:

Solomon was one of King David’s sons. His mother was Bathsheba.

  • When Solomon became king, God told him to ask for anything he wanted. So Solomon asked for wisdom to rule the people justly and well. God was pleased with Solomon’s request and gave him both wisdom and much wealth.
  • Solomon is also well known for having a magnificent temple built in Jerusalem.
  • Although Solomon ruled wisely in the first years of his reign, later on he foolishly married many foreign women and started worshiping their gods.
  • Because of Solomon’s unfaithfulness, after his death God divided the Israelites into two kingdoms, Israel and Judah. These kingdoms often fought against each other.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Bathsheba, David, Israel, Judah, kingdom of Israel, temple)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 17:14 Later, David and Bathsheba had another son, and they named him Solomon.
  • 18:1 After many years, David died, and his son Solomon began to rule. God spoke to Solomon and asked him what he wanted most. When Solomon asked for wisdom, God was pleased and made him the wisest man in the world. Solomon learned many things and was a very wise judge. God also made him very wealthy.
  • 18:2 In Jerusalem, Solomon built the Temple for which his father David had planned and gathered materials.
  • 18:3 But Solomon loved women from other countries.…When Solomon was old, he also worshiped their gods.
  • 18:4 God was angry with Solomon and, as a punishment for Solomon’s unfaithfulness, he promised to divide the nation of Israel into two kingdoms after Solomon’s death.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H8010, G46720

Proverbs References:

1:1; 10:1; 25:1

soul, self

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: soul, self

Definition:

The term “soul” can either refer generally to the non-physical part of a person or refer specifically to a person’s awareness of themselves as a person distinct from others.

  • In the Bible, the terms “soul” and “spirit” may be two different concepts, or they may be two terms that refer to the same concept.
  • When a person dies, his soul leaves his body.
  • In contrast to the body, the “soul” can be spoken of as the part of a person that “relates to God.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “soul” could also be translated as “inner self” or “inner person.”
  • In some contexts, “my soul” could be translated as “I” or “me.”
  • Usually the phrase “the soul” can be translated as “the person” or “he” or “him,” depending on the context.
  • Some languages might only have one word for the concepts “soul” and “spirit.”
  • In Hebrews 4:12, the figurative phrase “dividing soul and spirit” could mean “deeply discerning or exposing the inner person.”

(See also: spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5082, H5315, H5397, G55900

Proverbs References:

3:22

sow, sower, plant, planted, replanted, transplanted

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: sow, sower, plant, planted, replanted, transplanted

Definition:

To “sow” means to put seeds on top of or in the ground in order to grow plants. A “sower” is a person who sows or plants seeds. A “plant” is generally something that grows and is attached to the ground.

  • One method of sowing or planting seeds during biblical times was to take handfuls of seeds and scatter them on the ground.
  • Farmers would often plow the ground on which they had sown seeds after they had sown the seeds. The reason farmers would plow the ground after they had sown the seed is so that the seed would be covered with soil.
  • Sometimes farmers may have plowed the field that they sowed seeds in both before and after sowing seeds.

Translations Suggestions

  • The term to “sow” could also be translated as to “plant.” Make sure the word or phrase you use to translate this term refers to, or can include, planting seeds by scattering them because this is the method of sowing that Jesus was referring to in his parable in Matthew 13:3-23, Mark 4:2-20, and Luke 8:4-8 where he describes a sower who sowed seeds.
  • Other ways to translate “sower” could include “planter” or “farmer” or “person who plants seeds.”
  • In English, “sow” is only used for planting seeds, but the English word “plant” can be used for planting seeds as well as larger things, such as trees. Other languages may also use different words, depending on what is being planted.

(See also: harvest)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2221, H2232, H2233, H2236, H4218, H4302, H5193, H7971, H8362, G46870, G47030, G54520

Proverbs References:

22:8; 31:16

spirit, wind, breath

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: spirit, wind, breath

Definition:

The term “spirit” refers to the non-physical part of a person which cannot be seen. In biblical times, the concept of a person’s spirit was closely related to the concept of a person’s breath. The term can also refer to wind, that is, the movement of air in the natural world.

  • The term “spirit” can refer to a being that does not have a physical body, such as an evil spirit.
  • In general, the term “spiritual” describes things in the non-physical world.
  • The term “spirit of” can also mean “having the characteristics of,” such as in “spirit of wisdom” or “in the spirit of Elijah.” Sometimes the Bible applies this term in the context of a person’s attitude or emotional state, such as “spirit of fear” and “spirit of jealousy.”
  • Jesus said that God is a spirit.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, some ways to translate “spirit” might include “non-physical being” or “inside part” or “inner being.”
  • In some contexts, the term “spirit” could be translated as “evil spirit” or “evil spirit being.”
  • Sometimes the term “spirit” is used to express the feelings of a person, as in “my spirit was grieved in my inmost being.” This could also be translated as “I felt grieved in my spirit” or “I felt deeply grieved.”
  • The phrase “spirit of” could be translated as “character of” or “influence of” or “attitude of” or “thinking (that is) characterized by.”
  • Depending on the context, “spiritual” could be translated as “non-physical” or “from the Holy Spirit” or “God’s” or “part of the non-physical world.”
  • The phrase “spiritual maturity” could be translated as “godly behavior that shows obedience to the Holy Spirit.”
  • The term “spiritual gift” could be translated as “special ability that the Holy Spirit gives.”
  • Sometimes this term can be translated as “wind” when referring to the simple movement of air or “breath” when referring to air movement caused by living beings.

(See also: soul, Holy Spirit, demon, breath)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 13:3 Three days later, after the people had prepared themselves spiritually, God came down on top of Mount Sinai with thunder, lightning, smoke, and a loud trumpet blast.
  • 40:7 Then Jesus cried out, “It is finished! Father, I give my spirit into your hands.” Then he bowed his head and gave up his spirit.
  • 45:5 As Stephen was dying, he cried out, “Jesus, receive my spirit.”
  • 48:7 All the people groups are blessed through him, because everyone who believes in Jesus is saved from sin, and becomes a spiritual descendant of Abraham.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0178, H1172, H5397, H7307, H7308, G41510, G41520, G41530, G53260, G54270

splendor

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: splendor

Definition:

The term “splendor” refers to the extreme beauty and elegance that is often associated with wealth and a magnificent appearance.

  • Often splendor is used to describe the wealth that a king has, or how he looks in his expensive, beautiful finery.
  • The word “splendor” can also be used to describe the beauty of trees, mountains, and other things that God has created.
  • Certain cities are said to have splendor because of o their natural resources, elaborate buildings and roads, and the wealth of their people, which includes rich clothing, gold, and silver.
  • Depending on the context, this word could be translated as “magnificent beauty” or “amazing majesty” or “kingly greatness.”

(See also: glory, king, majesty)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1925, H1926, H1927, H1935, H2091, H2122, H2892, H3314, H3519, H6643, H7613, H8597

Proverbs References:

4:9; 5:9; 14:28; 16:31; 17:6; 19:11; 20:29; 28:12; 31:25

stone, stoning

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: stone, stoning

Definition:

A stone is a small rock. To “stone” someone is to throw stones and larger rocks at that person with the intention of killing him. A “stoning” is an event in which someone was stoned.

  • In ancient times, stoning was a common method of executing people as punishment for crimes they had committed.
  • God commanded the Israelite leaders to stone people for certain sins, such as adultery.
  • In the New Testament, Jesus forgave a woman caught in adultery and stopped people from stoning her.
  • Stephen, who was the first person in the Bible to be killed for testifying about Jesus, was stoned to death.
  • In the city of Lystra, the apostle Paul was stoned, but he did not die from his wounds.

(See also: adultery, commit, crime, death, Lystra, testimony)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0068, H0069, H0810, H1382, H1496, H1530, H2106, H2672, H2687, H2789, H4676, H4678, H5553, H5601, H5619, H6344, H6443, H6697, H6864, H6872, H7275, H7671, H8068, G26420, G29910, G30340, G30350, G30360, G30370, G40740, G43480, G55860

Proverbs References:

26:8; 26:27; 27:3

storehouse

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: storehouse

Definition:

A “storehouse” is a large building that is used for keeping food or other things, often for a long time.

  • In the Bible a “storehouse” was usually used to store extra grain and other food to be used later when there was a famine.
  • This term was also used figuratively to refer to all the good things that God wants to give to his people.
  • The storehouses of the temple and tent of meeting (sometimes called “the tabernacle”)contained valuable things that had been dedicated to Yahweh, such as gold and silver. Some of these things used to repair and maintain the temple were also kept there.
  • Other ways to translate “storehouse” could include “a building for storing grain” or “place for keeping food” or “room for keeping valuable things safe.”
  • When referring to the place where valuable things were kept for the tent of meeting or temple, another way to translate the word “storehouse” is “treasury.”

(See also: consecrate, dedicate, famine, gold, grain, silver, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0214, H0618, H0624, H4035, H4200, H4543, G05960

Proverbs References:

3:10; 10:2

strife, disputes, quarrel, arguing, conflict

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: strife, disputes, quarrel, arguing, conflict

Definition:

The term “strife” refers to physical or emotional conflict between people.

  • A person who causes strife does things that result in strong disagreements between people and in hurt feelings.
  • Sometimes the use of the word “strife” implies that strong emotions are involved, such as anger or bitterness.
  • Other ways to translate this term could include “disagreement” or “dispute” or “conflict.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1777, H1779, H4066, H4090, H4683, H4808, H7379, H7701, G04850, G20520, G20540, G30550, G31630, G53790

strong drink

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: strong drink

Definition:

The term “strong drink” refers to drinks that have been fermented and have alcohol in them.

  • Alcoholic drinks are made from either grain or fruit and have undergone fermentation.
  • Kinds of “strong drink” include grape wine, palm wine, beer, and apple cider. In the Bible, grape wine was the most frequently mentioned strong drink.
  • Priests and anyone who took a special vow such as the “Nazirite vow” were not permitted to drink fermented drinks.
  • This term could also be translated as “fermented drink” or “alcoholic drink.”

(See also: grape, Nazirite, vow, wine)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5435, H7941, G46080

Proverbs References:

20:1; 31:4; 31:6

stronghold, fortification, fortress, citadel

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: stronghold, fortification, fortress, citadel

Definition:

The terms “stronghold” and “fortress” both refer to places that are well protected against an attack by enemy soldiers. A “citadel” is a fortress inside a city. The term “fortified” describes a city or other place that has been made safe from attack.

  • Often, strongholds and fortresses were manmade structures with defensive walls. They could also have been places with natural protective barriers such as rocky cliffs or high mountains.
  • People fortified strongholds by building thick walls or other structures that made it difficult for an enemy to break through.
  • “Stronghold” or “fortress” could be translated as “securely strong place” or “strongly protected place.”
  • The term “fortified city” could be translated as “securely protected city” or “strongly built city.”
  • Another figurative meaning for the term “stronghold” referred to something that someone wrongly trusted in for security, such as a false god or other thing that was worshiped instead of Yahweh. This could be translated as “false strongholds.”
  • This term should be translated differently from “refuge,” which emphasizes safety more than the concept of being fortified.

(See also: false god, false god, refuge, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0490, H0553, H0759, H1001, H1002, H1003, H1219, H1225, H2388, H4013, H4026, H4581, H4526, H4679, H4685, H4686, H4692, H4694, H4869, H5794, H5797, H5800, H6438, H6877, H7682, G37940, G39250

Proverbs References:

10:29; 18:19

stumble, reeling

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: stumble, reeling

Definition:

The term “stumble” means “almost fall” when walking or running. Usually it involves tripping over something.

  • Figuratively, to “stumble” can mean to “sin” or to “falter” in believing.
  • This term can also refer to faltering or showing weakness when fighting a battle or when being persecuted or punished.

Translation Suggestions

  • In contexts where the term “stumble” means to physically trip over something, it should be translated with a term that means “almost fall” or “trip over.”
  • This literal meaning could also be used in a figurative context, if it communicates the correct meaning in that context.
  • For figurative uses where the literal meaning would not make sense in the project language, “stumble” could be translated as “sin” or “falter” or “stop believing” or “become weak,” depending on the context.
  • Another way to translate this term could be, “stumble by sinning” or “stumble by not believing.”
  • The phrase “made to stumble” could be translated as “caused to become weak” or “caused to falter.”

(See also: believe, persecute, sin, stumbling block)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1762, H3782, H4383, H5062, H5063, H5307, H6328, H6761, H8058, G06790, G43480, G43500, G44170, G46240, G46250

Proverbs References:

3:23; 4:12; 4:16; 4:19; 24:16; 24:17

sweep

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: sweep

Definition:

To “sweep” usually means to remove dirt by making broad, quick movements with a broom or brush. “Swept” is the past tense of “sweep.” These words are also used figuratively.

  • The term “sweep” is used figuratively to describe how an army attacks with swift, decisive, wide-reaching movements.
  • For example, Isaiah prophesied that the Assyrians would “sweep through” the Kingdom of Judah. This means they would destroy Judah and capture its people.
  • The term “sweep” can also be used to describe the manner in which rapidly flowing water pushes things and forces them away.
  • When overwhelming, difficult things are happening to a person, it can be said that they are “sweeping over” him.

(See also: Assyria, Isaiah, Judah, prophet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0622, H0857, H1640, H2498, H2894, H3261, H5500, H5595, H7857, G42160, G45630, G49510

Proverbs References:

13:23; 21:7

sword, swordsmen

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: sword, swordsmen

Definition:

A sword is a flat-bladed metal weapon used to cut or stab. It has a handle and a long, pointed blade with a very sharp cutting edge.

  • In ancient times the length of a sword’s blade was about 60 to 91 centimeters.
  • Some swords have two sharp edges and are called “double-edged” or “two-edged” swords.
  • Jesus’ disciples had swords for self defense. With his sword, Peter cut off the ear of the high priest’s servant.
  • Both John the Baptist and the apostle James were beheaded with swords.

Translation Suggestions

  • A sword is used as a metaphor for God’s word. God’s teachings in the Bible exposed people’s innermost thoughts and convicted them of their sin. In a similar way, a sword cuts deeply, causing pain. (See: Metaphor)
  • One way to translate this figurative use would be, “God’s word is like a sword, which cuts deeply and exposes sin.”
  • Another figurative use of this term occurred in the book of Psalms, where the tongue or speech of a person was compared to a sword, which can injure people. This could be translated as “the tongue is like a sword that can badly injure someone.”
  • If swords are not known in your culture, this word could be translated with the name of another long-bladed weapon that is used to cut or stab.
  • A sword could also be described as a “sharp weapon” or “long knife.” Some translations could include a picture of a sword.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: James (brother of Jesus), John (the Baptist), tongue, word of God)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0019, H1300, H2719, H4380, H6609, H7524, H7973, G31620, G45010

Proverbs References:

5:4; 12:18; 25:18; 30:14

teacher, Teacher

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: teacher, Teacher

Definition:

A teacher is a person who gives other people new information. Teachers help others to obtain and use both knowledge and skills.

  • In the Bible, the word “teacher” is used in a special sense to refer to someone who teaches about God.
  • People who learn from a teacher are called “students” or “disciples.”
  • In some Bible translations, this term is capitalized (“Teacher”) when it is used as a title for Jesus.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The usual word for a teacher can be used to translate this term, unless that word is only used for a school teacher.
  • Some cultures may have a special title that is used for religious teachers, such as “Sir” or “Rabbi” or “Preacher.”

(See also: disciple, preach)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 27:1 One day, an expert in the Jewish law came to Jesus to test him, saying, “Teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?”
  • 28:1 One day a rich young ruler came up to Jesus and asked him, “Good Teacher, what must I do to have eternal life?”
  • 37:2 After the two days had passed, Jesus said to his disciples, “Let’s go back to Judea.” “But Teacher,” the disciples answered, “Just a short time ago the people there wanted to kill you!”
  • 38:14 Judas came to Jesus and said, “Greetings, Teacher,” and kissed him.
  • 49:3 Jesus was also a great teacher, and he spoke with authority because he is the Son of God.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3384, H3925, G13200, G25670, G35470, G55720

Proverbs References:

5:13

tent, tentmaker

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: tent, tentmaker

Definition:

A tent is a portable shelter made of sturdy fabric that is draped over a structure of poles and attached to them.

  • Tents can be small, with just enough space for a few people to sleep in, or they can be very large, with space for an entire family to sleep, cook, and live in.
  • For many people, tents are used as permanent dwelling places. For example, during most of the time that Abraham’s family lived in the land of Canaan, they dwelled in large tents constructed from sturdy cloth made of goat hair.
  • The Israelites also lived in tents during their forty-year wanderings through the desert of Sinai.
  • The tabernacle building was a kind of very large tent, with thick walls made of cloth curtains.
  • When the apostle Paul traveled to different cities to share the gospel, he supported himself by making tents.
  • The term “tents” is sometimes used figuratively to refer generally to where people live. This could also be translated as “homes” or “dwellings” or “houses” or even “bodies.” (See: synecdoche)

(See also: Abraham, Canaan, curtain, Paul, Sinai, tabernacle, tent of meeting)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0167, H0168, H2583, H3407, H6898

Proverbs References:

14:11

terror, terrorize, terrify, dread, panic

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: terror, terrorize, terrify, dread, panic

Definition:

The term “terror” refers to a feeling of extreme or intense fear. To “terrify” someone means to cause that person to feel very afraid.

  • A “terror” is something or someone that causes great fear or dread. An example of a terror could be an attacking enemy army or a plague or disease that is widespread, killing many people.
  • These terrors can be described as “terrifying.” This term could be translated as “fear-causing” or “terror-producing.”
  • The judgment of God will someday cause terror in unrepentant people who reject his grace.
  • The “terror of Yahweh” could be translated as “the terrifying presence of Yahweh” or “the dreaded judgment of Yahweh” or “when Yahweh causes great fear.”
  • Ways to translate “terror” could also include “extreme fear” or “deep dread.”

(See also: adversary, fear, judge, plague, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0367, H0926, H0928, H1091, H1161, H1204, H1205, H1763, H2111, H2113, H2189, H2731, H2847, H2851, H2865, H3372, H3707, H4032, H4172, H4288, H4637, H6184, H6206, H6343, H6973, G16290, G16300, G22580, G44220, G44260, G54010

Proverbs References:

1:26; 1:27; 1:33; 3:24; 3:25; 10:24; 20:2; 21:15

test, tested, testing, testing in the fire

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: test, tested, testing, testing in the fire

Definition:

The term “test” refers to a difficult or painful experience that reveals a person’s strengths and weaknesses.

  • God tests people, but he does not tempt them to sin. Satan, however, tempts people to sin.
  • God sometimes uses tests to expose people’s sin. A test helps a person to turn away from sin and to draw closer to God.
  • Gold and other metals are tested with fire to find out how pure and strong they are. This is a picture of how God uses painful circumstances to test his people.
  • To “put to the test” can mean, “challenge something or someone to prove its value.”
  • In the context of putting God to the test, it means to try to make him do a miracle for us, taking advantage of his mercy.
  • Jesus told Satan that it is wrong to put God to the test. He is the almighty, holy God who is above everything and everyone.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term to “test” could also be translated as, to “challenge” or to “cause to experience difficulties” or to “prove.”
  • Ways to translate “a test” could be, “a challenge” or “a difficult experience.”
  • To “put to the test” could be translated as to “test” or to “set up a challenge” or to “force to prove oneself.”
  • In the context of testing God, this could be translated as “trying to force God to prove his love.”
  • In some contexts, when God is not the subject, the term “test” can mean “tempt.”

(See also: tempt)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5254, H5713, H5715, H5749, H6030, H8584, G12420, G12630, G13030, G13820, G19570, G31400, G31410, G31420, G31430, G39840, G43030, G44510, G48280, G60200

Proverbs References:

17:3; 30:5

testimony, testify, witness, eyewitness, evidence

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: testimony, testify, witness, eyewitness, evidence

Definition:

When a person gives “testimony” he makes a statement about something he knows, claiming that the statement is true. To “testify” is to give “testimony.”

  • In some places in the Old Testament, “Testimony” refers specifically to the tablets of stone on which Yahweh wrote his ten commandments. From that use it came to refer to God’s law more broadly.
  • Often a person “testifies” about something he has experienced directly.
  • A witness who gives “false testimony” does not tell the truth about what happened.
  • Sometimes the term “testimony” refers to a prophecy that a prophet has stated.
  • In the New Testament, this term was often used to refer to how Jesus’ followers testified about the events of Jesus’ life, death, and resurrection.

The term “witness” refers to a person who has personally experienced something that happened. Usually a witness is also someone who testifies about what they know is true. The term “eyewitness” emphasizes that the person was actually there and saw what happened.

  • To “witness” something means to see it happen.
  • At a trial, a witness “gives witness” or “bears witness.” This has the same meaning as “testify.”
  • Witnesses are expected to tell the truth about what they have seen or heard.
  • A witness who does not tell the truth about what happened is called a “false witness.” He is said to “give false witness” or to “bear false witness.”
  • The expression “be a witness between” means that something or someone will be evidence that a contract has been made. The witness will make sure each person does what he has promised to do.

Translation Suggestions:

  • The term “testify” or “give testimony” could also be translated as “tell the facts” or “tell what was seen or heard” or “tell from personal experience” or “give evidence” or “tell what happened.”

  • Ways to translate “testimony” could include, “report of what happened” or “statement of what is true” or “evidence” or “what has been said” or “prophecy.”

  • Ways to translate “Testimony” could include, “the stone slabs on which I wrote my commands” or “God’s law” or “God’s commands” or “the record of the agreement between Yahweh and Israel.”

  • The phrase, “as a testimony to them” could be translated as to “show them what is true” or to “prove to them what is true.”

  • The phrase, “as a testimony against them” could be translated as “which will show them their sin” or “exposing their hypocrisy” or “which will prove that they are wrong.”

  • To “give false testimony” could be translated as “say false things about” or “state things that are not true.”

  • The term “witness” or “eyewitness” could be translated with a word or phrase that means “person seeing it” or “the one who saw it happen” or “those who saw and heard (those things).”

  • Something that is “a witness” could be translated as “guarantee” or “sign of our promise” or “something that testifies that this is true.”

  • The phrase “you will be my witnesses” could also be translated as “you will tell other people about me” or “you will teach people the truth that I taught you” or “you will tell people what you have seen me do and heard me teach.”

  • To “witness to” could be translated as to “tell what was seen” or to “testify” or to “state what happened.”

  • To “witness” something could be translated as to “see something” or to “experience something happen.”

(See also: ark of the covenant, guilt, judge, prophet, true)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 39:2 Inside the house, the Jewish leaders put Jesus on trial. They brought many false witnesses who lied about him.
  • 39:4 The high priest tore his clothes in anger and shouted, “We do not need any more witnesses. You have heard him say that he is the Son of God. What is your judgment?”
  • 42:8 “It was also written in the scriptures that my disciples will proclaim that everyone should repent in order to receive forgiveness for their sins. They will do this starting in Jerusalem, and then go to all people groups everywhere. You are witnesses of these things.”
  • 43:7 “We are witnesses to the fact that God raised Jesus to life again.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H5707, H5713, H5715, H5749, H6030, H8584, G02670, G12630, G19570, G26490, G31400, G31410, G31420, G31430, G31440, G43030, G48280, G49010, G55750, G55760, G55770, G60200

Proverbs References:

6:19; 12:17; 14:5; 14:25; 19:5; 19:9; 19:28; 21:28; 24:28; 25:18

thief, thieves, rob, robber, robbery, bandit

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: thief, thieves, rob, robber, robbery, bandit

Definition:

The term “thief” refers to a person who steals money or property from other people. The plural of “thief” is “thieves.” The term “robber” often refers to a thief who also physically harms or threatens the people he is stealing from.

  • Jesus told a parable about a Samaritan man who took care of a Jewish man who had been attacked by robbers. The robbers had beaten the Jewish man and wounded him before stealing his money and clothing.
  • Both thieves and robbers come suddenly to steal, when people are not expecting it. Often they use the cover of darkness to hide what they are doing.
  • In a figurative sense, the New Testament describes Satan as a thief who comes to steal, kill, and destroy. This means that Satan’s plan is to try to get God’s people to stop obeying him. If he succeeded in doing this Satan would be stealing from them the good things that God has planned for them.
  • Jesus compared the suddenness of his return to the suddenness of a thief coming to steal from people. Just as a thief comes at a time when people are not expecting it, so Jesus will return at a time when people do not expect it.

(See also: bless, crime, crucify, darkness, destroyer, power, Samaria, Satan)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1214, H1215, H1416, H1589, H1590, H1980, H6530, H7703, G07270, G24170, G28120, G30270

Proverbs References:

6:30; 22:22; 22:23; 23:28; 28:24; 29:24

thorn, thorn bush, thistle

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: thorn, thorn bush, thistle

Definition:

Thorn bushes and thistles are plants that have prickly branches or flowers. These plants do not produce fruit or anything else that is useful.

  • A “thorn” is a hard, sharp growth on the branch or stem of a plant. A “thornbush” is a type of small tree or shrub that has many thorns on its branches.
  • A “thistle” is a plant with prickly stems and leaves. Often the flowers are purple.
  • Thorn and thistle plants multiply quickly and can cause nearby plants or crops to not be able to grow. This is a picture of how sin keeps a person from producing good spiritual fruit.
  • A crown made of twisted thorn branches was placed on Jesus’ head before he was crucified.
  • If possible, these terms should be translated by the names of two different plants or bushes that are known in the language area.

(See also: crown, fruit, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0329, H1863, H2312, H2336, H4534, H5285, H5518, H5544, H6791, H6796, H6975, H7063, H7898, G01730, G01740, G46470, G51460

Proverbs References:

15:19; 22:5; 24:31; 26:9

throne, enthroned

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: throne, enthroned

Definition:

A throne is a specially-designed chair where a ruler sits when he decides important matters and listens to requests from his people.

  • A throne is also a symbol of the authority and power that a ruler has.
  • The word “throne” can also be used to refer to the ruler, his reign, or his power.
  • In the Bible, God was often portrayed as a king who sits on his throne. Jesus was described as sitting on a throne at the right hand of God the Father.
  • Jesus said that heaven is God’s throne. One way to translate this could be, “where God reigns as king.”

(See also: authority, power, king, reign)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3427, H3676, H3678, H3764, H7675, G09680, G23620

Proverbs References:

16:12; 20:8; 20:28; 25:5; 29:14

tongue, language

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: tongue, language

Definition:

The term “tongue” refers to the organ inside a person’s mouth that is used to speak. The term is often used figuratively to mean “language” or “speaking.” There also several other figurative meanings as well.

  • In the Bible, the most common figurative meaning for this term is “language” or “speech.”
  • Sometimes “tongue” may refer to a human language spoken by a certain people group.
  • Other times it refers to a supernatural language that the Holy Spirit gives believers in Christ as one of the “gifts of the Spirit.”
  • In the book of Acts, the expression “tongues” of fire refers to “flames” of fire, presumably shaped like tongues.

Translation Suggestions

  • Depending on the context, the term “tongue” can be translated as “language” or “supernatural language.” If it is not clear which one it is referring to, it is better to translate it as “language.”
  • When referring to fire, this term could be translated as “flames.”
  • The expression “my tongue rejoices” could be translated as “I rejoice and praise God” or “I am joyfully praising God.”
  • The phrase, “tongue that lies” could be translated as “person who tell lies” or “people who lie.”
  • Phrases such as “with their tongues” could be translated as “with what they say” or “by their words.”

(See also: gift, Holy Spirit, joy, praise, rejoice, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3956, G11000, G12580, G20840

Proverbs References:

6:17; 6:24; 12:18; 12:19; 15:2; 15:4; 16:1; 17:4; 17:20; 18:21; 21:6; 21:23; 25:15; 25:23; 26:28; 28:23; 31:26

transgress, transgression

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: transgress, transgression

Definition:

The term “transgress” means to cross a line or to violate a boundary. The term is often used figuratively, meaning to break a command, rule, or moral code.

  • This term is very similar to the word “trespass,” but is generally used more often to describe violations against God than against other people.
  • To “transgress” can also be described as to “cross a line,” that is, to go beyond a limit or boundary that has been set for the good of the person and others.

Translation Suggestions:

  • To “transgress” could be translated as to “sin” or to “disobey” or to “rebel.”
  • If a verse or passage uses two terms that mean “sin” or “transgress” or “trespass,” it is important, if possible, to use different ways to translate these terms. When the Bible uses two or more terms with similar meanings in the same context, usually its purpose is to emphasize what is being said or to show its importance.

(See: parallelism)

(See also: disobey, sin, trespass, iniquity)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0898, H4603, H4604, H6586, H6588, G04580, G04590, G38450, G38470, G38480, G39280

Proverbs References:

10:12; 10:19; 12:13; 17:9; 17:19; 19:11; 28:2; 28:13; 28:24; 29:6; 29:16; 29:22

tremble, stagger, shake

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: tremble, stagger, shake

Definition:

The term “tremble” means to quiver or to shake slightly and repeatedly, usually from fear or distress. The term can also be used figuratively, meaning “to be very afraid.”

  • Sometimes when the ground shakes it is said to “tremble.” It can do this during an earthquake or in response to a very loud noise.
  • The Bible says that in the presence of the Lord the earth will tremble. This could mean that the people of the earth will shake out of fear of God or that the earth itself will shake.
  • This term could be translated as “be afraid” or “fear God” or “shake,” depending on the context.

(See also: earth, fear, Lord)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1674, H2111, H2112, H2151, H2342, H2648, H2729, H2730, H2731, H5128, H5568, H6342, H6426, H6427, H7264, H7268, H7269, H7322, H7460, H7461, H7481, H7493, H7578, H8078, H8653, G17900, G51410, G51560, G54250

Proverbs References:

28:14; 29:9; 30:21

trouble, disturb, stir up, distress, hardship, calamity

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: trouble, disturb, stir up, distress, hardship, calamity

Definition:

A “trouble” is an experience in life that is very difficult and distressing. To “trouble” someone means to “bother” that person or to cause him distress. To be “troubled” means to feel upset or distressed about something.

  • Troubles can be physical, emotional, or spiritual things that hurt a person.
  • In the Bible, often troubles are times of testing that God uses to help believers mature and grow in their faith.
  • The Old Testament use of “trouble” also referred to judgment that came on people groups who were immoral and rejected God.

Translation Suggestions

  • The term “trouble” or “troubles” could also be translated as “danger” or “painful things that happen” or “persecution” or “difficult experiences” or “distress.”
  • The term “troubled” could be translated with a word or phrase that means “undergoing distress” or “feeling terrible distress” or “worried” or “anxious” or “distressed” or “terrified” or “disturbed.”
  • “Do not trouble her” could also be translated as “do not bother her” or “do not criticize her.”
  • The phrase “day of trouble” or “times of trouble” could also be translated as “when you experience distress” or “when difficult things happen to you” or “when God causes distressing things to happen.”
  • Ways to translate “make trouble” or “bring trouble” could include “cause distressing things to happen” or “cause difficulties” or “make them experience very difficult things.”

(See also: afflict, persecute)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0205, H0926, H0927, H1204, H1607, H1644, H1804, H2000, H4103, H5916, H5999, H6031, H6040, H6470, H6696, H6862, H6869, H6887, H7264, H7267, H7451, H7489, H8513, G03870, G16130, G17760, G23460, G23470, G23500, G23600, G28730, G36360, G39260, G39300, G39860, G44230, G46600, G50150, G51820

Proverbs References:

1:27; 11:17; 11:29; 12:13; 15:6; 15:27; 17:5; 17:17; 21:12; 21:23; 22:8; 24:2; 24:10; 24:16; 25:19; 31:7

trust, trusted, trustworthy, trustworthiness

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: trust, trusted, trustworthy, trustworthiness

Definition:

To “trust” something or someone is to believe that the thing or person is true or dependable. That belief is also called “trust.” A “trustworthy” person is one you can trust to do and say what is right and true, and therefore one who has the quality of “trustworthiness.”

  • Trust is closely related to faith. If we trust someone, we have faith in that person to do what they promised to do.
  • Having trust in someone also means depending on that person.
  • To “trust in” Jesus means to believe that he is God, to believe that he died on the cross to pay for our sins, and to rely on him to save us.
  • A “trustworthy saying” refers to something that is said that can be counted on to be true.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Ways to translate “trust” could include “believe” or “have faith” or “have confidence” or “depend on.”
  • The phrase “put your trust in” is very similar in meaning to “trust in.”
  • The term “trustworthy” could be translated as “dependable” or “reliable” or “can always be trusted.”

(See also: believe, confidence, faith, faithful, true)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 12:12 When the Israelites saw that the Egyptians were dead, they trusted in God and believed that Moses was a prophet of God.
  • 14:15 Joshua was a good leader because he trusted and obeyed God.
  • 17:2 David was a humble and righteous man who trusted and obeyed God.
  • 34:6 Then Jesus told a story about people who trusted in their own good deeds and despised other people.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0539, H0982, H1556, H2620, H2622, H3176, H4009, H4268, H7365, G16790, G38720, G39820, G40060, G41000, G42760

Proverbs References:

3:3; 3:5; 11:28; 14:22; 16:20; 20:28; 22:19; 22:21; 26:25; 28:25; 28:26; 29:25; 31:11

understand, understanding, thinking

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: understand, understanding, thinking

Definition:

The term “understand” means to hear or receive information and know what it means.

  • The term “understanding” can refer to “knowledge” or “wisdom” or realizing how to do something.
  • To understand someone can also mean to know how that person is feeling.
  • While walking on the road to Emmaus, Jesus caused the disciples to understand the meaning of the scriptures about the Messiah.
  • Depending on the context, the term “understand” could be translated by “know” or “believe” or “comprehend” or “know what (something) means.”
  • Often the term “understanding” can be translated by “knowledge” or “wisdom” or “insight.”

(See also: believe, know, wise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0995, H0998, H0999, H1847, H2940, H3045, H3820, H3824, H4486, H7200, H7919, H7922, H7924, H8085, H8394, G00500, G01450, G01910, G08010, G10970, G11080, G12710, G19210, G19220, G19870, G19900, G26570, G35390, G35630, G49070, G49080, G49200, G54240, G54280, G54290

vain, vanity

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: vain, vanity

Definition:

The terms “vain” and “vanity” describe something that is useless or extremely temporary.

  • In the Old Testament, idols are sometimes described as “vain” things that are worthless and cannot do anything.
  • If something is done “in vain,” it means that there the effort or action did not accomplish what was intended. The phrase “in vain” might be translated in various ways, including: “without result;” “with no result;” “for no reason;” “for no purpose,” or “with no purpose.”
  • Depending on the context, the term “vain” could be translated as “empty,” “useless,” “hopeless,” “worthless,” “meaningless,” etc.

(See also: false god, worthy)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1891, H1892, H2600, H7307, H7385, H7387, H7723, H8193, H8267, H8414, G09450, G15000, G27560, G27580, G27610, G31510, G31520, G31530, G31550

Proverbs References:

1:17; 13:11; 31:30

vineyard

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: vineyard

Definition:

A vineyard is a large garden area where grapevines are grown and grapes are cultivated.

  • A vineyard often has a wall around it to protect the fruit from thieves and animals.
  • God compared the people of Israel to a vineyard that did not bear good fruit. (See: Metaphor)
  • Vineyard could be also translated as “grapevine garden” or “grape plantation.”

(See also: grape, Israel, vine)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1612, H3754, H3755, H8284, G02900

Proverbs References:

24:30; 31:16

vision, envision

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: vision, envision

Definition:

The term “vision” refers to something that a person sees. It especially refers to something unusual or supernatural that God shows people in order to give them a message.

  • Usually, visions are seen while the person is awake. However, sometimes a vision is something a person sees in a dream while asleep.
  • God sends visions to tell people something that is very important. For example, Peter was shown a vision to tell him that God wanted him to welcome Gentiles.

Translation Suggestion

  • The phrase “saw a vision” could be translated as “saw something unusual from God” or “God showed him something special.”
  • Some languages may not have separate words for “vision” and “dream.” So a sentence such as “Daniel had dreams and visions in his mind” could be translated as something like “Daniel was dreaming while asleep and God caused him to see unusual things.”

(See also: dream)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2376, H2377, H2378, H2380, H2384, H4236, H4758, H4759, H7203, H7723, H8602, G37010, G37050, G37060

Proverbs References:

29:18

watch, guard, take heed, beware

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: watch, guard, take heed, beware

Definition:

The term “watch” means to look at something very closely and carefully. It also has several figurative meanings. A “watchman” was someone whose job was to guard a city by looking carefully all around him for any danger or threat to the people in the city.

  • The command to “watch your life and doctrine closely” means to be careful to live wisely and to not believe false teachings.
  • To “watch out” is a warning to be careful to avoid a danger or harmful influence.
  • To “watch” or “keep watch” means to always be alert and on guard against sin and evil. It can also mean to “be ready.”
  • To “keep watch over” or “keep close watch” can mean to guard, protect or take care of someone or something.
  • Other ways of translating “watch” could include “pay close attention to” or “be diligent” or “be very careful” or “be on guard.”
  • Other words for “watchman” are “sentry” or “guard.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0821, H2370, H4929, H4931, H5027, H5341, H6486, H6822, H6836, H6974, H7462, H7789, H7919, H8104, H8108, H8245, G00690, G09910, G11270, G14920, G23340, G28920, G35250, G37080, G39060, G43370, G46480, G50830, G54380

watchtower, tower

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: watchtower, tower

Definition:

The term “watchtower” refers to a tall structure built as a place from which guards could look out for any danger. These towers were often made of stone.

  • Landowners sometimes built watchtowers from which they could guard their crops and protect them from being stolen.
  • The towers often included rooms where the watchmen or family lived, so that they could guard the crops day and night.
  • Watchtowers for cities were built higher than the city walls so that watchmen could see if any enemies were coming to attack the city.
  • The term “watchtower” is also used as a symbol of protection from enemies. (See: Metaphor)

(See also: adversary, watch)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0803, H0971, H0975, H1785, H2918, H4026, H4029, H4692, H4707, H4869, H6076, H6438, H6836, G44440

Proverbs References:

18:10

wine, wineskin, new wine

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: wine, wineskin, new wine

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “wine” refers to a kind of fermented drink made from the juice of a fruit called grapes. Wine was stored in “wineskins,” which were containers made out of animal skin.

  • The term “new wine” referred to grape juice that had just been taken from the grape and was not fermented yet. Sometimes the term “wine” also referred to unfermented grape juice.
  • To make wine, grapes are crushed in a winepress so that the juice comes out. The juice eventually ferments and alcohol forms in it.
  • In Bible times, wine was the normal drink with meals. It did not have as much alcohol as present-day wine has.
  • Before wine was served for a meal, it was often mixed with water.
  • A wineskin that was old and brittle would get cracks in it, which allowed the wine to leak out. New wineskins were soft and flexible, which meant they did not tear easily and could store the wine safely.
  • If wine is unknown in your culture, it could be translated as “fermented grape juice” or “fermented drink made from a fruit called grapes” or “fermented fruit juice.” (See: How to Translate Unknowns)
  • Ways to translate “wineskin” could include “bag for wine” or “animal skin wine bag” or “animal skin container for wine.”

(See also: grape, vine, vineyard, winepress)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H2561, H2562, H3196, H4469, H4997, H5435, H6025, H6071, H8492, G10980, G36310, G38200, G39430

Proverbs References:

3:10; 4:17; 9:2; 9:5; 20:1; 21:17; 23:20; 23:30; 23:31; 31:4; 31:6

winepress

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: winepress

Definition:

During Bible times, a “winepress” was a large container or open place where the juice of grapes was extracted in order to make wine.

  • In Israel, winepresses were usually large, wide basins that were dug out of solid rock. Clusters of grapes were put on the flat bottom of the hole and people trampled the grapes with their feet to get the grape juice to flow out.
  • Usually a winepress had two levels, with the grapes being trampled in the top level so that the juice would run down into the lower level where it could be collected.
  • The term “winepress” is also used figuratively in the Bible as a picture of God’s wrath being poured out on wicked people. (See: Metaphor)

(See also: grape, wrath)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H1660, H3342, H6333, G30250, G52760

Proverbs References:

3:10

wise, wisdom

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: wise, wisdom

Definition:

The term “wise” describes someone who understands what is the right and moral thing to do and then does that. “Wisdom” is the understanding and practice of what is true and morally right.

  • Being wise includes the ability to make good decisions, especially choosing to do what pleases God.
  • People become wise by listening to God and humbly obeying his will.
  • A wise person will show the fruits of the Holy Spirit in his life, such as joy, kindness, love, and patience.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, other ways to translate “wise” could include “obedient to God” or “sensible and obedient” or “God-fearing.”
  • “Wisdom” could be translated by a word or phrase that means “wise living” or “sensible and obedient living” or “good judgment.”
  • It is best to translate “wise” and “wisdom” in such a way that they are different terms from other key terms like righteous or obedient.

(See also: obey, fruit)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 2:5 She also wanted to be wise, so she picked some of the fruit and ate it.
  • 18:1 When Solomon asked for wisdom, God was pleased and made him the wisest man in the world.
  • 23:9 Some time later, wise men from countries far to the east saw an unusual star in the sky.
  • 45:1 He (Stephen) had a good reputation and was full of the Holy Spirit and of wisdom.

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0998, H1350, H2445, H2449, H2450, H2451, H2452, H2454, H2942, H3820, H3823, H6195, H6493, H6912, H7535, H7919, H7922, H8454, G46780, G46790, G46800, G49200, G54280, G54290, G54300

woe

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: woe

Definition:

The term “woe” refers to a feeling of great distress. It also gives a warning that someone will experience severe trouble.

  • The expression “woe to” is followed by a warning to people that they will experience suffering as punishment for their sins.
  • In several places in the Bible, the word “woe” is repeated, to emphasize an especially terrible judgment.
  • A person who says “woe is me” or “woe to me” is expressing sorrow about severe suffering.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, the term “woe” could also be translated as “great sorrow” or “sadness” or “calamity” or “disaster.”
  • Other ways to translate the expression “Woe to (name of city)” could include, “How terrible it will be for (name of city)” or “The people in (that city) will be severely punished” or “Those people will suffer greatly.”
  • The expression, “Woe is me!” or “Woe to me!” could be translated as “How sad I am!” or “I am so sad!” or “How terrible this is for me!”
  • The expression “Woe to you” could also be translated as “You will suffer terribly” or “You will experience terrible troubles.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0188, H0190, H0337, H0480, H1929, H1945, H1958, G37590

Proverbs References:

23:29

womb

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: womb

Definition:

The term “womb” refers to where a baby grows inside its mother.

  • This is an older term that is sometimes used in order to be polite and less direct. (See: euphemism)
  • A more modern term for womb is “uterus.”
  • Some languages use a word like “belly” to refer to a woman’s womb or uterus.
  • Use a word for this in the project language that is well-known, natural, and acceptable.

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0990, H4578, H7356, H7358, G10640, G28360, G33880

Proverbs References:

30:16; 31:2

world, worldly

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: world, worldly

Definition:

The term “world” usually refers to the part of the universe where people live: the earth. The term “worldly” describes the evil values and behaviors of people living in this world.

  • In its most general sense, the term “world” refers to the heavens and the earth, as well as everything in them.
  • In many contexts, “world” actually means “people in the world.”
  • Sometimes it is implied that this refers to the evil people on earth or the people who do not obey God.
  • The apostles also used “world” to refer to the selfish behaviors and corrupt values of the people living in this world. This can include self-righteous religious practices which are based on human efforts.
  • People and things characterized by these values are said to be “worldly.”

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, “world” could also be translated as “universe” or “people of this world” or “corrupt things in the world” or “evil attitudes of people in the world.”
  • The phrase “all the world” often means “many people” and refers to the people living in a certain region. For example, “all the world came to Egypt” could be translated as “many people from the surrounding countries came to Egypt” or “people from all the countries surrounding Egypt came there.”
  • Another way to translate “all the world went to their hometown to be registered in the Roman census” would be “many of the people living in regions ruled by the Roman empire went…”
  • Depending on the context, the term “worldly” could be translated as “evil” or “sinful” or “selfish” or “ungodly” or “corrupt” or “influenced by the corrupt values of people in this world.”
  • The phrase “saying these things in the world” can be translated as “saying these things to the people of the world.”
  • In other contexts, “in the world” could also be translated as “living among the people of the world” or “living among ungodly people.”

(See also: corrupt, heaven, Rome, godly)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0776, H2309, H2465, H5769, H8398, G10930, G28860, G28890, G36250

Proverbs References:

8:26; 8:31

wrath, fury

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: wrath, fury

Definition:

Wrath is an intense anger that is sometimes long-lasting. The Bible describes both people and God as experiencing intense anger. When speaking about God’s “wrath,” make sure the word or phrase used to translate this term does not refer to a sinful fit of rage (which might be true of a human person).

  • In the Bible, “wrath” often refers to God’s righteous judgment of sin and punishment of people who rebel against him.
  • The “wrath of God” can also refer to his judgment and punishment for sin.
  • God’s wrath is the righteous penalty for those who do not repent of their sin.

Translation Suggestions:

  • Depending on the context, other ways this term could be translated include “intense anger” or “righteous judgment” or “anger.”
  • God’s wrath is just and holy. When talking about God’s wrath, make sure the word or phrase used to translate this term does not refer to a sinful human rage.

(See also: judge, sin)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0639, H2197, H2528, H2534, H2740, H3707, H3708, H5678, H7107, H7109, H7110, H7265, H7267, G23720, G37090, G39490, G39500

Proverbs References:

6:34; 11:4; 11:23; 14:35; 15:1; 15:18; 16:14; 19:19; 20:2; 21:14; 22:8; 22:24; 24:18; 27:4; 29:22

wrong, wronged, wrongdoer, mistreat, hurt, hurtful

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: wrong, wronged, wrongdoer, mistreat, hurt, hurtful

Definition:

To “wrong” someone means to treat that person unjustly and dishonestly.

  • The term “mistreat” means to act badly or roughly toward someone, causing physical or emotional harm to that person.
  • The term “hurt” is more general and means to “cause someone harm in some way.” It often has the meaning of “physically injure.”
  • Depending on the context, these terms could also be translated as “do wrong to” or “treat unjustly” or “cause harm to” or “treat in a harmful way” or “injure.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H0205, H0816, H2248, H2250, H2255, H2257, H2398, H2554, H2555, H3238, H3637, H4834, H5062, H5142, H5230, H5627, H5753, H5766, H5791, H5792, H5916, H6031, H6087, H6127, H6231, H6485, H6565, H6586, H7451, H7489, H7563, H7665, H7667, H7686, H8133, H8267, H8295, G00910, G00920, G00930, G00950, G02640, G08240, G09830, G09840, G15360, G16260, G16510, G17270, G19080, G25560, G25580, G25590, G26070, G30760, G30770, G37620, G41220, G51950, G51960

Proverbs References:

11:15

Yahweh, Yah

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: Yahweh, Yah

Definition:

The term “Yahweh” is God’s personal name in the Old Testament. The specific origin of this name is unknown, but it is probably derived from the Hebrew verb meaning, “to be.”

  • Following tradition, many Bible versions use the term “LORD” or “the LORD” to represent “Yahweh.” This tradition resulted from the fact that historically, the Jewish people became afraid of mispronouncing Yahweh’s name and started saying “Lord” every time the term “Yahweh” appeared in the text. Modern Bibles write “LORD” with all capital letters to show that this represents God’s personal name and to distinguish it from “Lord” which is a different Hebrew word.
  • The ULT and UST texts always translate this term as “Yahweh,” in agreement with the Hebrew text of the Old Testament.
  • The term “Yahweh” never occurs in the original text of the New Testament; only the Greek term for “Lord” is used, even when quoting the Old Testament.
  • In the Old Testament, when God spoke about himself, he would often use his name instead of a pronoun.
  • “Yah” is a shortened form of the name Yahweh that occurs in poetry and praise (e.g. Hallelujah = “Praise Yah”), and in some Hebrew names (e.g. Zechariah = “Yah remembers”).

Translation Suggestions:

  • “Yahweh” could be translated by a word or phrase that means “I am” or “existing one” or “the one who is” or “he who is present.”
  • This name could also be written in a way that is similar to how “Yahweh” is spelled, or how it sounds in your language.
  • Some church denominations prefer not to use the term “Yahweh” and instead use the traditional rendering, “LORD.” An important consideration is that this may be confusing when read aloud because it will sound the same as the title “Lord.” Some languages may have an affix or other grammatical marker that could be added to distinguish “LORD” as a name (Yahweh) from “Lord” as a title.
  • In most cases it is good to keep the name Yahweh where it occurs in the text, but some translations may decide to use only a pronoun in some places to make the text more natural and clear.
  • An introduction of a quote from Yahweh could be something like, “This is what Yahweh says.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: God, Lord)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

  • 9:14 God said, “I AM WHO I AM. Tell them, ‘I AM has sent me to you.’ Also tell them, ‘I am Yahweh, the God of your ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. This is my name forever.’”
  • 13:4 Then God gave them the covenant and said, “I am Yahweh, your God, who saved you from slavery in Egypt. Do not worship other gods.”
  • 13:5 “Do not make idols or worship them, for I, Yahweh, am a jealous God.”
  • 16:1 The Israelites began to worship the Canaanite gods instead of Yahweh, the true God.
  • 19:10 Then Elijah prayed, “O Yahweh, God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, show us today that you are the God of Israel and that I am your servant.”

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3050, H3068, H3069

year

unfoldingWord® Translation Words :: year

Definition:

When used literally, the term “year” in the Bible refers to a period of time lasting 354 days. This is according to the lunar calendar system which is based on the time it takes for the moon to go around the earth.

  • A year in the modern-day solar calendar lasts 365 days divided into twelve months, based on the amount of time it takes for the earth to travel around the sun.
  • In both calendar systems a year has twelve months. But an extra thirteenth month is sometimes added to the year in the lunar calendar to make up for the fact that a lunar year is eleven days less than a solar year. This helps keep the two calendars more in line with each other.
  • In the Bible, the term “year” is also used in a figurative sense to refer to a general time when a special event takes place. Examples of this include, “the year of Yahweh” or “in the year of drought” or “the favorable year of the Lord.” In these contexts, “year” could be translated as “time” or “season” or “time period.”

(See also: month)

Bible References:

Word Data:

  • Strong’s: H3117, H7620, H7657, H8140, H8141, G17630, G20940

Proverbs References:

3:2; 4:10; 5:9; 9:11; 10:27